// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/introspection/ERC165Checker.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Library used to query support of an interface declared via {IERC165}.
 *
 * Note that these functions return the actual result of the query: they do not
 * `revert` if an interface is not supported. It is up to the caller to decide
 * what to do in these cases.
 */
library ERC165CheckerUpgradeable {
    // As per the EIP-165 spec, no interface should ever match 0xffffffff
    bytes4 private constant INTERFACE_ID_INVALID = 0xffffffff;

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` supports the {IERC165} interface.
     */
    function supportsERC165(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // Any contract that implements ERC165 must explicitly indicate support of
        // InterfaceId_ERC165 and explicitly indicate non-support of InterfaceId_Invalid
        return
            supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId) &&
            !supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, INTERFACE_ID_INVALID);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` supports the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. Support for {IERC165} itself is queried automatically.
     *
     * See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(address account, bytes4 interfaceId) internal view returns (bool) {
        // query support of both ERC165 as per the spec and support of _interfaceId
        return supportsERC165(account) && supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns a boolean array where each value corresponds to the
     * interfaces passed in and whether they're supported or not. This allows
     * you to batch check interfaces for a contract where your expectation
     * is that some interfaces may not be supported.
     *
     * See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function getSupportedInterfaces(
        address account,
        bytes4[] memory interfaceIds
    ) internal view returns (bool[] memory) {
        // an array of booleans corresponding to interfaceIds and whether they're supported or not
        bool[] memory interfaceIdsSupported = new bool[](interfaceIds.length);

        // query support of ERC165 itself
        if (supportsERC165(account)) {
            // query support of each interface in interfaceIds
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < interfaceIds.length; i++) {
                interfaceIdsSupported[i] = supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, interfaceIds[i]);
            }
        }

        return interfaceIdsSupported;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` supports all the interfaces defined in
     * `interfaceIds`. Support for {IERC165} itself is queried automatically.
     *
     * Batch-querying can lead to gas savings by skipping repeated checks for
     * {IERC165} support.
     *
     * See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsAllInterfaces(address account, bytes4[] memory interfaceIds) internal view returns (bool) {
        // query support of ERC165 itself
        if (!supportsERC165(account)) {
            return false;
        }

        // query support of each interface in interfaceIds
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < interfaceIds.length; i++) {
            if (!supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(account, interfaceIds[i])) {
                return false;
            }
        }

        // all interfaces supported
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Query if a contract implements an interface, does not check ERC165 support
     * @param account The address of the contract to query for support of an interface
     * @param interfaceId The interface identifier, as specified in ERC-165
     * @return true if the contract at account indicates support of the interface with
     * identifier interfaceId, false otherwise
     * @dev Assumes that account contains a contract that supports ERC165, otherwise
     * the behavior of this method is undefined. This precondition can be checked
     * with {supportsERC165}.
     *
     * Some precompiled contracts will falsely indicate support for a given interface, so caution
     * should be exercised when using this function.
     *
     * Interface identification is specified in ERC-165.
     */
    function supportsERC165InterfaceUnchecked(address account, bytes4 interfaceId) internal view returns (bool) {
        // prepare call
        bytes memory encodedParams = abi.encodeCall(IERC165Upgradeable.supportsInterface, (interfaceId));

        // perform static call
        bool success;
        uint256 returnSize;
        uint256 returnValue;
        assembly {
            success := staticcall(30000, account, add(encodedParams, 0x20), mload(encodedParams), 0x00, 0x20)
            returnSize := returndatasize()
            returnValue := mload(0x00)
        }

        return success && returnSize >= 0x20 && returnValue > 0;
    }
}


This contract is a library used to query the support of an interface declared via the IERC165 interface. It provides functions to check if an account supports a specific interface, get a boolean array of supported interfaces, and check if an account supports all the interfaces defined in a given array.

interfaceId

supportsInterface

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IAccessControlUpgradeable } from "./IAccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC165Upgradeable } from "../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it. We recommend using {AccessControlDefaultAdminRules}
 * to enforce additional security measures for this role.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, IAccessControlUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable {
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address account => bool) hasRole;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }

    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;


    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.AccessControl
    struct AccessControlStorage {
        mapping(bytes32 role => RoleData) _roles;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.AccessControl")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant AccessControlStorageLocation = 0x02dd7bc7dec4dceedda775e58dd541e08a116c6c53815c0bd028192f7b626800;

    function _getAccessControlStorage() private pure returns (AccessControlStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := AccessControlStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with an {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount} error including the required role.
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }

    function __AccessControl_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __AccessControl_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlUpgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
        return $._roles[role].hasRole[account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts with an {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount} error if `_msgSender()`
     * is missing `role`. Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts with an {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount} error if `account`
     * is missing `role`.
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount(account, role);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
        return $._roles[role].adminRole;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `callerConfirmation`.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address callerConfirmation) public virtual {
        if (callerConfirmation != _msgSender()) {
            revert AccessControlBadConfirmation();
        }

        _revokeRole(role, callerConfirmation);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        $._roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Attempts to grant `role` to `account` and returns a boolean indicating if `role` was granted.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual returns (bool) {
        AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            $._roles[role].hasRole[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Attempts to revoke `role` to `account` and returns a boolean indicating if `role` was revoked.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual returns (bool) {
        AccessControlStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlStorage();
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            $._roles[role].hasRole[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev The `account` is missing a role.
     */
    error AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount(address account, bytes32 neededRole);

    /**
     * @dev The caller of a function is not the expected one.
     *
     * NOTE: Don't confuse with {AccessControlUnauthorizedAccount}.
     */
    error AccessControlBadConfirmation();

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `callerConfirmation`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address callerConfirmation) external;
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (access/Ownable2Step.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { OwnableUpgradeable } from "./OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * The initial owner is specified at deployment time in the constructor for `Ownable`. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership} and {acceptOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available all functions
 * from parent (Ownable).
 */
abstract contract Ownable2StepUpgradeable is Initializable, OwnableUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.Ownable2Step
    struct Ownable2StepStorage {
        address _pendingOwner;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.Ownable2Step")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant Ownable2StepStorageLocation = 0x237e158222e3e6968b72b9db0d8043aacf074ad9f650f0d1606b4d82ee432c00;

    function _getOwnable2StepStorage() private pure returns (Ownable2StepStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := Ownable2StepStorageLocation
        }
    }

    event OwnershipTransferStarted(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);

    function __Ownable2Step_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __Ownable2Step_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the pending owner.
     */
    function pendingOwner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        Ownable2StepStorage storage $ = _getOwnable2StepStorage();
        return $._pendingOwner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Starts the ownership transfer of the contract to a new account. Replaces the pending transfer if there is one.
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual override onlyOwner {
        Ownable2StepStorage storage $ = _getOwnable2StepStorage();
        $._pendingOwner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferStarted(owner(), newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`) and deletes any pending owner.
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual override {
        Ownable2StepStorage storage $ = _getOwnable2StepStorage();
        delete $._pendingOwner;
        super._transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev The new owner accepts the ownership transfer.
     */
    function acceptOwnership() public virtual {
        address sender = _msgSender();
        if (pendingOwner() != sender) {
            revert OwnableUnauthorizedAccount(sender);
        }
        _transferOwnership(sender);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (access/Ownable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * The initial owner is set to the address provided by the deployer. This can
 * later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.Ownable
    struct OwnableStorage {
        address _owner;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.Ownable")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant OwnableStorageLocation = 0x9016d09d72d40fdae2fd8ceac6b6234c7706214fd39c1cd1e609a0528c199300;

    function _getOwnableStorage() private pure returns (OwnableStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := OwnableStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev The caller account is not authorized to perform an operation.
     */
    error OwnableUnauthorizedAccount(address account);

    /**
     * @dev The owner is not a valid owner account. (eg. `address(0)`)
     */
    error OwnableInvalidOwner(address owner);

    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the address provided by the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init(address initialOwner) internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained(initialOwner);
    }

    function __Ownable_init_unchained(address initialOwner) internal onlyInitializing {
        if (initialOwner == address(0)) {
            revert OwnableInvalidOwner(address(0));
        }
        _transferOwnership(initialOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        OwnableStorage storage $ = _getOwnableStorage();
        return $._owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        if (owner() != _msgSender()) {
            revert OwnableUnauthorizedAccount(_msgSender());
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby disabling any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        if (newOwner == address(0)) {
            revert OwnableInvalidOwner(address(0));
        }
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        OwnableStorage storage $ = _getOwnableStorage();
        address oldOwner = $._owner;
        $._owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (access/AccessControlDefaultAdminRules.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable } from "./IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable.sol";
import { AccessControlUpgradeable, IAccessControlUpgradeable } from "../AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import { SafeCastUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/SafeCastUpgradeable.sol";
import { MathUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC5313Upgradeable } from "../../interfaces/IERC5313Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {AccessControl} that allows specifying special rules to manage
 * the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` holder, which is a sensitive role with special permissions
 * over other roles that may potentially have privileged rights in the system.
 *
 * If a specific role doesn't have an admin role assigned, the holder of the
 * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` will have the ability to grant it and revoke it.
 *
 * This contract implements the following risk mitigations on top of {AccessControl}:
 *
 * * Only one account holds the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` since deployment until it's potentially renounced.
 * * Enforces a 2-step process to transfer the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` to another account.
 * * Enforces a configurable delay between the two steps, with the ability to cancel before the transfer is accepted.
 * * The delay can be changed by scheduling, see {changeDefaultAdminDelay}.
 * * It is not possible to use another role to manage the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`.
 *
 * Example usage:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * contract MyToken is AccessControlDefaultAdminRules {
 *   constructor() AccessControlDefaultAdminRules(
 *     3 days,
 *     msg.sender // Explicit initial `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` holder
 *    ) {}
 * }
 * ```
 */
abstract contract AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable is Initializable, IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable, IERC5313Upgradeable, AccessControlUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.AccessControlDefaultAdminRules
    struct AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage {
        // pending admin pair read/written together frequently
        address _pendingDefaultAdmin;
        uint48 _pendingDefaultAdminSchedule; // 0 == unset

        uint48 _currentDelay;
        address _currentDefaultAdmin;

        // pending delay pair read/written together frequently
        uint48 _pendingDelay;
        uint48 _pendingDelaySchedule; // 0 == unset
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.AccessControlDefaultAdminRules")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorageLocation = 0xeef3dac4538c82c8ace4063ab0acd2d15cdb5883aa1dff7c2673abb3d8698400;

    function _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage() private pure returns (AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the initial values for {defaultAdminDelay} and {defaultAdmin} address.
     */
    function __AccessControlDefaultAdminRules_init(uint48 initialDelay, address initialDefaultAdmin) internal onlyInitializing {
        __AccessControlDefaultAdminRules_init_unchained(initialDelay, initialDefaultAdmin);
    }

    function __AccessControlDefaultAdminRules_init_unchained(uint48 initialDelay, address initialDefaultAdmin) internal onlyInitializing {
        AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
        if (initialDefaultAdmin == address(0)) {
            revert AccessControlInvalidDefaultAdmin(address(0));
        }
        $._currentDelay = initialDelay;
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, initialDefaultAdmin);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC5313-owner}.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return defaultAdmin();
    }

    ///
    /// Override AccessControl role management
    ///

    /**
     * @dev See {AccessControl-grantRole}. Reverts for `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override(AccessControlUpgradeable, IAccessControlUpgradeable) {
        if (role == DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
            revert AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminRules();
        }
        super.grantRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {AccessControl-revokeRole}. Reverts for `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override(AccessControlUpgradeable, IAccessControlUpgradeable) {
        if (role == DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
            revert AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminRules();
        }
        super.revokeRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {AccessControl-renounceRole}.
     *
     * For the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, it only allows renouncing in two steps by first calling
     * {beginDefaultAdminTransfer} to the `address(0)`, so it's required that the {pendingDefaultAdmin} schedule
     * has also passed when calling this function.
     *
     * After its execution, it will not be possible to call `onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE)` functions.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` will leave the contract without a {defaultAdmin},
     * thereby disabling any functionality that is only available for it, and the possibility of reassigning a
     * non-administrated role.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override(AccessControlUpgradeable, IAccessControlUpgradeable) {
        AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
        if (role == DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE && account == defaultAdmin()) {
            (address newDefaultAdmin, uint48 schedule) = pendingDefaultAdmin();
            if (newDefaultAdmin != address(0) || !_isScheduleSet(schedule) || !_hasSchedulePassed(schedule)) {
                revert AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminDelay(schedule);
            }
            delete $._pendingDefaultAdminSchedule;
        }
        super.renounceRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {AccessControl-_grantRole}.
     *
     * For `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, it only allows granting if there isn't already a {defaultAdmin} or if the
     * role has been previously renounced.
     *
     * NOTE: Exposing this function through another mechanism may make the `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`
     * assignable again. Make sure to guarantee this is the expected behavior in your implementation.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override returns (bool) {
        AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
        if (role == DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
            if (defaultAdmin() != address(0)) {
                revert AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminRules();
            }
            $._currentDefaultAdmin = account;
        }
        return super._grantRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {AccessControl-_revokeRole}.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override returns (bool) {
        AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
        if (role == DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE && account == defaultAdmin()) {
            delete $._currentDefaultAdmin;
        }
        return super._revokeRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}. Reverts for `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual override {
        if (role == DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
            revert AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminRules();
        }
        super._setRoleAdmin(role, adminRole);
    }

    ///
    /// AccessControlDefaultAdminRules accessors
    ///

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable
     */
    function defaultAdmin() public view virtual returns (address) {
        AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
        return $._currentDefaultAdmin;
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable
     */
    function pendingDefaultAdmin() public view virtual returns (address newAdmin, uint48 schedule) {
        AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
        return ($._pendingDefaultAdmin, $._pendingDefaultAdminSchedule);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable
     */
    function defaultAdminDelay() public view virtual returns (uint48) {
        AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
        uint48 schedule = $._pendingDelaySchedule;
        return (_isScheduleSet(schedule) && _hasSchedulePassed(schedule)) ? $._pendingDelay : $._currentDelay;
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable
     */
    function pendingDefaultAdminDelay() public view virtual returns (uint48 newDelay, uint48 schedule) {
        AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
        schedule = $._pendingDelaySchedule;
        return (_isScheduleSet(schedule) && !_hasSchedulePassed(schedule)) ? ($._pendingDelay, schedule) : (0, 0);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable
     */
    function defaultAdminDelayIncreaseWait() public view virtual returns (uint48) {
        return 5 days;
    }

    ///
    /// AccessControlDefaultAdminRules public and internal setters for defaultAdmin/pendingDefaultAdmin
    ///

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable
     */
    function beginDefaultAdminTransfer(address newAdmin) public virtual onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        _beginDefaultAdminTransfer(newAdmin);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {beginDefaultAdminTransfer}.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _beginDefaultAdminTransfer(address newAdmin) internal virtual {
        uint48 newSchedule = SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint48(block.timestamp) + defaultAdminDelay();
        _setPendingDefaultAdmin(newAdmin, newSchedule);
        emit DefaultAdminTransferScheduled(newAdmin, newSchedule);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable
     */
    function cancelDefaultAdminTransfer() public virtual onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        _cancelDefaultAdminTransfer();
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {cancelDefaultAdminTransfer}.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _cancelDefaultAdminTransfer() internal virtual {
        _setPendingDefaultAdmin(address(0), 0);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable
     */
    function acceptDefaultAdminTransfer() public virtual {
        (address newDefaultAdmin, ) = pendingDefaultAdmin();
        if (_msgSender() != newDefaultAdmin) {
            // Enforce newDefaultAdmin explicit acceptance.
            revert AccessControlInvalidDefaultAdmin(_msgSender());
        }
        _acceptDefaultAdminTransfer();
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {acceptDefaultAdminTransfer}.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _acceptDefaultAdminTransfer() internal virtual {
        AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
        (address newAdmin, uint48 schedule) = pendingDefaultAdmin();
        if (!_isScheduleSet(schedule) || !_hasSchedulePassed(schedule)) {
            revert AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminDelay(schedule);
        }
        _revokeRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, defaultAdmin());
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, newAdmin);
        delete $._pendingDefaultAdmin;
        delete $._pendingDefaultAdminSchedule;
    }

    ///
    /// AccessControlDefaultAdminRules public and internal setters for defaultAdminDelay/pendingDefaultAdminDelay
    ///

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable
     */
    function changeDefaultAdminDelay(uint48 newDelay) public virtual onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        _changeDefaultAdminDelay(newDelay);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {changeDefaultAdminDelay}.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _changeDefaultAdminDelay(uint48 newDelay) internal virtual {
        uint48 newSchedule = SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint48(block.timestamp) + _delayChangeWait(newDelay);
        _setPendingDelay(newDelay, newSchedule);
        emit DefaultAdminDelayChangeScheduled(newDelay, newSchedule);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable
     */
    function rollbackDefaultAdminDelay() public virtual onlyRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE) {
        _rollbackDefaultAdminDelay();
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {rollbackDefaultAdminDelay}.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _rollbackDefaultAdminDelay() internal virtual {
        _setPendingDelay(0, 0);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of seconds to wait after the `newDelay` will
     * become the new {defaultAdminDelay}.
     *
     * The value returned guarantees that if the delay is reduced, it will go into effect
     * after a wait that honors the previously set delay.
     *
     * See {defaultAdminDelayIncreaseWait}.
     */
    function _delayChangeWait(uint48 newDelay) internal view virtual returns (uint48) {
        uint48 currentDelay = defaultAdminDelay();

        // When increasing the delay, we schedule the delay change to occur after a period of "new delay" has passed, up
        // to a maximum given by defaultAdminDelayIncreaseWait, by default 5 days. For example, if increasing from 1 day
        // to 3 days, the new delay will come into effect after 3 days. If increasing from 1 day to 10 days, the new
        // delay will come into effect after 5 days. The 5 day wait period is intended to be able to fix an error like
        // using milliseconds instead of seconds.
        //
        // When decreasing the delay, we wait the difference between "current delay" and "new delay". This guarantees
        // that an admin transfer cannot be made faster than "current delay" at the time the delay change is scheduled.
        // For example, if decreasing from 10 days to 3 days, the new delay will come into effect after 7 days.
        return
            newDelay > currentDelay
                ? uint48(MathUpgradeable.min(newDelay, defaultAdminDelayIncreaseWait())) // no need to safecast, both inputs are uint48
                : currentDelay - newDelay;
    }

    ///
    /// Private setters
    ///

    /**
     * @dev Setter of the tuple for pending admin and its schedule.
     *
     * May emit a DefaultAdminTransferCanceled event.
     */
    function _setPendingDefaultAdmin(address newAdmin, uint48 newSchedule) private {
        AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
        (, uint48 oldSchedule) = pendingDefaultAdmin();

        $._pendingDefaultAdmin = newAdmin;
        $._pendingDefaultAdminSchedule = newSchedule;

        // An `oldSchedule` from `pendingDefaultAdmin()` is only set if it hasn't been accepted.
        if (_isScheduleSet(oldSchedule)) {
            // Emit for implicit cancellations when another default admin was scheduled.
            emit DefaultAdminTransferCanceled();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Setter of the tuple for pending delay and its schedule.
     *
     * May emit a DefaultAdminDelayChangeCanceled event.
     */
    function _setPendingDelay(uint48 newDelay, uint48 newSchedule) private {
        AccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesStorage();
        uint48 oldSchedule = $._pendingDelaySchedule;

        if (_isScheduleSet(oldSchedule)) {
            if (_hasSchedulePassed(oldSchedule)) {
                // Materialize a virtual delay
                $._currentDelay = $._pendingDelay;
            } else {
                // Emit for implicit cancellations when another delay was scheduled.
                emit DefaultAdminDelayChangeCanceled();
            }
        }

        $._pendingDelay = newDelay;
        $._pendingDelaySchedule = newSchedule;
    }

    ///
    /// Private helpers
    ///

    /**
     * @dev Defines if an `schedule` is considered set. For consistency purposes.
     */
    function _isScheduleSet(uint48 schedule) private pure returns (bool) {
        return schedule != 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Defines if an `schedule` is considered passed. For consistency purposes.
     */
    function _hasSchedulePassed(uint48 schedule) private view returns (bool) {
        return schedule < block.timestamp;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable } from "./IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable.sol";
import { AccessControlUpgradeable } from "../AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import { EnumerableSetUpgradeable } from "../../utils/structs/EnumerableSetUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {AccessControl} that allows enumerating the members of each role.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable is Initializable, IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable, AccessControlUpgradeable {
    using EnumerableSetUpgradeable for EnumerableSetUpgradeable.AddressSet;

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.AccessControlEnumerable
    struct AccessControlEnumerableStorage {
        mapping(bytes32 role => EnumerableSetUpgradeable.AddressSet) _roleMembers;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.AccessControlEnumerable")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant AccessControlEnumerableStorageLocation = 0xc1f6fe24621ce81ec5827caf0253cadb74709b061630e6b55e82371705932000;

    function _getAccessControlEnumerableStorage() private pure returns (AccessControlEnumerableStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := AccessControlEnumerableStorageLocation
        }
    }

    function __AccessControlEnumerable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __AccessControlEnumerable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) public view virtual returns (address) {
        AccessControlEnumerableStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlEnumerableStorage();
        return $._roleMembers[role].at(index);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        AccessControlEnumerableStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlEnumerableStorage();
        return $._roleMembers[role].length();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload {AccessControl-_grantRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override returns (bool) {
        AccessControlEnumerableStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlEnumerableStorage();
        bool granted = super._grantRole(role, account);
        if (granted) {
            $._roleMembers[role].add(account);
        }
        return granted;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload {AccessControl-_revokeRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override returns (bool) {
        AccessControlEnumerableStorage storage $ = _getAccessControlEnumerableStorage();
        bool revoked = super._revokeRole(role, account);
        if (revoked) {
            $._roleMembers[role].remove(account);
        }
        return revoked;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (access/IAccessControlDefaultAdminRules.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IAccessControlUpgradeable } from "../IAccessControlUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControlDefaultAdminRules declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlDefaultAdminRulesUpgradeable is IAccessControlUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev The new default admin is not a valid default admin.
     */
    error AccessControlInvalidDefaultAdmin(address defaultAdmin);

    /**
     * @dev At least one of the following rules was violated:
     *
     * - The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` must only be managed by itself.
     * - The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` must only be held by one account at the time.
     * - Any `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` transfer must be in two delayed steps.
     */
    error AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminRules();

    /**
     * @dev The delay for transferring the default admin delay is enforced and
     * the operation must wait until `schedule`.
     *
     * NOTE: `schedule` can be 0 indicating there's no transfer scheduled.
     */
    error AccessControlEnforcedDefaultAdminDelay(uint48 schedule);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a {defaultAdmin} transfer is started, setting `newAdmin` as the next
     * address to become the {defaultAdmin} by calling {acceptDefaultAdminTransfer} only after `acceptSchedule`
     * passes.
     */
    event DefaultAdminTransferScheduled(address indexed newAdmin, uint48 acceptSchedule);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a {pendingDefaultAdmin} is reset if it was never accepted, regardless of its schedule.
     */
    event DefaultAdminTransferCanceled();

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a {defaultAdminDelay} change is started, setting `newDelay` as the next
     * delay to be applied between default admin transfer after `effectSchedule` has passed.
     */
    event DefaultAdminDelayChangeScheduled(uint48 newDelay, uint48 effectSchedule);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a {pendingDefaultAdminDelay} is reset if its schedule didn't pass.
     */
    event DefaultAdminDelayChangeCanceled();

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` holder.
     */
    function defaultAdmin() external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Returns a tuple of a `newAdmin` and an accept schedule.
     *
     * After the `schedule` passes, the `newAdmin` will be able to accept the {defaultAdmin} role
     * by calling {acceptDefaultAdminTransfer}, completing the role transfer.
     *
     * A zero value only in `acceptSchedule` indicates no pending admin transfer.
     *
     * NOTE: A zero address `newAdmin` means that {defaultAdmin} is being renounced.
     */
    function pendingDefaultAdmin() external view returns (address newAdmin, uint48 acceptSchedule);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the delay required to schedule the acceptance of a {defaultAdmin} transfer started.
     *
     * This delay will be added to the current timestamp when calling {beginDefaultAdminTransfer} to set
     * the acceptance schedule.
     *
     * NOTE: If a delay change has been scheduled, it will take effect as soon as the schedule passes, making this
     * function returns the new delay. See {changeDefaultAdminDelay}.
     */
    function defaultAdminDelay() external view returns (uint48);

    /**
     * @dev Returns a tuple of `newDelay` and an effect schedule.
     *
     * After the `schedule` passes, the `newDelay` will get into effect immediately for every
     * new {defaultAdmin} transfer started with {beginDefaultAdminTransfer}.
     *
     * A zero value only in `effectSchedule` indicates no pending delay change.
     *
     * NOTE: A zero value only for `newDelay` means that the next {defaultAdminDelay}
     * will be zero after the effect schedule.
     */
    function pendingDefaultAdminDelay() external view returns (uint48 newDelay, uint48 effectSchedule);

    /**
     * @dev Starts a {defaultAdmin} transfer by setting a {pendingDefaultAdmin} scheduled for acceptance
     * after the current timestamp plus a {defaultAdminDelay}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Only can be called by the current {defaultAdmin}.
     *
     * Emits a DefaultAdminRoleChangeStarted event.
     */
    function beginDefaultAdminTransfer(address newAdmin) external;

    /**
     * @dev Cancels a {defaultAdmin} transfer previously started with {beginDefaultAdminTransfer}.
     *
     * A {pendingDefaultAdmin} not yet accepted can also be cancelled with this function.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Only can be called by the current {defaultAdmin}.
     *
     * May emit a DefaultAdminTransferCanceled event.
     */
    function cancelDefaultAdminTransfer() external;

    /**
     * @dev Completes a {defaultAdmin} transfer previously started with {beginDefaultAdminTransfer}.
     *
     * After calling the function:
     *
     * - `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` should be granted to the caller.
     * - `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` should be revoked from the previous holder.
     * - {pendingDefaultAdmin} should be reset to zero values.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Only can be called by the {pendingDefaultAdmin}'s `newAdmin`.
     * - The {pendingDefaultAdmin}'s `acceptSchedule` should've passed.
     */
    function acceptDefaultAdminTransfer() external;

    /**
     * @dev Initiates a {defaultAdminDelay} update by setting a {pendingDefaultAdminDelay} scheduled for getting
     * into effect after the current timestamp plus a {defaultAdminDelay}.
     *
     * This function guarantees that any call to {beginDefaultAdminTransfer} done between the timestamp this
     * method is called and the {pendingDefaultAdminDelay} effect schedule will use the current {defaultAdminDelay}
     * set before calling.
     *
     * The {pendingDefaultAdminDelay}'s effect schedule is defined in a way that waiting until the schedule and then
     * calling {beginDefaultAdminTransfer} with the new delay will take at least the same as another {defaultAdmin}
     * complete transfer (including acceptance).
     *
     * The schedule is designed for two scenarios:
     *
     * - When the delay is changed for a larger one the schedule is `block.timestamp + newDelay` capped by
     * {defaultAdminDelayIncreaseWait}.
     * - When the delay is changed for a shorter one, the schedule is `block.timestamp + (current delay - new delay)`.
     *
     * A {pendingDefaultAdminDelay} that never got into effect will be canceled in favor of a new scheduled change.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Only can be called by the current {defaultAdmin}.
     *
     * Emits a DefaultAdminDelayChangeScheduled event and may emit a DefaultAdminDelayChangeCanceled event.
     */
    function changeDefaultAdminDelay(uint48 newDelay) external;

    /**
     * @dev Cancels a scheduled {defaultAdminDelay} change.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Only can be called by the current {defaultAdmin}.
     *
     * May emit a DefaultAdminDelayChangeCanceled event.
     */
    function rollbackDefaultAdminDelay() external;

    /**
     * @dev Maximum time in seconds for an increase to {defaultAdminDelay} (that is scheduled using {changeDefaultAdminDelay})
     * to take effect. Default to 5 days.
     *
     * When the {defaultAdminDelay} is scheduled to be increased, it goes into effect after the new delay has passed with
     * the purpose of giving enough time for reverting any accidental change (i.e. using milliseconds instead of seconds)
     * that may lock the contract. However, to avoid excessive schedules, the wait is capped by this function and it can
     * be overrode for a custom {defaultAdminDelay} increase scheduling.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Make sure to add a reasonable amount of time while overriding this value, otherwise,
     * there's a risk of setting a high new delay that goes into effect almost immediately without the
     * possibility of human intervention in the case of an input error (eg. set milliseconds instead of seconds).
     */
    function defaultAdminDelayIncreaseWait() external view returns (uint48);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControlEnumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IAccessControlUpgradeable } from "../IAccessControlUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlEnumerableUpgradeable is IAccessControlUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IAuthorityUpgradeable } from "./IAuthorityUpgradeable.sol";
import { AuthorityUtilsUpgradeable } from "./AuthorityUtilsUpgradeable.sol";
import { IAccessManagerUpgradeable } from "./IAccessManagerUpgradeable.sol";
import { IAccessManagedUpgradeable } from "./IAccessManagedUpgradeable.sol";
import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This contract module makes available a {restricted} modifier. Functions decorated with this modifier will be
 * permissioned according to an "authority": a contract like {AccessManager} that follows the {IAuthority} interface,
 * implementing a policy that allows certain callers to access certain functions.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: The `restricted` modifier should never be used on `internal` functions, judiciously used in `public`
 * functions, and ideally only used in `external` functions. See {restricted}.
 */
abstract contract AccessManagedUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, IAccessManagedUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.AccessManaged
    struct AccessManagedStorage {
        address _authority;

        bool _consumingSchedule;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.AccessManaged")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant AccessManagedStorageLocation = 0xf3177357ab46d8af007ab3fdb9af81da189e1068fefdc0073dca88a2cab40a00;

    function _getAccessManagedStorage() private pure returns (AccessManagedStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := AccessManagedStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract connected to an initial authority.
     */
    function __AccessManaged_init(address initialAuthority) internal onlyInitializing {
        __AccessManaged_init_unchained(initialAuthority);
    }

    function __AccessManaged_init_unchained(address initialAuthority) internal onlyInitializing {
        _setAuthority(initialAuthority);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Restricts access to a function as defined by the connected Authority for this contract and the
     * caller and selector of the function that entered the contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * In general, this modifier should only be used on `external` functions. It is okay to use it on `public`
     * functions that are used as external entry points and are not called internally. Unless you know what you're
     * doing, it should never be used on `internal` functions. Failure to follow these rules can have critical security
     * implications! This is because the permissions are determined by the function that entered the contract, i.e. the
     * function at the bottom of the call stack, and not the function where the modifier is visible in the source code.
     * ====
     *
     * [NOTE]
     * ====
     * Selector collisions are mitigated by scoping permissions per contract, but some edge cases must be considered:
     *
     * * If the https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.20/contracts.html#receive-ether-function[`receive()`] function
     * is restricted, any other function with a `0x00000000` selector will share permissions with `receive()`.
     * * Similarly, if there's no `receive()` function but a `fallback()` instead, the fallback might be called with
     * empty `calldata`, sharing the `0x00000000` selector permissions as well.
     * * For any other selector, if the restricted function is set on an upgradeable contract, an upgrade may remove
     * the restricted function and replace it with a new method whose selector replaces the last one, keeping the
     * previous permissions.
     * ====
     */
    modifier restricted() {
        _checkCanCall(_msgSender(), _msgData());
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current authority.
     */
    function authority() public view virtual returns (address) {
        AccessManagedStorage storage $ = _getAccessManagedStorage();
        return $._authority;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers control to a new authority. The caller must be the current authority.
     */
    function setAuthority(address newAuthority) public virtual {
        address caller = _msgSender();
        if (caller != authority()) {
            revert AccessManagedUnauthorized(caller);
        }
        if (newAuthority.code.length == 0) {
            revert AccessManagedInvalidAuthority(newAuthority);
        }
        _setAuthority(newAuthority);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true only in the context of a delayed restricted call, at the moment that the scheduled operation is
     * being consumed. Prevents denial of service for delayed restricted calls in the case that the contract performs
     * attacker controlled calls.
     */
    function isConsumingScheduledOp() public view returns (bytes4) {
        AccessManagedStorage storage $ = _getAccessManagedStorage();
        return $._consumingSchedule ? this.isConsumingScheduledOp.selector : bytes4(0);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers control to a new authority. Internal function with no access restriction. Allows bypassing the
     * permissions set by the current authority.
     */
    function _setAuthority(address newAuthority) internal virtual {
        AccessManagedStorage storage $ = _getAccessManagedStorage();
        $._authority = newAuthority;
        emit AuthorityUpdated(newAuthority);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the caller is not allowed to call the function identified by a selector.
     */
    function _checkCanCall(address caller, bytes calldata data) internal virtual {
        AccessManagedStorage storage $ = _getAccessManagedStorage();
        (bool immediate, uint32 delay) = AuthorityUtilsUpgradeable.canCallWithDelay(
            authority(),
            caller,
            address(this),
            bytes4(data)
        );
        if (!immediate) {
            if (delay > 0) {
                $._consumingSchedule = true;
                IAccessManagerUpgradeable(authority()).consumeScheduledOp(caller, data);
                $._consumingSchedule = false;
            } else {
                revert AccessManagedUnauthorized(caller);
            }
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IAuthorityUpgradeable } from "./IAuthorityUpgradeable.sol";

library AuthorityUtilsUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Since `AccessManager` implements an extended IAuthority interface, invoking `canCall` with backwards compatibility
     * for the preexisting `IAuthority` interface requires special care to avoid reverting on insufficient return data.
     * This helper function takes care of invoking `canCall` in a backwards compatible way without reverting.
     */
    function canCallWithDelay(
        address authority,
        address caller,
        address target,
        bytes4 selector
    ) internal view returns (bool immediate, uint32 delay) {
        (bool success, bytes memory data) = authority.staticcall(
            abi.encodeCall(IAuthorityUpgradeable.canCall, (caller, target, selector))
        );
        if (success) {
            if (data.length >= 0x40) {
                (immediate, delay) = abi.decode(data, (bool, uint32));
            } else if (data.length >= 0x20) {
                immediate = abi.decode(data, (bool));
            }
        }
        return (immediate, delay);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

interface IAccessManagedUpgradeable {
    event AuthorityUpdated(address authority);

    error AccessManagedUnauthorized(address caller);
    error AccessManagedRequiredDelay(address caller, uint32 delay);
    error AccessManagedInvalidAuthority(address authority);

    function authority() external view returns (address);

    function setAuthority(address) external;

    function isConsumingScheduledOp() external view returns (bytes4);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IAccessManagedUpgradeable } from "./IAccessManagedUpgradeable.sol";
import { TimeUpgradeable } from "../../utils/types/TimeUpgradeable.sol";

interface IAccessManagerUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev A delayed operation was scheduled.
     */
    event OperationScheduled(
        bytes32 indexed operationId,
        uint32 indexed nonce,
        uint48 schedule,
        address caller,
        address target,
        bytes data
    );

    /**
     * @dev A scheduled operation was executed.
     */
    event OperationExecuted(bytes32 indexed operationId, uint32 indexed nonce);

    /**
     * @dev A scheduled operation was canceled.
     */
    event OperationCanceled(bytes32 indexed operationId, uint32 indexed nonce);

    event RoleLabel(uint64 indexed roleId, string label);
    event RoleGranted(uint64 indexed roleId, address indexed account, uint32 delay, uint48 since, bool newMember);
    event RoleRevoked(uint64 indexed roleId, address indexed account);
    event RoleAdminChanged(uint64 indexed roleId, uint64 indexed admin);
    event RoleGuardianChanged(uint64 indexed roleId, uint64 indexed guardian);
    event RoleGrantDelayChanged(uint64 indexed roleId, uint32 delay, uint48 since);
    event TargetClosed(address indexed target, bool closed);
    event TargetFunctionRoleUpdated(address indexed target, bytes4 selector, uint64 indexed roleId);
    event TargetAdminDelayUpdated(address indexed target, uint32 delay, uint48 since);

    error AccessManagerAlreadyScheduled(bytes32 operationId);
    error AccessManagerNotScheduled(bytes32 operationId);
    error AccessManagerNotReady(bytes32 operationId);
    error AccessManagerExpired(bytes32 operationId);
    error AccessManagerLockedAccount(address account);
    error AccessManagerLockedRole(uint64 roleId);
    error AccessManagerBadConfirmation();
    error AccessManagerUnauthorizedAccount(address msgsender, uint64 roleId);
    error AccessManagerUnauthorizedCall(address caller, address target, bytes4 selector);
    error AccessManagerUnauthorizedConsume(address target);
    error AccessManagerUnauthorizedCancel(address msgsender, address caller, address target, bytes4 selector);
    error AccessManagerInvalidInitialAdmin(address initialAdmin);

    function canCall(
        address caller,
        address target,
        bytes4 selector
    ) external view returns (bool allowed, uint32 delay);

    function hashOperation(address caller, address target, bytes calldata data) external view returns (bytes32);

    function expiration() external view returns (uint32);

    function isTargetClosed(address target) external view returns (bool);

    function getTargetFunctionRole(address target, bytes4 selector) external view returns (uint64);

    function getTargetAdminDelay(address target) external view returns (uint32);

    function getRoleAdmin(uint64 roleId) external view returns (uint64);

    function getRoleGuardian(uint64 roleId) external view returns (uint64);

    function getRoleGrantDelay(uint64 roleId) external view returns (uint32);

    function getAccess(uint64 roleId, address account) external view returns (uint48, uint32, uint32, uint48);

    function hasRole(uint64 roleId, address account) external view returns (bool, uint32);

    function labelRole(uint64 roleId, string calldata label) external;

    function grantRole(uint64 roleId, address account, uint32 executionDelay) external;

    function revokeRole(uint64 roleId, address account) external;

    function renounceRole(uint64 roleId, address callerConfirmation) external;

    function setRoleAdmin(uint64 roleId, uint64 admin) external;

    function setRoleGuardian(uint64 roleId, uint64 guardian) external;

    function setGrantDelay(uint64 roleId, uint32 newDelay) external;

    function setTargetFunctionRole(address target, bytes4[] calldata selectors, uint64 roleId) external;

    function setTargetAdminDelay(address target, uint32 newDelay) external;

    function setTargetClosed(address target, bool closed) external;

    function getSchedule(bytes32 id) external view returns (uint48);

    function getNonce(bytes32 id) external view returns (uint32);

    function schedule(address target, bytes calldata data, uint48 when) external returns (bytes32, uint32);

    function execute(address target, bytes calldata data) external payable returns (uint32);

    function cancel(address caller, address target, bytes calldata data) external returns (uint32);

    function consumeScheduledOp(address caller, bytes calldata data) external;

    function updateAuthority(address target, address newAuthority) external;
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Standard interface for permissioning originally defined in Dappsys.
 */
interface IAuthorityUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the caller can invoke on a target the function identified by a function selector.
     */
    function canCall(address caller, address target, bytes4 selector) external view returns (bool allowed);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (finance/VestingWallet.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Upgradeable } from "../token/ERC20/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { SafeERC20Upgradeable } from "../token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { AddressUpgradeable } from "../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import { OwnableUpgradeable } from "../access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev A vesting wallet is an ownable contract that can receive native currency and ERC20 tokens, and release these
 * assets to the wallet owner, also referred to as "beneficiary", according to a vesting schedule.
 *
 * Any assets transferred to this contract will follow the vesting schedule as if they were locked from the beginning.
 * Consequently, if the vesting has already started, any amount of tokens sent to this contract will (at least partly)
 * be immediately releasable.
 *
 * By setting the duration to 0, one can configure this contract to behave like an asset timelock that hold tokens for
 * a beneficiary until a specified time.
 *
 * NOTE: Since the wallet is {Ownable}, and ownership can be transferred, it is possible to sell unvested tokens.
 * Preventing this in a smart contract is difficult, considering that: 1) a beneficiary address could be a
 * counterfactually deployed contract, 2) there is likely to be a migration path for EOAs to become contracts in the
 * near future.
 *
 * NOTE: When using this contract with any token whose balance is adjusted automatically (i.e. a rebase token), make
 * sure to account the supply/balance adjustment in the vesting schedule to ensure the vested amount is as intended.
 */
contract VestingWalletUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, OwnableUpgradeable {
    event EtherReleased(uint256 amount);
    event ERC20Released(address indexed token, uint256 amount);

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.VestingWallet
    struct VestingWalletStorage {
        uint256 _released;
        mapping(address token => uint256) _erc20Released;
        uint64 _start;
        uint64 _duration;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.VestingWallet")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant VestingWalletStorageLocation = 0xa1eac494560f7591e4da38ed031587f09556afdfc4399dd2e205b935fdfa3900;

    function _getVestingWalletStorage() private pure returns (VestingWalletStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := VestingWalletStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the sender as the initial owner, the beneficiary as the pending owner, the start timestamp and the
     * vesting duration of the vesting wallet.
     */
    function __VestingWallet_init(address beneficiary, uint64 startTimestamp, uint64 durationSeconds) internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained(beneficiary);
        __VestingWallet_init_unchained(beneficiary, startTimestamp, durationSeconds);
    }

    function __VestingWallet_init_unchained(address, uint64 startTimestamp, uint64 durationSeconds) internal onlyInitializing {
        VestingWalletStorage storage $ = _getVestingWalletStorage();
        $._start = startTimestamp;
        $._duration = durationSeconds;
    }

    /**
     * @dev The contract should be able to receive Eth.
     */
    receive() external payable virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Getter for the start timestamp.
     */
    function start() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        VestingWalletStorage storage $ = _getVestingWalletStorage();
        return $._start;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Getter for the vesting duration.
     */
    function duration() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        VestingWalletStorage storage $ = _getVestingWalletStorage();
        return $._duration;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Getter for the end timestamp.
     */
    function end() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return start() + duration();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Amount of eth already released
     */
    function released() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        VestingWalletStorage storage $ = _getVestingWalletStorage();
        return $._released;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Amount of token already released
     */
    function released(address token) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        VestingWalletStorage storage $ = _getVestingWalletStorage();
        return $._erc20Released[token];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Getter for the amount of releasable eth.
     */
    function releasable() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return vestedAmount(uint64(block.timestamp)) - released();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Getter for the amount of releasable `token` tokens. `token` should be the address of an
     * IERC20 contract.
     */
    function releasable(address token) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return vestedAmount(token, uint64(block.timestamp)) - released(token);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Release the native token (ether) that have already vested.
     *
     * Emits a {EtherReleased} event.
     */
    function release() public virtual {
        VestingWalletStorage storage $ = _getVestingWalletStorage();
        uint256 amount = releasable();
        $._released += amount;
        emit EtherReleased(amount);
        AddressUpgradeable.sendValue(payable(owner()), amount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Release the tokens that have already vested.
     *
     * Emits a {ERC20Released} event.
     */
    function release(address token) public virtual {
        VestingWalletStorage storage $ = _getVestingWalletStorage();
        uint256 amount = releasable(token);
        $._erc20Released[token] += amount;
        emit ERC20Released(token, amount);
        SafeERC20Upgradeable.safeTransfer(IERC20Upgradeable(token), owner(), amount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calculates the amount of ether that has already vested. Default implementation is a linear vesting curve.
     */
    function vestedAmount(uint64 timestamp) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _vestingSchedule(address(this).balance + released(), timestamp);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calculates the amount of tokens that has already vested. Default implementation is a linear vesting curve.
     */
    function vestedAmount(address token, uint64 timestamp) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _vestingSchedule(IERC20Upgradeable(token).balanceOf(address(this)) + released(token), timestamp);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Virtual implementation of the vesting formula. This returns the amount vested, as a function of time, for
     * an asset given its total historical allocation.
     */
    function _vestingSchedule(uint256 totalAllocation, uint64 timestamp) internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        if (timestamp < start()) {
            return 0;
        } else if (timestamp >= end()) {
            return totalAllocation;
        } else {
            return (totalAllocation * (timestamp - start())) / duration();
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (governance/IGovernor.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "../interfaces/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC6372Upgradeable } from "../interfaces/IERC6372Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface of the {Governor} core.
 */
interface IGovernorUpgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable, IERC6372Upgradeable {
    enum ProposalState {
        Pending,
        Active,
        Canceled,
        Defeated,
        Succeeded,
        Queued,
        Expired,
        Executed
    }

    /**
     * @dev Empty proposal or a mismatch between the parameters length for a proposal call.
     */
    error GovernorInvalidProposalLength(uint256 targets, uint256 calldatas, uint256 values);

    /**
     * @dev The vote was already cast.
     */
    error GovernorAlreadyCastVote(address voter);

    /**
     * @dev Token deposits are disabled in this contract.
     */
    error GovernorDisabledDeposit();

    /**
     * @dev The `account` is not a proposer.
     */
    error GovernorOnlyProposer(address account);

    /**
     * @dev The `account` is not the governance executor.
     */
    error GovernorOnlyExecutor(address account);

    /**
     * @dev The `proposalId` doesn't exist.
     */
    error GovernorNonexistentProposal(uint256 proposalId);

    /**
     * @dev The current state of a proposal is not the required for performing an operation.
     * The `expectedStates` is a bitmap with the bits enabled for each ProposalState enum position
     * counting from right to left.
     *
     * NOTE: If `expectedState` is `bytes32(0)`, the proposal is expected to not be in any state (i.e. not exist).
     * This is the case when a proposal that is expected to be unset is already initiated (the proposal is duplicated).
     *
     * See {Governor-_encodeStateBitmap}.
     */
    error GovernorUnexpectedProposalState(uint256 proposalId, ProposalState current, bytes32 expectedStates);

    /**
     * @dev The voting period set is not a valid period.
     */
    error GovernorInvalidVotingPeriod(uint256 votingPeriod);

    /**
     * @dev The `proposer` does not have the required votes to create a proposal.
     */
    error GovernorInsufficientProposerVotes(address proposer, uint256 votes, uint256 threshold);

    /**
     * @dev The `proposer` is not allowed to create a proposal.
     */
    error GovernorRestrictedProposer(address proposer);

    /**
     * @dev The vote type used is not valid for the corresponding counting module.
     */
    error GovernorInvalidVoteType();

    /**
     * @dev Queue operation is not implemented for this governor. Execute should be called directly.
     */
    error GovernorQueueNotImplemented();

    /**
     * @dev The proposal hasn't been queued yet.
     */
    error GovernorNotQueuedProposal(uint256 proposalId);

    /**
     * @dev The proposal has already been queued.
     */
    error GovernorAlreadyQueuedProposal(uint256 proposalId);

    /**
     * @dev The provided signature is not valid for the expected `voter`.
     * If the `voter` is a contract, the signature is not valid using {IERC1271-isValidSignature}.
     */
    error GovernorInvalidSignature(address voter);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a proposal is created.
     */
    event ProposalCreated(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address proposer,
        address[] targets,
        uint256[] values,
        string[] signatures,
        bytes[] calldatas,
        uint256 voteStart,
        uint256 voteEnd,
        string description
    );

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a proposal is queued.
     */
    event ProposalQueued(uint256 proposalId, uint256 etaSeconds);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a proposal is executed.
     */
    event ProposalExecuted(uint256 proposalId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a proposal is canceled.
     */
    event ProposalCanceled(uint256 proposalId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a vote is cast without params.
     *
     * Note: `support` values should be seen as buckets. Their interpretation depends on the voting module used.
     */
    event VoteCast(address indexed voter, uint256 proposalId, uint8 support, uint256 weight, string reason);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a vote is cast with params.
     *
     * Note: `support` values should be seen as buckets. Their interpretation depends on the voting module used.
     * `params` are additional encoded parameters. Their interpepretation also depends on the voting module used.
     */
    event VoteCastWithParams(
        address indexed voter,
        uint256 proposalId,
        uint8 support,
        uint256 weight,
        string reason,
        bytes params
    );

    /**
     * @notice module:core
     * @dev Name of the governor instance (used in building the ERC712 domain separator).
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @notice module:core
     * @dev Version of the governor instance (used in building the ERC712 domain separator). Default: "1"
     */
    function version() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @notice module:voting
     * @dev A description of the possible `support` values for {castVote} and the way these votes are counted, meant to
     * be consumed by UIs to show correct vote options and interpret the results. The string is a URL-encoded sequence of
     * key-value pairs that each describe one aspect, for example `support=bravo&quorum=for,abstain`.
     *
     * There are 2 standard keys: `support` and `quorum`.
     *
     * - `support=bravo` refers to the vote options 0 = Against, 1 = For, 2 = Abstain, as in `GovernorBravo`.
     * - `quorum=bravo` means that only For votes are counted towards quorum.
     * - `quorum=for,abstain` means that both For and Abstain votes are counted towards quorum.
     *
     * If a counting module makes use of encoded `params`, it should  include this under a `params` key with a unique
     * name that describes the behavior. For example:
     *
     * - `params=fractional` might refer to a scheme where votes are divided fractionally between for/against/abstain.
     * - `params=erc721` might refer to a scheme where specific NFTs are delegated to vote.
     *
     * NOTE: The string can be decoded by the standard
     * https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/URLSearchParams[`URLSearchParams`]
     * JavaScript class.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function COUNTING_MODE() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @notice module:core
     * @dev Hashing function used to (re)build the proposal id from the proposal details..
     */
    function hashProposal(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) external pure returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @notice module:core
     * @dev Current state of a proposal, following Compound's convention
     */
    function state(uint256 proposalId) external view returns (ProposalState);

    /**
     * @notice module:core
     * @dev The number of votes required in order for a voter to become a proposer.
     */
    function proposalThreshold() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @notice module:core
     * @dev Timepoint used to retrieve user's votes and quorum. If using block number (as per Compound's Comp), the
     * snapshot is performed at the end of this block. Hence, voting for this proposal starts at the beginning of the
     * following block.
     */
    function proposalSnapshot(uint256 proposalId) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @notice module:core
     * @dev Timepoint at which votes close. If using block number, votes close at the end of this block, so it is
     * possible to cast a vote during this block.
     */
    function proposalDeadline(uint256 proposalId) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @notice module:core
     * @dev The account that created a proposal.
     */
    function proposalProposer(uint256 proposalId) external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @notice module:core
     * @dev The time when a queued proposal becomes executable ("ETA"). Unlike {proposalSnapshot} and
     * {proposalDeadline}, this doesn't use the governor clock, and instead relies on the executor's clock which may be
     * different. In most cases this will be a timestamp.
     */
    function proposalEta(uint256 proposalId) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @notice module:core
     * @dev Whether a proposal needs to be queued before execution.
     */
    function proposalNeedsQueuing(uint256 proposalId) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice module:user-config
     * @dev Delay, between the proposal is created and the vote starts. The unit this duration is expressed in depends
     * on the clock (see EIP-6372) this contract uses.
     *
     * This can be increased to leave time for users to buy voting power, or delegate it, before the voting of a
     * proposal starts.
     *
     * NOTE: While this interface returns a uint256, timepoints are stored as uint48 following the ERC-6372 clock type.
     * Consequently this value must fit in a uint48 (when added to the current clock). See {IERC6372-clock}.
     */
    function votingDelay() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @notice module:user-config
     * @dev Delay between the vote start and vote end. The unit this duration is expressed in depends on the clock
     * (see EIP-6372) this contract uses.
     *
     * NOTE: The {votingDelay} can delay the start of the vote. This must be considered when setting the voting
     * duration compared to the voting delay.
     *
     * NOTE: This value is stored when the proposal is submitted so that possible changes to the value do not affect
     * proposals that have already been submitted. The type used to save it is a uint32. Consequently, while this
     * interface returns a uint256, the value it returns should fit in a uint32.
     */
    function votingPeriod() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @notice module:user-config
     * @dev Minimum number of cast voted required for a proposal to be successful.
     *
     * NOTE: The `timepoint` parameter corresponds to the snapshot used for counting vote. This allows to scale the
     * quorum depending on values such as the totalSupply of a token at this timepoint (see {ERC20Votes}).
     */
    function quorum(uint256 timepoint) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @notice module:reputation
     * @dev Voting power of an `account` at a specific `timepoint`.
     *
     * Note: this can be implemented in a number of ways, for example by reading the delegated balance from one (or
     * multiple), {ERC20Votes} tokens.
     */
    function getVotes(address account, uint256 timepoint) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @notice module:reputation
     * @dev Voting power of an `account` at a specific `timepoint` given additional encoded parameters.
     */
    function getVotesWithParams(
        address account,
        uint256 timepoint,
        bytes memory params
    ) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @notice module:voting
     * @dev Returns whether `account` has cast a vote on `proposalId`.
     */
    function hasVoted(uint256 proposalId, address account) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Create a new proposal. Vote start after a delay specified by {IGovernor-votingDelay} and lasts for a
     * duration specified by {IGovernor-votingPeriod}.
     *
     * Emits a {ProposalCreated} event.
     */
    function propose(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        string memory description
    ) external returns (uint256 proposalId);

    /**
     * @dev Queue a proposal. Some governors require this step to be performed before execution can happen. If queuing
     * is not necessary, this function may revert.
     * Queuing a proposal requires the quorum to be reached, the vote to be successful, and the deadline to be reached.
     *
     * Emits a {ProposalQueued} event.
     */
    function queue(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) external returns (uint256 proposalId);

    /**
     * @dev Execute a successful proposal. This requires the quorum to be reached, the vote to be successful, and the
     * deadline to be reached. Depending on the governor it might also be required that the proposal was queued and
     * that some delay passed.
     *
     * Emits a {ProposalExecuted} event.
     *
     * NOTE: Some modules can modify the requirements for execution, for example by adding an additional timelock.
     */
    function execute(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) external payable returns (uint256 proposalId);

    /**
     * @dev Cancel a proposal. A proposal is cancellable by the proposer, but only while it is Pending state, i.e.
     * before the vote starts.
     *
     * Emits a {ProposalCanceled} event.
     */
    function cancel(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) external returns (uint256 proposalId);

    /**
     * @dev Cast a vote
     *
     * Emits a {VoteCast} event.
     */
    function castVote(uint256 proposalId, uint8 support) external returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Cast a vote with a reason
     *
     * Emits a {VoteCast} event.
     */
    function castVoteWithReason(
        uint256 proposalId,
        uint8 support,
        string calldata reason
    ) external returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Cast a vote with a reason and additional encoded parameters
     *
     * Emits a {VoteCast} or {VoteCastWithParams} event depending on the length of params.
     */
    function castVoteWithReasonAndParams(
        uint256 proposalId,
        uint8 support,
        string calldata reason,
        bytes memory params
    ) external returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Cast a vote using the voter's signature, including ERC-1271 signature support.
     *
     * Emits a {VoteCast} event.
     */
    function castVoteBySig(
        uint256 proposalId,
        uint8 support,
        address voter,
        bytes memory signature
    ) external returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Cast a vote with a reason and additional encoded parameters using the voter's signature,
     * including ERC-1271 signature support.
     *
     * Emits a {VoteCast} or {VoteCastWithParams} event depending on the length of params.
     */
    function castVoteWithReasonAndParamsBySig(
        uint256 proposalId,
        uint8 support,
        address voter,
        string calldata reason,
        bytes memory params,
        bytes memory signature
    ) external returns (uint256 balance);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (governance/TimelockController.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { AccessControlUpgradeable } from "../access/AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC721HolderUpgradeable } from "../token/ERC721/utils/ERC721HolderUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC1155HolderUpgradeable } from "../token/ERC1155/utils/ERC1155HolderUpgradeable.sol";
import { AddressUpgradeable } from "../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which acts as a timelocked controller. When set as the
 * owner of an `Ownable` smart contract, it enforces a timelock on all
 * `onlyOwner` maintenance operations. This gives time for users of the
 * controlled contract to exit before a potentially dangerous maintenance
 * operation is applied.
 *
 * By default, this contract is self administered, meaning administration tasks
 * have to go through the timelock process. The proposer (resp executor) role
 * is in charge of proposing (resp executing) operations. A common use case is
 * to position this {TimelockController} as the owner of a smart contract, with
 * a multisig or a DAO as the sole proposer.
 */
contract TimelockControllerUpgradeable is Initializable, AccessControlUpgradeable, ERC721HolderUpgradeable, ERC1155HolderUpgradeable {
    bytes32 public constant PROPOSER_ROLE = keccak256("PROPOSER_ROLE");
    bytes32 public constant EXECUTOR_ROLE = keccak256("EXECUTOR_ROLE");
    bytes32 public constant CANCELLER_ROLE = keccak256("CANCELLER_ROLE");
    uint256 internal constant _DONE_TIMESTAMP = uint256(1);

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.TimelockController
    struct TimelockControllerStorage {
        mapping(bytes32 id => uint256) _timestamps;
        uint256 _minDelay;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.TimelockController")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant TimelockControllerStorageLocation = 0x9a37c2aa9d186a0969ff8a8267bf4e07e864c2f2768f5040949e28a624fb3600;

    function _getTimelockControllerStorage() private pure returns (TimelockControllerStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := TimelockControllerStorageLocation
        }
    }

    enum OperationState {
        Unset,
        Waiting,
        Ready,
        Done
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mismatch between the parameters length for an operation call.
     */
    error TimelockInvalidOperationLength(uint256 targets, uint256 payloads, uint256 values);

    /**
     * @dev The schedule operation doesn't meet the minimum delay.
     */
    error TimelockInsufficientDelay(uint256 delay, uint256 minDelay);

    /**
     * @dev The current state of an operation is not as required.
     * The `expectedStates` is a bitmap with the bits enabled for each OperationState enum position
     * counting from right to left.
     *
     * See {_encodeStateBitmap}.
     */
    error TimelockUnexpectedOperationState(bytes32 operationId, bytes32 expectedStates);

    /**
     * @dev The predecessor to an operation not yet done.
     */
    error TimelockUnexecutedPredecessor(bytes32 predecessorId);

    /**
     * @dev The caller account is not authorized.
     */
    error TimelockUnauthorizedCaller(address caller);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a call is scheduled as part of operation `id`.
     */
    event CallScheduled(
        bytes32 indexed id,
        uint256 indexed index,
        address target,
        uint256 value,
        bytes data,
        bytes32 predecessor,
        uint256 delay
    );

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a call is performed as part of operation `id`.
     */
    event CallExecuted(bytes32 indexed id, uint256 indexed index, address target, uint256 value, bytes data);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when new proposal is scheduled with non-zero salt.
     */
    event CallSalt(bytes32 indexed id, bytes32 salt);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when operation `id` is cancelled.
     */
    event Cancelled(bytes32 indexed id);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the minimum delay for future operations is modified.
     */
    event MinDelayChange(uint256 oldDuration, uint256 newDuration);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract with the following parameters:
     *
     * - `minDelay`: initial minimum delay in seconds for operations
     * - `proposers`: accounts to be granted proposer and canceller roles
     * - `executors`: accounts to be granted executor role
     * - `admin`: optional account to be granted admin role; disable with zero address
     *
     * IMPORTANT: The optional admin can aid with initial configuration of roles after deployment
     * without being subject to delay, but this role should be subsequently renounced in favor of
     * administration through timelocked proposals. Previous versions of this contract would assign
     * this admin to the deployer automatically and should be renounced as well.
     */
    function __TimelockController_init(uint256 minDelay, address[] memory proposers, address[] memory executors, address admin) internal onlyInitializing {
        __TimelockController_init_unchained(minDelay, proposers, executors, admin);
    }

    function __TimelockController_init_unchained(uint256 minDelay, address[] memory proposers, address[] memory executors, address admin) internal onlyInitializing {
        TimelockControllerStorage storage $ = _getTimelockControllerStorage();
        // self administration
        _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, address(this));

        // optional admin
        if (admin != address(0)) {
            _grantRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, admin);
        }

        // register proposers and cancellers
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proposers.length; ++i) {
            _grantRole(PROPOSER_ROLE, proposers[i]);
            _grantRole(CANCELLER_ROLE, proposers[i]);
        }

        // register executors
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < executors.length; ++i) {
            _grantRole(EXECUTOR_ROLE, executors[i]);
        }

        $._minDelay = minDelay;
        emit MinDelayChange(0, minDelay);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only by a certain role. In
     * addition to checking the sender's role, `address(0)` 's role is also
     * considered. Granting a role to `address(0)` is equivalent to enabling
     * this role for everyone.
     */
    modifier onlyRoleOrOpenRole(bytes32 role) {
        if (!hasRole(role, address(0))) {
            _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
        }
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Contract might receive/hold ETH as part of the maintenance process.
     */
    receive() external payable {}

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) public view virtual override(AccessControlUpgradeable, ERC1155HolderUpgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether an id corresponds to a registered operation. This
     * includes both Waiting, Ready, and Done operations.
     */
    function isOperation(bytes32 id) public view returns (bool) {
        return getOperationState(id) != OperationState.Unset;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether an operation is pending or not. Note that a "pending" operation may also be "ready".
     */
    function isOperationPending(bytes32 id) public view returns (bool) {
        OperationState state = getOperationState(id);
        return state == OperationState.Waiting || state == OperationState.Ready;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether an operation is ready for execution. Note that a "ready" operation is also "pending".
     */
    function isOperationReady(bytes32 id) public view returns (bool) {
        return getOperationState(id) == OperationState.Ready;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether an operation is done or not.
     */
    function isOperationDone(bytes32 id) public view returns (bool) {
        return getOperationState(id) == OperationState.Done;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the timestamp at which an operation becomes ready (0 for
     * unset operations, 1 for done operations).
     */
    function getTimestamp(bytes32 id) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        TimelockControllerStorage storage $ = _getTimelockControllerStorage();
        return $._timestamps[id];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns operation state.
     */
    function getOperationState(bytes32 id) public view virtual returns (OperationState) {
        uint256 timestamp = getTimestamp(id);
        if (timestamp == 0) {
            return OperationState.Unset;
        } else if (timestamp == _DONE_TIMESTAMP) {
            return OperationState.Done;
        } else if (timestamp > block.timestamp) {
            return OperationState.Waiting;
        } else {
            return OperationState.Ready;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the minimum delay in seconds for an operation to become valid.
     *
     * This value can be changed by executing an operation that calls `updateDelay`.
     */
    function getMinDelay() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        TimelockControllerStorage storage $ = _getTimelockControllerStorage();
        return $._minDelay;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the identifier of an operation containing a single
     * transaction.
     */
    function hashOperation(
        address target,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data,
        bytes32 predecessor,
        bytes32 salt
    ) public pure virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encode(target, value, data, predecessor, salt));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the identifier of an operation containing a batch of
     * transactions.
     */
    function hashOperationBatch(
        address[] calldata targets,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        bytes[] calldata payloads,
        bytes32 predecessor,
        bytes32 salt
    ) public pure virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encode(targets, values, payloads, predecessor, salt));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Schedule an operation containing a single transaction.
     *
     * Emits {CallSalt} if salt is nonzero, and {CallScheduled}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have the 'proposer' role.
     */
    function schedule(
        address target,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data,
        bytes32 predecessor,
        bytes32 salt,
        uint256 delay
    ) public virtual onlyRole(PROPOSER_ROLE) {
        bytes32 id = hashOperation(target, value, data, predecessor, salt);
        _schedule(id, delay);
        emit CallScheduled(id, 0, target, value, data, predecessor, delay);
        if (salt != bytes32(0)) {
            emit CallSalt(id, salt);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Schedule an operation containing a batch of transactions.
     *
     * Emits {CallSalt} if salt is nonzero, and one {CallScheduled} event per transaction in the batch.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have the 'proposer' role.
     */
    function scheduleBatch(
        address[] calldata targets,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        bytes[] calldata payloads,
        bytes32 predecessor,
        bytes32 salt,
        uint256 delay
    ) public virtual onlyRole(PROPOSER_ROLE) {
        if (targets.length != values.length || targets.length != payloads.length) {
            revert TimelockInvalidOperationLength(targets.length, payloads.length, values.length);
        }

        bytes32 id = hashOperationBatch(targets, values, payloads, predecessor, salt);
        _schedule(id, delay);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < targets.length; ++i) {
            emit CallScheduled(id, i, targets[i], values[i], payloads[i], predecessor, delay);
        }
        if (salt != bytes32(0)) {
            emit CallSalt(id, salt);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Schedule an operation that is to become valid after a given delay.
     */
    function _schedule(bytes32 id, uint256 delay) private {
        TimelockControllerStorage storage $ = _getTimelockControllerStorage();
        if (isOperation(id)) {
            revert TimelockUnexpectedOperationState(id, _encodeStateBitmap(OperationState.Unset));
        }
        uint256 minDelay = getMinDelay();
        if (delay < minDelay) {
            revert TimelockInsufficientDelay(delay, minDelay);
        }
        $._timestamps[id] = block.timestamp + delay;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Cancel an operation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have the 'canceller' role.
     */
    function cancel(bytes32 id) public virtual onlyRole(CANCELLER_ROLE) {
        TimelockControllerStorage storage $ = _getTimelockControllerStorage();
        if (!isOperationPending(id)) {
            revert TimelockUnexpectedOperationState(
                id,
                _encodeStateBitmap(OperationState.Waiting) | _encodeStateBitmap(OperationState.Ready)
            );
        }
        delete $._timestamps[id];

        emit Cancelled(id);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Execute an (ready) operation containing a single transaction.
     *
     * Emits a {CallExecuted} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have the 'executor' role.
     */
    // This function can reenter, but it doesn't pose a risk because _afterCall checks that the proposal is pending,
    // thus any modifications to the operation during reentrancy should be caught.
    // slither-disable-next-line reentrancy-eth
    function execute(
        address target,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata payload,
        bytes32 predecessor,
        bytes32 salt
    ) public payable virtual onlyRoleOrOpenRole(EXECUTOR_ROLE) {
        bytes32 id = hashOperation(target, value, payload, predecessor, salt);

        _beforeCall(id, predecessor);
        _execute(target, value, payload);
        emit CallExecuted(id, 0, target, value, payload);
        _afterCall(id);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Execute an (ready) operation containing a batch of transactions.
     *
     * Emits one {CallExecuted} event per transaction in the batch.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have the 'executor' role.
     */
    // This function can reenter, but it doesn't pose a risk because _afterCall checks that the proposal is pending,
    // thus any modifications to the operation during reentrancy should be caught.
    // slither-disable-next-line reentrancy-eth
    function executeBatch(
        address[] calldata targets,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        bytes[] calldata payloads,
        bytes32 predecessor,
        bytes32 salt
    ) public payable virtual onlyRoleOrOpenRole(EXECUTOR_ROLE) {
        if (targets.length != values.length || targets.length != payloads.length) {
            revert TimelockInvalidOperationLength(targets.length, payloads.length, values.length);
        }

        bytes32 id = hashOperationBatch(targets, values, payloads, predecessor, salt);

        _beforeCall(id, predecessor);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < targets.length; ++i) {
            address target = targets[i];
            uint256 value = values[i];
            bytes calldata payload = payloads[i];
            _execute(target, value, payload);
            emit CallExecuted(id, i, target, value, payload);
        }
        _afterCall(id);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Execute an operation's call.
     */
    function _execute(address target, uint256 value, bytes calldata data) internal virtual {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        AddressUpgradeable.verifyCallResult(success, returndata);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Checks before execution of an operation's calls.
     */
    function _beforeCall(bytes32 id, bytes32 predecessor) private view {
        if (!isOperationReady(id)) {
            revert TimelockUnexpectedOperationState(id, _encodeStateBitmap(OperationState.Ready));
        }
        if (predecessor != bytes32(0) && !isOperationDone(predecessor)) {
            revert TimelockUnexecutedPredecessor(predecessor);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Checks after execution of an operation's calls.
     */
    function _afterCall(bytes32 id) private {
        TimelockControllerStorage storage $ = _getTimelockControllerStorage();
        if (!isOperationReady(id)) {
            revert TimelockUnexpectedOperationState(id, _encodeStateBitmap(OperationState.Ready));
        }
        $._timestamps[id] = _DONE_TIMESTAMP;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Changes the minimum timelock duration for future operations.
     *
     * Emits a {MinDelayChange} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be the timelock itself. This can only be achieved by scheduling and later executing
     * an operation where the timelock is the target and the data is the ABI-encoded call to this function.
     */
    function updateDelay(uint256 newDelay) external virtual {
        TimelockControllerStorage storage $ = _getTimelockControllerStorage();
        address sender = _msgSender();
        if (sender != address(this)) {
            revert TimelockUnauthorizedCaller(sender);
        }
        emit MinDelayChange($._minDelay, newDelay);
        $._minDelay = newDelay;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Encodes a `OperationState` into a `bytes32` representation where each bit enabled corresponds to
     * the underlying position in the `OperationState` enum. For example:
     *
     * 0x000...1000
     *   ^^^^^^----- ...
     *         ^---- Done
     *          ^--- Ready
     *           ^-- Waiting
     *            ^- Unset
     */
    function _encodeStateBitmap(OperationState operationState) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return bytes32(1 << uint8(operationState));
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (governance/extensions/GovernorCountingSimple.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { GovernorUpgradeable } from "../GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {Governor} for simple, 3 options, vote counting.
 */
abstract contract GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable is Initializable, GovernorUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Supported vote types. Matches Governor Bravo ordering.
     */
    enum VoteType {
        Against,
        For,
        Abstain
    }

    struct ProposalVote {
        uint256 againstVotes;
        uint256 forVotes;
        uint256 abstainVotes;
        mapping(address voter => bool) hasVoted;
    }

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.GovernorCountingSimple
    struct GovernorCountingSimpleStorage {
        mapping(uint256 proposalId => ProposalVote) _proposalVotes;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.GovernorCountingSimple")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant GovernorCountingSimpleStorageLocation = 0xa1cefa0f43667ef127a258e673c94202a79b656e62899531c4376d87a7f39800;

    function _getGovernorCountingSimpleStorage() private pure returns (GovernorCountingSimpleStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := GovernorCountingSimpleStorageLocation
        }
    }

    function __GovernorCountingSimple_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __GovernorCountingSimple_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IGovernor-COUNTING_MODE}.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function COUNTING_MODE() public pure virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return "support=bravo&quorum=for,abstain";
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IGovernor-hasVoted}.
     */
    function hasVoted(uint256 proposalId, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        GovernorCountingSimpleStorage storage $ = _getGovernorCountingSimpleStorage();
        return $._proposalVotes[proposalId].hasVoted[account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Accessor to the internal vote counts.
     */
    function proposalVotes(
        uint256 proposalId
    ) public view virtual returns (uint256 againstVotes, uint256 forVotes, uint256 abstainVotes) {
        GovernorCountingSimpleStorage storage $ = _getGovernorCountingSimpleStorage();
        ProposalVote storage proposalVote = $._proposalVotes[proposalId];
        return (proposalVote.againstVotes, proposalVote.forVotes, proposalVote.abstainVotes);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {Governor-_quorumReached}.
     */
    function _quorumReached(uint256 proposalId) internal view virtual override returns (bool) {
        GovernorCountingSimpleStorage storage $ = _getGovernorCountingSimpleStorage();
        ProposalVote storage proposalVote = $._proposalVotes[proposalId];

        return quorum(proposalSnapshot(proposalId)) <= proposalVote.forVotes + proposalVote.abstainVotes;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {Governor-_voteSucceeded}. In this module, the forVotes must be strictly over the againstVotes.
     */
    function _voteSucceeded(uint256 proposalId) internal view virtual override returns (bool) {
        GovernorCountingSimpleStorage storage $ = _getGovernorCountingSimpleStorage();
        ProposalVote storage proposalVote = $._proposalVotes[proposalId];

        return proposalVote.forVotes > proposalVote.againstVotes;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {Governor-_countVote}. In this module, the support follows the `VoteType` enum (from Governor Bravo).
     */
    function _countVote(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address account,
        uint8 support,
        uint256 weight,
        bytes memory // params
    ) internal virtual override {
        GovernorCountingSimpleStorage storage $ = _getGovernorCountingSimpleStorage();
        ProposalVote storage proposalVote = $._proposalVotes[proposalId];

        if (proposalVote.hasVoted[account]) {
            revert GovernorAlreadyCastVote(account);
        }
        proposalVote.hasVoted[account] = true;

        if (support == uint8(VoteType.Against)) {
            proposalVote.againstVotes += weight;
        } else if (support == uint8(VoteType.For)) {
            proposalVote.forVotes += weight;
        } else if (support == uint8(VoteType.Abstain)) {
            proposalVote.abstainVotes += weight;
        } else {
            revert GovernorInvalidVoteType();
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (governance/extensions/GovernorPreventLateQuorum.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { GovernorUpgradeable } from "../GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import { MathUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev A module that ensures there is a minimum voting period after quorum is reached. This prevents a large voter from
 * swaying a vote and triggering quorum at the last minute, by ensuring there is always time for other voters to react
 * and try to oppose the decision.
 *
 * If a vote causes quorum to be reached, the proposal's voting period may be extended so that it does not end before at
 * least a specified time has passed (the "vote extension" parameter). This parameter can be set through a governance
 * proposal.
 */
abstract contract GovernorPreventLateQuorumUpgradeable is Initializable, GovernorUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.GovernorPreventLateQuorum
    struct GovernorPreventLateQuorumStorage {
        uint48 _voteExtension;

        mapping(uint256 proposalId => uint48) _extendedDeadlines;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.GovernorPreventLateQuorum")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant GovernorPreventLateQuorumStorageLocation = 0x042f525fd47e44d02e065dd7bb464f47b4f926fbd05b5e087891ebd756adf100;

    function _getGovernorPreventLateQuorumStorage() private pure returns (GovernorPreventLateQuorumStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := GovernorPreventLateQuorumStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /// @dev Emitted when a proposal deadline is pushed back due to reaching quorum late in its voting period.
    event ProposalExtended(uint256 indexed proposalId, uint64 extendedDeadline);

    /// @dev Emitted when the {lateQuorumVoteExtension} parameter is changed.
    event LateQuorumVoteExtensionSet(uint64 oldVoteExtension, uint64 newVoteExtension);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the vote extension parameter: the time in either number of blocks or seconds (depending on the
     * governor clock mode) that is required to pass since the moment a proposal reaches quorum until its voting period
     * ends. If necessary the voting period will be extended beyond the one set during proposal creation.
     */
    function __GovernorPreventLateQuorum_init(uint48 initialVoteExtension) internal onlyInitializing {
        __GovernorPreventLateQuorum_init_unchained(initialVoteExtension);
    }

    function __GovernorPreventLateQuorum_init_unchained(uint48 initialVoteExtension) internal onlyInitializing {
        _setLateQuorumVoteExtension(initialVoteExtension);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the proposal deadline, which may have been extended beyond that set at proposal creation, if the
     * proposal reached quorum late in the voting period. See {Governor-proposalDeadline}.
     */
    function proposalDeadline(uint256 proposalId) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        GovernorPreventLateQuorumStorage storage $ = _getGovernorPreventLateQuorumStorage();
        return MathUpgradeable.max(super.proposalDeadline(proposalId), $._extendedDeadlines[proposalId]);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Casts a vote and detects if it caused quorum to be reached, potentially extending the voting period. See
     * {Governor-_castVote}.
     *
     * May emit a {ProposalExtended} event.
     */
    function _castVote(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address account,
        uint8 support,
        string memory reason,
        bytes memory params
    ) internal virtual override returns (uint256) {
        GovernorPreventLateQuorumStorage storage $ = _getGovernorPreventLateQuorumStorage();
        uint256 result = super._castVote(proposalId, account, support, reason, params);

        if ($._extendedDeadlines[proposalId] == 0 && _quorumReached(proposalId)) {
            uint48 extendedDeadline = clock() + lateQuorumVoteExtension();

            if (extendedDeadline > proposalDeadline(proposalId)) {
                emit ProposalExtended(proposalId, extendedDeadline);
            }

            $._extendedDeadlines[proposalId] = extendedDeadline;
        }

        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current value of the vote extension parameter: the number of blocks that are required to pass
     * from the time a proposal reaches quorum until its voting period ends.
     */
    function lateQuorumVoteExtension() public view virtual returns (uint48) {
        GovernorPreventLateQuorumStorage storage $ = _getGovernorPreventLateQuorumStorage();
        return $._voteExtension;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Changes the {lateQuorumVoteExtension}. This operation can only be performed by the governance executor,
     * generally through a governance proposal.
     *
     * Emits a {LateQuorumVoteExtensionSet} event.
     */
    function setLateQuorumVoteExtension(uint48 newVoteExtension) public virtual onlyGovernance {
        _setLateQuorumVoteExtension(newVoteExtension);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Changes the {lateQuorumVoteExtension}. This is an internal function that can be exposed in a public function
     * like {setLateQuorumVoteExtension} if another access control mechanism is needed.
     *
     * Emits a {LateQuorumVoteExtensionSet} event.
     */
    function _setLateQuorumVoteExtension(uint48 newVoteExtension) internal virtual {
        GovernorPreventLateQuorumStorage storage $ = _getGovernorPreventLateQuorumStorage();
        emit LateQuorumVoteExtensionSet($._voteExtension, newVoteExtension);
        $._voteExtension = newVoteExtension;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (governance/extensions/GovernorSettings.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { GovernorUpgradeable } from "../GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {Governor} for settings updatable through governance.
 */
abstract contract GovernorSettingsUpgradeable is Initializable, GovernorUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.GovernorSettings
    struct GovernorSettingsStorage {
        // amount of token
        uint256 _proposalThreshold;
        // timepoint: limited to uint48 in core (same as clock() type)
        uint48 _votingDelay;
        // duration: limited to uint32 in core
        uint32 _votingPeriod;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.GovernorSettings")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant GovernorSettingsStorageLocation = 0x00d7616c8fe29c6c2fbe1d0c5bc8f2faa4c35b43746e70b24b4d532752affd00;

    function _getGovernorSettingsStorage() private pure returns (GovernorSettingsStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := GovernorSettingsStorageLocation
        }
    }

    event VotingDelaySet(uint256 oldVotingDelay, uint256 newVotingDelay);
    event VotingPeriodSet(uint256 oldVotingPeriod, uint256 newVotingPeriod);
    event ProposalThresholdSet(uint256 oldProposalThreshold, uint256 newProposalThreshold);

    /**
     * @dev Initialize the governance parameters.
     */
    function __GovernorSettings_init(uint48 initialVotingDelay, uint32 initialVotingPeriod, uint256 initialProposalThreshold) internal onlyInitializing {
        __GovernorSettings_init_unchained(initialVotingDelay, initialVotingPeriod, initialProposalThreshold);
    }

    function __GovernorSettings_init_unchained(uint48 initialVotingDelay, uint32 initialVotingPeriod, uint256 initialProposalThreshold) internal onlyInitializing {
        _setVotingDelay(initialVotingDelay);
        _setVotingPeriod(initialVotingPeriod);
        _setProposalThreshold(initialProposalThreshold);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IGovernor-votingDelay}.
     */
    function votingDelay() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        GovernorSettingsStorage storage $ = _getGovernorSettingsStorage();
        return $._votingDelay;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IGovernor-votingPeriod}.
     */
    function votingPeriod() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        GovernorSettingsStorage storage $ = _getGovernorSettingsStorage();
        return $._votingPeriod;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {Governor-proposalThreshold}.
     */
    function proposalThreshold() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        GovernorSettingsStorage storage $ = _getGovernorSettingsStorage();
        return $._proposalThreshold;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Update the voting delay. This operation can only be performed through a governance proposal.
     *
     * Emits a {VotingDelaySet} event.
     */
    function setVotingDelay(uint48 newVotingDelay) public virtual onlyGovernance {
        _setVotingDelay(newVotingDelay);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Update the voting period. This operation can only be performed through a governance proposal.
     *
     * Emits a {VotingPeriodSet} event.
     */
    function setVotingPeriod(uint32 newVotingPeriod) public virtual onlyGovernance {
        _setVotingPeriod(newVotingPeriod);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Update the proposal threshold. This operation can only be performed through a governance proposal.
     *
     * Emits a {ProposalThresholdSet} event.
     */
    function setProposalThreshold(uint256 newProposalThreshold) public virtual onlyGovernance {
        _setProposalThreshold(newProposalThreshold);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal setter for the voting delay.
     *
     * Emits a {VotingDelaySet} event.
     */
    function _setVotingDelay(uint48 newVotingDelay) internal virtual {
        GovernorSettingsStorage storage $ = _getGovernorSettingsStorage();
        emit VotingDelaySet($._votingDelay, newVotingDelay);
        $._votingDelay = newVotingDelay;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal setter for the voting period.
     *
     * Emits a {VotingPeriodSet} event.
     */
    function _setVotingPeriod(uint32 newVotingPeriod) internal virtual {
        GovernorSettingsStorage storage $ = _getGovernorSettingsStorage();
        if (newVotingPeriod == 0) {
            revert GovernorInvalidVotingPeriod(0);
        }
        emit VotingPeriodSet($._votingPeriod, newVotingPeriod);
        $._votingPeriod = newVotingPeriod;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal setter for the proposal threshold.
     *
     * Emits a {ProposalThresholdSet} event.
     */
    function _setProposalThreshold(uint256 newProposalThreshold) internal virtual {
        GovernorSettingsStorage storage $ = _getGovernorSettingsStorage();
        emit ProposalThresholdSet($._proposalThreshold, newProposalThreshold);
        $._proposalThreshold = newProposalThreshold;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { GovernorUpgradeable } from "../GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {Governor} that implements storage of proposal details. This modules also provides primitives for
 * the enumerability of proposals.
 *
 * Use cases for this module include:
 * - UIs that explore the proposal state without relying on event indexing.
 * - Using only the proposalId as an argument in the {Governor-queue} and {Governor-execute} functions for L2 chains
 *   where storage is cheap compared to calldata.
 */
abstract contract GovernorStorageUpgradeable is Initializable, GovernorUpgradeable {
    struct ProposalDetails {
        address[] targets;
        uint256[] values;
        bytes[] calldatas;
        bytes32 descriptionHash;
    }

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.GovernorStorage
    struct GovernorStorageStorage {
        uint256[] _proposalIds;
        mapping(uint256 proposalId => ProposalDetails) _proposalDetails;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.GovernorStorage")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant GovernorStorageStorageLocation = 0x7fd223d3380145bd26132714391e777c488a0df7ac2dd4b66419d8549fb3a600;

    function _getGovernorStorageStorage() private pure returns (GovernorStorageStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := GovernorStorageStorageLocation
        }
    }

    function __GovernorStorage_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __GovernorStorage_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook into the proposing mechanism
     */
    function _propose(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        string memory description,
        address proposer
    ) internal virtual override returns (uint256) {
        GovernorStorageStorage storage $ = _getGovernorStorageStorage();
        uint256 proposalId = super._propose(targets, values, calldatas, description, proposer);

        // store
        $._proposalIds.push(proposalId);
        $._proposalDetails[proposalId] = ProposalDetails({
            targets: targets,
            values: values,
            calldatas: calldatas,
            descriptionHash: keccak256(bytes(description))
        });

        return proposalId;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Version of {IGovernorTimelock-queue} with only `proposalId` as an argument.
     */
    function queue(uint256 proposalId) public virtual {
        GovernorStorageStorage storage $ = _getGovernorStorageStorage();
        // here, using storage is more efficient than memory
        ProposalDetails storage details = $._proposalDetails[proposalId];
        queue(details.targets, details.values, details.calldatas, details.descriptionHash);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Version of {IGovernor-execute} with only `proposalId` as an argument.
     */
    function execute(uint256 proposalId) public payable virtual {
        GovernorStorageStorage storage $ = _getGovernorStorageStorage();
        // here, using storage is more efficient than memory
        ProposalDetails storage details = $._proposalDetails[proposalId];
        execute(details.targets, details.values, details.calldatas, details.descriptionHash);
    }

    /**
     * @dev ProposalId version of {IGovernor-cancel}.
     */
    function cancel(uint256 proposalId) public virtual {
        GovernorStorageStorage storage $ = _getGovernorStorageStorage();
        // here, using storage is more efficient than memory
        ProposalDetails storage details = $._proposalDetails[proposalId];
        cancel(details.targets, details.values, details.calldatas, details.descriptionHash);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of stored proposals.
     */
    function proposalCount() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        GovernorStorageStorage storage $ = _getGovernorStorageStorage();
        return $._proposalIds.length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the details of a proposalId. Reverts if `proposalId` is not a known proposal.
     */
    function proposalDetails(
        uint256 proposalId
    ) public view virtual returns (address[] memory, uint256[] memory, bytes[] memory, bytes32) {
        GovernorStorageStorage storage $ = _getGovernorStorageStorage();
        // here, using memory is more efficient than storage
        ProposalDetails memory details = $._proposalDetails[proposalId];
        if (details.descriptionHash == 0) {
            revert GovernorNonexistentProposal(proposalId);
        }
        return (details.targets, details.values, details.calldatas, details.descriptionHash);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the details (including the proposalId) of a proposal given its sequential index.
     */
    function proposalDetailsAt(
        uint256 index
    ) public view virtual returns (uint256, address[] memory, uint256[] memory, bytes[] memory, bytes32) {
        GovernorStorageStorage storage $ = _getGovernorStorageStorage();
        uint256 proposalId = $._proposalIds[index];
        (
            address[] memory targets,
            uint256[] memory values,
            bytes[] memory calldatas,
            bytes32 descriptionHash
        ) = proposalDetails(proposalId);
        return (proposalId, targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { GovernorUpgradeable } from "../GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import { AuthorityUtilsUpgradeable } from "../../access/manager/AuthorityUtilsUpgradeable.sol";
import { IAccessManagerUpgradeable } from "../../access/manager/IAccessManagerUpgradeable.sol";
import { AddressUpgradeable } from "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import { MathUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
import { SafeCastUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/SafeCastUpgradeable.sol";
import { TimeUpgradeable } from "../../utils/types/TimeUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This module connects a {Governor} instance to an {AccessManager} instance, allowing the governor to make calls
 * that are delay-restricted by the manager using the normal {queue} workflow. An optional base delay is applied to
 * operations that are not delayed externally by the manager. Execution of a proposal will be delayed as much as
 * necessary to meet the required delays of all of its operations.
 *
 * This extension allows the governor to hold and use its own assets and permissions, unlike {GovernorTimelockControl}
 * and {GovernorTimelockCompound}, where the timelock is a separate contract that must be the one to hold assets and
 * permissions. Operations that are delay-restricted by the manager, however, will be executed through the
 * {AccessManager-execute} function.
 *
 * ==== Security Considerations
 *
 * Some operations may be cancelable in the `AccessManager` by the admin or a set of guardians, depending on the
 * restricted function being invoked. Since proposals are atomic, the cancellation by a guardian of a single operation
 * in a proposal will cause all of the proposal to become unable to execute. Consider proposing cancellable operations
 * separately.
 *
 * By default, function calls will be routed through the associated `AccessManager` whenever it claims the target
 * function to be restricted by it. However, admins may configure the manager to make that claim for functions that a
 * governor would want to call directly (e.g., token transfers) in an attempt to deny it access to those functions. To
 * mitigate this attack vector, the governor is able to ignore the restrictions claimed by the `AccessManager` using
 * {setAccessManagerIgnored}. While permanent denial of service is mitigated, temporary DoS may still be technically
 * possible. All of the governor's own functions (e.g., {setBaseDelaySeconds}) ignore the `AccessManager` by default.
 */
abstract contract GovernorTimelockAccessUpgradeable is Initializable, GovernorUpgradeable {
    // An execution plan is produced at the moment a proposal is created, in order to fix at that point the exact
    // execution semantics of the proposal, namely whether a call will go through {AccessManager-execute}.
    struct ExecutionPlan {
        uint16 length;
        uint32 delay;
        // We use mappings instead of arrays because it allows us to pack values in storage more tightly without
        // storing the length redundantly.
        // We pack 8 operations' data in each bucket. Each uint32 value is set to 1 upon proposal creation if it has
        // to be scheduled and executed through the manager. Upon queuing, the value is set to nonce + 2, where the
        // nonce is received from the manager when scheduling the operation.
        mapping(uint256 operationBucket => uint32[8]) managerData;
    }

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.GovernorTimelockAccess
    struct GovernorTimelockAccessStorage {
        // The meaning of the "toggle" set to true depends on the target contract.
        // If target == address(this), the manager is ignored by default, and a true toggle means it won't be ignored.
        // For all other target contracts, the manager is used by default, and a true toggle means it will be ignored.
        mapping(address target => mapping(bytes4 selector => bool)) _ignoreToggle;

        mapping(uint256 proposalId => ExecutionPlan) _executionPlan;

        uint32 _baseDelay;

        IAccessManagerUpgradeable _manager;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.GovernorTimelockAccess")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant GovernorTimelockAccessStorageLocation = 0xb26e23d38df572f5669f6310d407229c15b4fb320cb19bf5e8c38856d28d0800;

    function _getGovernorTimelockAccessStorage() private pure returns (GovernorTimelockAccessStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := GovernorTimelockAccessStorageLocation
        }
    }

    error GovernorUnmetDelay(uint256 proposalId, uint256 neededTimestamp);
    error GovernorMismatchedNonce(uint256 proposalId, uint256 expectedNonce, uint256 actualNonce);
    error GovernorLockedIgnore();

    event BaseDelaySet(uint32 oldBaseDelaySeconds, uint32 newBaseDelaySeconds);
    event AccessManagerIgnoredSet(address target, bytes4 selector, bool ignored);

    /**
     * @dev Initialize the governor with an {AccessManager} and initial base delay.
     */
    function __GovernorTimelockAccess_init(address manager, uint32 initialBaseDelay) internal onlyInitializing {
        __GovernorTimelockAccess_init_unchained(manager, initialBaseDelay);
    }

    function __GovernorTimelockAccess_init_unchained(address manager, uint32 initialBaseDelay) internal onlyInitializing {
        GovernorTimelockAccessStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockAccessStorage();
        $._manager = IAccessManagerUpgradeable(manager);
        _setBaseDelaySeconds(initialBaseDelay);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the {AccessManager} instance associated to this governor.
     */
    function accessManager() public view virtual returns (IAccessManagerUpgradeable) {
        GovernorTimelockAccessStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockAccessStorage();
        return $._manager;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Base delay that will be applied to all function calls. Some may be further delayed by their associated
     * `AccessManager` authority; in this case the final delay will be the maximum of the base delay and the one
     * demanded by the authority.
     *
     * NOTE: Execution delays are processed by the `AccessManager` contracts, and according to that contract are
     * expressed in seconds. Therefore, the base delay is also in seconds, regardless of the governor's clock mode.
     */
    function baseDelaySeconds() public view virtual returns (uint32) {
        GovernorTimelockAccessStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockAccessStorage();
        return $._baseDelay;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Change the value of {baseDelaySeconds}. This operation can only be invoked through a governance proposal.
     */
    function setBaseDelaySeconds(uint32 newBaseDelay) public virtual onlyGovernance {
        _setBaseDelaySeconds(newBaseDelay);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Change the value of {baseDelaySeconds}. Internal function without access control.
     */
    function _setBaseDelaySeconds(uint32 newBaseDelay) internal virtual {
        GovernorTimelockAccessStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockAccessStorage();
        emit BaseDelaySet($._baseDelay, newBaseDelay);
        $._baseDelay = newBaseDelay;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Check if restrictions from the associated {AccessManager} are ignored for a target function. Returns true
     * when the target function will be invoked directly regardless of `AccessManager` settings for the function.
     * See {setAccessManagerIgnored} and Security Considerations above.
     */
    function isAccessManagerIgnored(address target, bytes4 selector) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        GovernorTimelockAccessStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockAccessStorage();
        bool isGovernor = target == address(this);
        return $._ignoreToggle[target][selector] != isGovernor; // equivalent to: isGovernor ? !toggle : toggle
    }

    /**
     * @dev Configure whether restrictions from the associated {AccessManager} are ignored for a target function.
     * See Security Considerations above.
     */
    function setAccessManagerIgnored(
        address target,
        bytes4[] calldata selectors,
        bool ignored
    ) public virtual onlyGovernance {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < selectors.length; ++i) {
            _setAccessManagerIgnored(target, selectors[i], ignored);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal version of {setAccessManagerIgnored} without access restriction.
     */
    function _setAccessManagerIgnored(address target, bytes4 selector, bool ignored) internal virtual {
        GovernorTimelockAccessStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockAccessStorage();
        bool isGovernor = target == address(this);
        if (isGovernor && selector == this.setAccessManagerIgnored.selector) {
            revert GovernorLockedIgnore();
        }
        $._ignoreToggle[target][selector] = ignored != isGovernor; // equivalent to: isGovernor ? !ignored : ignored
        emit AccessManagerIgnoredSet(target, selector, ignored);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Public accessor to check the execution plan, including the number of seconds that the proposal will be
     * delayed since queuing, an array indicating which of the proposal actions will be executed indirectly through
     * the associated {AccessManager}, and another indicating which will be scheduled in {queue}. Note that
     * those that must be scheduled are cancellable by `AccessManager` guardians.
     */
    function proposalExecutionPlan(
        uint256 proposalId
    ) public view returns (uint32 delay, bool[] memory indirect, bool[] memory withDelay) {
        GovernorTimelockAccessStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockAccessStorage();
        ExecutionPlan storage plan = $._executionPlan[proposalId];

        uint32 length = plan.length;
        delay = plan.delay;
        indirect = new bool[](length);
        withDelay = new bool[](length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; ++i) {
            (indirect[i], withDelay[i], ) = _getManagerData(plan, i);
        }

        return (delay, indirect, withDelay);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IGovernor-proposalNeedsQueuing}.
     */
    function proposalNeedsQueuing(uint256 proposalId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        GovernorTimelockAccessStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockAccessStorage();
        return $._executionPlan[proposalId].delay > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IGovernor-propose}
     */
    function propose(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        string memory description
    ) public virtual override returns (uint256) {
        GovernorTimelockAccessStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockAccessStorage();
        uint256 proposalId = super.propose(targets, values, calldatas, description);

        uint32 neededDelay = baseDelaySeconds();

        ExecutionPlan storage plan = $._executionPlan[proposalId];
        plan.length = SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint16(targets.length);

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < targets.length; ++i) {
            address target = targets[i];
            bytes4 selector = bytes4(calldatas[i]);
            (bool immediate, uint32 delay) = AuthorityUtilsUpgradeable.canCallWithDelay(
                address($._manager),
                address(this),
                target,
                selector
            );
            if ((immediate || delay > 0) && !isAccessManagerIgnored(target, selector)) {
                _setManagerData(plan, i, !immediate, 0);
                // downcast is safe because both arguments are uint32
                neededDelay = uint32(MathUpgradeable.max(delay, neededDelay));
            }
        }

        plan.delay = neededDelay;

        return proposalId;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mechanism to queue a proposal, potentially scheduling some of its operations in the AccessManager.
     *
     * NOTE: The execution delay is chosen based on the delay information retrieved in {propose}. This value may be
     * off if the delay was updated since proposal creation. In this case, the proposal needs to be recreated.
     */
    function _queueOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory /* values */,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 /* descriptionHash */
    ) internal virtual override returns (uint48) {
        GovernorTimelockAccessStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockAccessStorage();
        ExecutionPlan storage plan = $._executionPlan[proposalId];
        uint48 etaSeconds = TimeUpgradeable.timestamp() + plan.delay;

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < targets.length; ++i) {
            (, bool withDelay, ) = _getManagerData(plan, i);
            if (withDelay) {
                (, uint32 nonce) = $._manager.schedule(targets[i], calldatas[i], etaSeconds);
                _setManagerData(plan, i, true, nonce);
            }
        }

        return etaSeconds;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mechanism to execute a proposal, potentially going through {AccessManager-execute} for delayed operations.
     */
    function _executeOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 /* descriptionHash */
    ) internal virtual override {
        GovernorTimelockAccessStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockAccessStorage();
        uint48 etaSeconds = SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint48(proposalEta(proposalId));
        if (block.timestamp < etaSeconds) {
            revert GovernorUnmetDelay(proposalId, etaSeconds);
        }

        ExecutionPlan storage plan = $._executionPlan[proposalId];

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < targets.length; ++i) {
            (bool controlled, bool withDelay, uint32 nonce) = _getManagerData(plan, i);
            if (controlled) {
                uint32 executedNonce = $._manager.execute{value: values[i]}(targets[i], calldatas[i]);
                if (withDelay && executedNonce != nonce) {
                    revert GovernorMismatchedNonce(proposalId, nonce, executedNonce);
                }
            } else {
                (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = targets[i].call{value: values[i]}(calldatas[i]);
                AddressUpgradeable.verifyCallResult(success, returndata);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IGovernor-_cancel}
     */
    function _cancel(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal virtual override returns (uint256) {
        GovernorTimelockAccessStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockAccessStorage();
        uint256 proposalId = super._cancel(targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);

        uint48 etaSeconds = SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint48(proposalEta(proposalId));

        ExecutionPlan storage plan = $._executionPlan[proposalId];

        // If the proposal has been scheduled it will have an ETA and we may have to externally cancel
        if (etaSeconds != 0) {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < targets.length; ++i) {
                (, bool withDelay, uint32 nonce) = _getManagerData(plan, i);
                // Only attempt to cancel if the execution plan included a delay
                if (withDelay) {
                    bytes32 operationId = $._manager.hashOperation(address(this), targets[i], calldatas[i]);
                    // Check first if the current operation nonce is the one that we observed previously. It could
                    // already have been cancelled and rescheduled. We don't want to cancel unless it is exactly the
                    // instance that we previously scheduled.
                    if (nonce == $._manager.getNonce(operationId)) {
                        // It is important that all calls have an opportunity to be cancelled. We chose to ignore
                        // potential failures of some of the cancel operations to give the other operations a chance to
                        // be properly cancelled. In particular cancel might fail if the operation was already cancelled
                        // by guardians previously. We don't match on the revert reason to avoid encoding assumptions
                        // about specific errors.
                        try $._manager.cancel(address(this), targets[i], calldatas[i]) {} catch {}
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        return proposalId;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether the operation at an index is delayed by the manager, and its scheduling nonce once queued.
     */
    function _getManagerData(
        ExecutionPlan storage plan,
        uint256 index
    ) private view returns (bool controlled, bool withDelay, uint32 nonce) {
        (uint256 bucket, uint256 subindex) = _getManagerDataIndices(index);
        uint32 value = plan.managerData[bucket][subindex];
        unchecked {
            return (value > 0, value > 1, value > 1 ? value - 2 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Marks an operation at an index as permissioned by the manager, potentially delayed, and
     * when delayed sets its scheduling nonce.
     */
    function _setManagerData(ExecutionPlan storage plan, uint256 index, bool withDelay, uint32 nonce) private {
        (uint256 bucket, uint256 subindex) = _getManagerDataIndices(index);
        plan.managerData[bucket][subindex] = withDelay ? nonce + 2 : 1;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns bucket and subindex for reading manager data from the packed array mapping.
     */
    function _getManagerDataIndices(uint256 index) private pure returns (uint256 bucket, uint256 subindex) {
        bucket = index >> 3; // index / 8
        subindex = index & 7; // index % 8
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (governance/extensions/GovernorTimelockCompound.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IGovernorUpgradeable, GovernorUpgradeable } from "../GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import { ICompoundTimelockUpgradeable } from "../../vendor/compound/ICompoundTimelockUpgradeable.sol";
import { AddressUpgradeable } from "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import { SafeCastUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/SafeCastUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {Governor} that binds the execution process to a Compound Timelock. This adds a delay, enforced by
 * the external timelock to all successful proposal (in addition to the voting duration). The {Governor} needs to be
 * the admin of the timelock for any operation to be performed. A public, unrestricted,
 * {GovernorTimelockCompound-__acceptAdmin} is available to accept ownership of the timelock.
 *
 * Using this model means the proposal will be operated by the {TimelockController} and not by the {Governor}. Thus,
 * the assets and permissions must be attached to the {TimelockController}. Any asset sent to the {Governor} will be
 * inaccessible.
 */
abstract contract GovernorTimelockCompoundUpgradeable is Initializable, GovernorUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.GovernorTimelockCompound
    struct GovernorTimelockCompoundStorage {
        ICompoundTimelockUpgradeable _timelock;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.GovernorTimelockCompound")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant GovernorTimelockCompoundStorageLocation = 0x7d1501d734d0ca30b8d26751a7fae89646767b24afe11265192d56e5fe515b00;

    function _getGovernorTimelockCompoundStorage() private pure returns (GovernorTimelockCompoundStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := GovernorTimelockCompoundStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the timelock controller used for proposal execution is modified.
     */
    event TimelockChange(address oldTimelock, address newTimelock);

    /**
     * @dev Set the timelock.
     */
    function __GovernorTimelockCompound_init(ICompoundTimelockUpgradeable timelockAddress) internal onlyInitializing {
        __GovernorTimelockCompound_init_unchained(timelockAddress);
    }

    function __GovernorTimelockCompound_init_unchained(ICompoundTimelockUpgradeable timelockAddress) internal onlyInitializing {
        _updateTimelock(timelockAddress);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overridden version of the {Governor-state} function with added support for the `Expired` state.
     */
    function state(uint256 proposalId) public view virtual override returns (ProposalState) {
        GovernorTimelockCompoundStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockCompoundStorage();
        ProposalState currentState = super.state(proposalId);

        return
            (currentState == ProposalState.Queued &&
                block.timestamp >= proposalEta(proposalId) + $._timelock.GRACE_PERIOD())
                ? ProposalState.Expired
                : currentState;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Public accessor to check the address of the timelock
     */
    function timelock() public view virtual returns (address) {
        GovernorTimelockCompoundStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockCompoundStorage();
        return address($._timelock);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IGovernor-proposalNeedsQueuing}.
     */
    function proposalNeedsQueuing(uint256) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Function to queue a proposal to the timelock.
     */
    function _queueOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 /*descriptionHash*/
    ) internal virtual override returns (uint48) {
        GovernorTimelockCompoundStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockCompoundStorage();
        uint48 etaSeconds = SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint48(block.timestamp + $._timelock.delay());

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < targets.length; ++i) {
            if (
                $._timelock.queuedTransactions(keccak256(abi.encode(targets[i], values[i], "", calldatas[i], etaSeconds)))
            ) {
                revert GovernorAlreadyQueuedProposal(proposalId);
            }
            $._timelock.queueTransaction(targets[i], values[i], "", calldatas[i], etaSeconds);
        }

        return etaSeconds;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overridden version of the {Governor-_executeOperations} function that run the already queued proposal
     * through the timelock.
     */
    function _executeOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 /*descriptionHash*/
    ) internal virtual override {
        GovernorTimelockCompoundStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockCompoundStorage();
        uint256 etaSeconds = proposalEta(proposalId);
        if (etaSeconds == 0) {
            revert GovernorNotQueuedProposal(proposalId);
        }
        AddressUpgradeable.sendValue(payable($._timelock), msg.value);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < targets.length; ++i) {
            $._timelock.executeTransaction(targets[i], values[i], "", calldatas[i], etaSeconds);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overridden version of the {Governor-_cancel} function to cancel the timelocked proposal if it has already
     * been queued.
     */
    function _cancel(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal virtual override returns (uint256) {
        GovernorTimelockCompoundStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockCompoundStorage();
        uint256 proposalId = super._cancel(targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);

        uint256 etaSeconds = proposalEta(proposalId);
        if (etaSeconds > 0) {
            // do external call later
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < targets.length; ++i) {
                $._timelock.cancelTransaction(targets[i], values[i], "", calldatas[i], etaSeconds);
            }
        }

        return proposalId;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Address through which the governor executes action. In this case, the timelock.
     */
    function _executor() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
        GovernorTimelockCompoundStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockCompoundStorage();
        return address($._timelock);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Accept admin right over the timelock.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line private-vars-leading-underscore
    function __acceptAdmin() public {
        GovernorTimelockCompoundStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockCompoundStorage();
        $._timelock.acceptAdmin();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Public endpoint to update the underlying timelock instance. Restricted to the timelock itself, so updates
     * must be proposed, scheduled, and executed through governance proposals.
     *
     * For security reasons, the timelock must be handed over to another admin before setting up a new one. The two
     * operations (hand over the timelock) and do the update can be batched in a single proposal.
     *
     * Note that if the timelock admin has been handed over in a previous operation, we refuse updates made through the
     * timelock if admin of the timelock has already been accepted and the operation is executed outside the scope of
     * governance.

     * CAUTION: It is not recommended to change the timelock while there are other queued governance proposals.
     */
    function updateTimelock(ICompoundTimelockUpgradeable newTimelock) external virtual onlyGovernance {
        _updateTimelock(newTimelock);
    }

    function _updateTimelock(ICompoundTimelockUpgradeable newTimelock) private {
        GovernorTimelockCompoundStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockCompoundStorage();
        emit TimelockChange(address($._timelock), address(newTimelock));
        $._timelock = newTimelock;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (governance/extensions/GovernorTimelockControl.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IGovernorUpgradeable, GovernorUpgradeable } from "../GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import { TimelockControllerUpgradeable } from "../TimelockControllerUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "../../interfaces/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import { SafeCastUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/SafeCastUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {Governor} that binds the execution process to an instance of {TimelockController}. This adds a
 * delay, enforced by the {TimelockController} to all successful proposal (in addition to the voting duration). The
 * {Governor} needs the proposer (and ideally the executor) roles for the {Governor} to work properly.
 *
 * Using this model means the proposal will be operated by the {TimelockController} and not by the {Governor}. Thus,
 * the assets and permissions must be attached to the {TimelockController}. Any asset sent to the {Governor} will be
 * inaccessible from a proposal, unless executed via {Governor-relay}.
 *
 * WARNING: Setting up the TimelockController to have additional proposers or cancellers besides the governor is very
 * risky, as it grants them the ability to: 1) execute operations as the timelock, and thus possibly performing
 * operations or accessing funds that are expected to only be accessible through a vote, and 2) block governance
 * proposals that have been approved by the voters, effectively executing a Denial of Service attack.
 *
 * NOTE: `AccessManager` does not support scheduling more than one operation with the same target and calldata at
 * the same time. See {AccessManager-schedule} for a workaround.
 */
abstract contract GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable is Initializable, GovernorUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.GovernorTimelockControl
    struct GovernorTimelockControlStorage {
        TimelockControllerUpgradeable _timelock;
        mapping(uint256 proposalId => bytes32) _timelockIds;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.GovernorTimelockControl")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant GovernorTimelockControlStorageLocation = 0x0d5829787b8befdbc6044ef7457d8a95c2a04bc99235349f1a212c063e59d400;

    function _getGovernorTimelockControlStorage() private pure returns (GovernorTimelockControlStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := GovernorTimelockControlStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the timelock controller used for proposal execution is modified.
     */
    event TimelockChange(address oldTimelock, address newTimelock);

    /**
     * @dev Set the timelock.
     */
    function __GovernorTimelockControl_init(TimelockControllerUpgradeable timelockAddress) internal onlyInitializing {
        __GovernorTimelockControl_init_unchained(timelockAddress);
    }

    function __GovernorTimelockControl_init_unchained(TimelockControllerUpgradeable timelockAddress) internal onlyInitializing {
        _updateTimelock(timelockAddress);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overridden version of the {Governor-state} function that considers the status reported by the timelock.
     */
    function state(uint256 proposalId) public view virtual override returns (ProposalState) {
        GovernorTimelockControlStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockControlStorage();
        ProposalState currentState = super.state(proposalId);

        if (currentState != ProposalState.Queued) {
            return currentState;
        }

        bytes32 queueid = $._timelockIds[proposalId];
        if ($._timelock.isOperationPending(queueid)) {
            return ProposalState.Queued;
        } else if ($._timelock.isOperationDone(queueid)) {
            // This can happen if the proposal is executed directly on the timelock.
            return ProposalState.Executed;
        } else {
            // This can happen if the proposal is canceled directly on the timelock.
            return ProposalState.Canceled;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Public accessor to check the address of the timelock
     */
    function timelock() public view virtual returns (address) {
        GovernorTimelockControlStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockControlStorage();
        return address($._timelock);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IGovernor-proposalNeedsQueuing}.
     */
    function proposalNeedsQueuing(uint256) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Function to queue a proposal to the timelock.
     */
    function _queueOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal virtual override returns (uint48) {
        GovernorTimelockControlStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockControlStorage();
        uint256 delay = $._timelock.getMinDelay();

        bytes32 salt = _timelockSalt(descriptionHash);
        $._timelockIds[proposalId] = $._timelock.hashOperationBatch(targets, values, calldatas, 0, salt);
        $._timelock.scheduleBatch(targets, values, calldatas, 0, salt, delay);

        return SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint48(block.timestamp + delay);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overridden version of the {Governor-_executeOperations} function that runs the already queued proposal
     * through the timelock.
     */
    function _executeOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal virtual override {
        GovernorTimelockControlStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockControlStorage();
        // execute
        $._timelock.executeBatch{value: msg.value}(targets, values, calldatas, 0, _timelockSalt(descriptionHash));
        // cleanup for refund
        delete $._timelockIds[proposalId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overridden version of the {Governor-_cancel} function to cancel the timelocked proposal if it has already
     * been queued.
     */
    // This function can reenter through the external call to the timelock, but we assume the timelock is trusted and
    // well behaved (according to TimelockController) and this will not happen.
    // slither-disable-next-line reentrancy-no-eth
    function _cancel(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal virtual override returns (uint256) {
        GovernorTimelockControlStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockControlStorage();
        uint256 proposalId = super._cancel(targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);

        bytes32 timelockId = $._timelockIds[proposalId];
        if (timelockId != 0) {
            // cancel
            $._timelock.cancel(timelockId);
            // cleanup
            delete $._timelockIds[proposalId];
        }

        return proposalId;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Address through which the governor executes action. In this case, the timelock.
     */
    function _executor() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
        GovernorTimelockControlStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockControlStorage();
        return address($._timelock);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Public endpoint to update the underlying timelock instance. Restricted to the timelock itself, so updates
     * must be proposed, scheduled, and executed through governance proposals.
     *
     * CAUTION: It is not recommended to change the timelock while there are other queued governance proposals.
     */
    function updateTimelock(TimelockControllerUpgradeable newTimelock) external virtual onlyGovernance {
        _updateTimelock(newTimelock);
    }

    function _updateTimelock(TimelockControllerUpgradeable newTimelock) private {
        GovernorTimelockControlStorage storage $ = _getGovernorTimelockControlStorage();
        emit TimelockChange(address($._timelock), address(newTimelock));
        $._timelock = newTimelock;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Computes the {TimelockController} operation salt.
     *
     * It is computed with the governor address itself to avoid collisions across governor instances using the
     * same timelock.
     */
    function _timelockSalt(bytes32 descriptionHash) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return bytes20(address(this)) ^ descriptionHash;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (governance/extensions/GovernorVotesQuorumFraction.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { GovernorVotesUpgradeable } from "./GovernorVotesUpgradeable.sol";
import { SafeCastUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/SafeCastUpgradeable.sol";
import { CheckpointsUpgradeable } from "../../utils/structs/CheckpointsUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {Governor} for voting weight extraction from an {ERC20Votes} token and a quorum expressed as a
 * fraction of the total supply.
 */
abstract contract GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable is Initializable, GovernorVotesUpgradeable {
    using CheckpointsUpgradeable for CheckpointsUpgradeable.Trace208;

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.GovernorVotesQuorumFraction
    struct GovernorVotesQuorumFractionStorage {
        CheckpointsUpgradeable.Trace208 _quorumNumeratorHistory;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.GovernorVotesQuorumFraction")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant GovernorVotesQuorumFractionStorageLocation = 0xe770710421fd2cad75ad828c61aa98f2d77d423a440b67872d0f65554148e000;

    function _getGovernorVotesQuorumFractionStorage() private pure returns (GovernorVotesQuorumFractionStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := GovernorVotesQuorumFractionStorageLocation
        }
    }

    event QuorumNumeratorUpdated(uint256 oldQuorumNumerator, uint256 newQuorumNumerator);

    /**
     * @dev The quorum set is not a valid fraction.
     */
    error GovernorInvalidQuorumFraction(uint256 quorumNumerator, uint256 quorumDenominator);

    /**
     * @dev Initialize quorum as a fraction of the token's total supply.
     *
     * The fraction is specified as `numerator / denominator`. By default the denominator is 100, so quorum is
     * specified as a percent: a numerator of 10 corresponds to quorum being 10% of total supply. The denominator can be
     * customized by overriding {quorumDenominator}.
     */
    function __GovernorVotesQuorumFraction_init(uint256 quorumNumeratorValue) internal onlyInitializing {
        __GovernorVotesQuorumFraction_init_unchained(quorumNumeratorValue);
    }

    function __GovernorVotesQuorumFraction_init_unchained(uint256 quorumNumeratorValue) internal onlyInitializing {
        _updateQuorumNumerator(quorumNumeratorValue);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current quorum numerator. See {quorumDenominator}.
     */
    function quorumNumerator() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        GovernorVotesQuorumFractionStorage storage $ = _getGovernorVotesQuorumFractionStorage();
        return $._quorumNumeratorHistory.latest();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the quorum numerator at a specific timepoint. See {quorumDenominator}.
     */
    function quorumNumerator(uint256 timepoint) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        GovernorVotesQuorumFractionStorage storage $ = _getGovernorVotesQuorumFractionStorage();
        uint256 length = $._quorumNumeratorHistory._checkpoints.length;

        // Optimistic search, check the latest checkpoint
        CheckpointsUpgradeable.Checkpoint208 storage latest = $._quorumNumeratorHistory._checkpoints[length - 1];
        uint48 latestKey = latest._key;
        uint208 latestValue = latest._value;
        if (latestKey <= timepoint) {
            return latestValue;
        }

        // Otherwise, do the binary search
        return $._quorumNumeratorHistory.upperLookupRecent(SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint48(timepoint));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the quorum denominator. Defaults to 100, but may be overridden.
     */
    function quorumDenominator() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 100;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the quorum for a timepoint, in terms of number of votes: `supply * numerator / denominator`.
     */
    function quorum(uint256 timepoint) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return (token().getPastTotalSupply(timepoint) * quorumNumerator(timepoint)) / quorumDenominator();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Changes the quorum numerator.
     *
     * Emits a {QuorumNumeratorUpdated} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Must be called through a governance proposal.
     * - New numerator must be smaller or equal to the denominator.
     */
    function updateQuorumNumerator(uint256 newQuorumNumerator) external virtual onlyGovernance {
        _updateQuorumNumerator(newQuorumNumerator);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Changes the quorum numerator.
     *
     * Emits a {QuorumNumeratorUpdated} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - New numerator must be smaller or equal to the denominator.
     */
    function _updateQuorumNumerator(uint256 newQuorumNumerator) internal virtual {
        GovernorVotesQuorumFractionStorage storage $ = _getGovernorVotesQuorumFractionStorage();
        uint256 denominator = quorumDenominator();
        if (newQuorumNumerator > denominator) {
            revert GovernorInvalidQuorumFraction(newQuorumNumerator, denominator);
        }

        uint256 oldQuorumNumerator = quorumNumerator();
        $._quorumNumeratorHistory.push(clock(), SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint208(newQuorumNumerator));

        emit QuorumNumeratorUpdated(oldQuorumNumerator, newQuorumNumerator);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (governance/extensions/GovernorVotes.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { GovernorUpgradeable } from "../GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import { IVotesUpgradeable } from "../utils/IVotesUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC5805Upgradeable } from "../../interfaces/IERC5805Upgradeable.sol";
import { SafeCastUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/SafeCastUpgradeable.sol";
import { TimeUpgradeable } from "../../utils/types/TimeUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {Governor} for voting weight extraction from an {ERC20Votes} token, or since v4.5 an {ERC721Votes}
 * token.
 */
abstract contract GovernorVotesUpgradeable is Initializable, GovernorUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.GovernorVotes
    struct GovernorVotesStorage {
        IERC5805Upgradeable _token;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.GovernorVotes")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant GovernorVotesStorageLocation = 0x3ba4977254e415696610a40ebf2258dbfa0ec6a2ff64e84bfe715ff16977cc00;

    function _getGovernorVotesStorage() private pure returns (GovernorVotesStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := GovernorVotesStorageLocation
        }
    }

    function __GovernorVotes_init(IVotesUpgradeable tokenAddress) internal onlyInitializing {
        __GovernorVotes_init_unchained(tokenAddress);
    }

    function __GovernorVotes_init_unchained(IVotesUpgradeable tokenAddress) internal onlyInitializing {
        GovernorVotesStorage storage $ = _getGovernorVotesStorage();
        $._token = IERC5805Upgradeable(address(tokenAddress));
    }

    /**
     * @dev The token that voting power is sourced from.
     */
    function token() public view virtual returns (IERC5805Upgradeable) {
        GovernorVotesStorage storage $ = _getGovernorVotesStorage();
        return $._token;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Clock (as specified in EIP-6372) is set to match the token's clock. Fallback to block numbers if the token
     * does not implement EIP-6372.
     */
    function clock() public view virtual override returns (uint48) {
        try token().clock() returns (uint48 timepoint) {
            return timepoint;
        } catch {
            return TimeUpgradeable.blockNumber();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Machine-readable description of the clock as specified in EIP-6372.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function CLOCK_MODE() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        try token().CLOCK_MODE() returns (string memory clockmode) {
            return clockmode;
        } catch {
            return "mode=blocknumber&from=default";
        }
    }

    /**
     * Read the voting weight from the token's built in snapshot mechanism (see {Governor-_getVotes}).
     */
    function _getVotes(
        address account,
        uint256 timepoint,
        bytes memory /*params*/
    ) internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return token().getPastVotes(account, timepoint);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (governance/utils/IVotes.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Common interface for {ERC20Votes}, {ERC721Votes}, and other {Votes}-enabled contracts.
 */
interface IVotesUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev The signature used has expired.
     */
    error VotesExpiredSignature(uint256 expiry);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when an account changes their delegate.
     */
    event DelegateChanged(address indexed delegator, address indexed fromDelegate, address indexed toDelegate);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a token transfer or delegate change results in changes to a delegate's number of voting units.
     */
    event DelegateVotesChanged(address indexed delegate, uint256 previousVotes, uint256 newVotes);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current amount of votes that `account` has.
     */
    function getVotes(address account) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of votes that `account` had at a specific moment in the past. If the `clock()` is
     * configured to use block numbers, this will return the value at the end of the corresponding block.
     */
    function getPastVotes(address account, uint256 timepoint) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total supply of votes available at a specific moment in the past. If the `clock()` is
     * configured to use block numbers, this will return the value at the end of the corresponding block.
     *
     * NOTE: This value is the sum of all available votes, which is not necessarily the sum of all delegated votes.
     * Votes that have not been delegated are still part of total supply, even though they would not participate in a
     * vote.
     */
    function getPastTotalSupply(uint256 timepoint) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the delegate that `account` has chosen.
     */
    function delegates(address account) external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Delegates votes from the sender to `delegatee`.
     */
    function delegate(address delegatee) external;

    /**
     * @dev Delegates votes from signer to `delegatee`.
     */
    function delegateBySig(address delegatee, uint256 nonce, uint256 expiry, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) external;
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (governance/utils/Votes.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC5805Upgradeable } from "../../interfaces/IERC5805Upgradeable.sol";
import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import { NoncesUpgradeable } from "../../utils/NoncesUpgradeable.sol";
import { EIP712Upgradeable } from "../../utils/cryptography/EIP712Upgradeable.sol";
import { CheckpointsUpgradeable } from "../../utils/structs/CheckpointsUpgradeable.sol";
import { SafeCastUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/SafeCastUpgradeable.sol";
import { ECDSAUpgradeable } from "../../utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import { TimeUpgradeable } from "../../utils/types/TimeUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This is a base abstract contract that tracks voting units, which are a measure of voting power that can be
 * transferred, and provides a system of vote delegation, where an account can delegate its voting units to a sort of
 * "representative" that will pool delegated voting units from different accounts and can then use it to vote in
 * decisions. In fact, voting units _must_ be delegated in order to count as actual votes, and an account has to
 * delegate those votes to itself if it wishes to participate in decisions and does not have a trusted representative.
 *
 * This contract is often combined with a token contract such that voting units correspond to token units. For an
 * example, see {ERC721Votes}.
 *
 * The full history of delegate votes is tracked on-chain so that governance protocols can consider votes as distributed
 * at a particular block number to protect against flash loans and double voting. The opt-in delegate system makes the
 * cost of this history tracking optional.
 *
 * When using this module the derived contract must implement {_getVotingUnits} (for example, make it return
 * {ERC721-balanceOf}), and can use {_transferVotingUnits} to track a change in the distribution of those units (in the
 * previous example, it would be included in {ERC721-_beforeTokenTransfer}).
 */
abstract contract VotesUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, EIP712Upgradeable, NoncesUpgradeable, IERC5805Upgradeable {
    using CheckpointsUpgradeable for CheckpointsUpgradeable.Trace208;

    bytes32 private constant DELEGATION_TYPEHASH =
        keccak256("Delegation(address delegatee,uint256 nonce,uint256 expiry)");

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.Votes
    struct VotesStorage {
        mapping(address account => address) _delegatee;

        mapping(address delegatee => CheckpointsUpgradeable.Trace208) _delegateCheckpoints;

        CheckpointsUpgradeable.Trace208 _totalCheckpoints;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.Votes")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant VotesStorageLocation = 0xe8b26c30fad74198956032a3533d903385d56dd795af560196f9c78d4af40d00;

    function _getVotesStorage() private pure returns (VotesStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := VotesStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev The clock was incorrectly modified.
     */
    error ERC6372InconsistentClock();

    /**
     * @dev Lookup to future votes is not available.
     */
    error ERC5805FutureLookup(uint256 timepoint, uint48 clock);

    function __Votes_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __Votes_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Clock used for flagging checkpoints. Can be overridden to implement timestamp based
     * checkpoints (and voting), in which case {CLOCK_MODE} should be overridden as well to match.
     */
    function clock() public view virtual returns (uint48) {
        return TimeUpgradeable.blockNumber();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Machine-readable description of the clock as specified in EIP-6372.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function CLOCK_MODE() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        // Check that the clock was not modified
        if (clock() != TimeUpgradeable.blockNumber()) {
            revert ERC6372InconsistentClock();
        }
        return "mode=blocknumber&from=default";
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current amount of votes that `account` has.
     */
    function getVotes(address account) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        VotesStorage storage $ = _getVotesStorage();
        return $._delegateCheckpoints[account].latest();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of votes that `account` had at a specific moment in the past. If the `clock()` is
     * configured to use block numbers, this will return the value at the end of the corresponding block.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `timepoint` must be in the past. If operating using block numbers, the block must be already mined.
     */
    function getPastVotes(address account, uint256 timepoint) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        VotesStorage storage $ = _getVotesStorage();
        uint48 currentTimepoint = clock();
        if (timepoint >= currentTimepoint) {
            revert ERC5805FutureLookup(timepoint, currentTimepoint);
        }
        return $._delegateCheckpoints[account].upperLookupRecent(SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint48(timepoint));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total supply of votes available at a specific moment in the past. If the `clock()` is
     * configured to use block numbers, this will return the value at the end of the corresponding block.
     *
     * NOTE: This value is the sum of all available votes, which is not necessarily the sum of all delegated votes.
     * Votes that have not been delegated are still part of total supply, even though they would not participate in a
     * vote.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `timepoint` must be in the past. If operating using block numbers, the block must be already mined.
     */
    function getPastTotalSupply(uint256 timepoint) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        VotesStorage storage $ = _getVotesStorage();
        uint48 currentTimepoint = clock();
        if (timepoint >= currentTimepoint) {
            revert ERC5805FutureLookup(timepoint, currentTimepoint);
        }
        return $._totalCheckpoints.upperLookupRecent(SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint48(timepoint));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current total supply of votes.
     */
    function _getTotalSupply() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        VotesStorage storage $ = _getVotesStorage();
        return $._totalCheckpoints.latest();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the delegate that `account` has chosen.
     */
    function delegates(address account) public view virtual returns (address) {
        VotesStorage storage $ = _getVotesStorage();
        return $._delegatee[account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Delegates votes from the sender to `delegatee`.
     */
    function delegate(address delegatee) public virtual {
        address account = _msgSender();
        _delegate(account, delegatee);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Delegates votes from signer to `delegatee`.
     */
    function delegateBySig(
        address delegatee,
        uint256 nonce,
        uint256 expiry,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public virtual {
        if (block.timestamp > expiry) {
            revert VotesExpiredSignature(expiry);
        }
        address signer = ECDSAUpgradeable.recover(
            _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(abi.encode(DELEGATION_TYPEHASH, delegatee, nonce, expiry))),
            v,
            r,
            s
        );
        _useCheckedNonce(signer, nonce);
        _delegate(signer, delegatee);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Delegate all of `account`'s voting units to `delegatee`.
     *
     * Emits events {IVotes-DelegateChanged} and {IVotes-DelegateVotesChanged}.
     */
    function _delegate(address account, address delegatee) internal virtual {
        VotesStorage storage $ = _getVotesStorage();
        address oldDelegate = delegates(account);
        $._delegatee[account] = delegatee;

        emit DelegateChanged(account, oldDelegate, delegatee);
        _moveDelegateVotes(oldDelegate, delegatee, _getVotingUnits(account));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers, mints, or burns voting units. To register a mint, `from` should be zero. To register a burn, `to`
     * should be zero. Total supply of voting units will be adjusted with mints and burns.
     */
    function _transferVotingUnits(address from, address to, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        VotesStorage storage $ = _getVotesStorage();
        if (from == address(0)) {
            _push($._totalCheckpoints, _add, SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint208(amount));
        }
        if (to == address(0)) {
            _push($._totalCheckpoints, _subtract, SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint208(amount));
        }
        _moveDelegateVotes(delegates(from), delegates(to), amount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Moves delegated votes from one delegate to another.
     */
    function _moveDelegateVotes(address from, address to, uint256 amount) private {
        VotesStorage storage $ = _getVotesStorage();
        if (from != to && amount > 0) {
            if (from != address(0)) {
                (uint256 oldValue, uint256 newValue) = _push(
                    $._delegateCheckpoints[from],
                    _subtract,
                    SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint208(amount)
                );
                emit DelegateVotesChanged(from, oldValue, newValue);
            }
            if (to != address(0)) {
                (uint256 oldValue, uint256 newValue) = _push(
                    $._delegateCheckpoints[to],
                    _add,
                    SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint208(amount)
                );
                emit DelegateVotesChanged(to, oldValue, newValue);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Get number of checkpoints for `account`.
     */
    function _numCheckpoints(address account) internal view virtual returns (uint32) {
        VotesStorage storage $ = _getVotesStorage();
        return SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint32($._delegateCheckpoints[account].length());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Get the `pos`-th checkpoint for `account`.
     */
    function _checkpoints(
        address account,
        uint32 pos
    ) internal view virtual returns (CheckpointsUpgradeable.Checkpoint208 memory) {
        VotesStorage storage $ = _getVotesStorage();
        return $._delegateCheckpoints[account].at(pos);
    }

    function _push(
        CheckpointsUpgradeable.Trace208 storage store,
        function(uint208, uint208) view returns (uint208) op,
        uint208 delta
    ) private returns (uint208, uint208) {
        return store.push(clock(), op(store.latest(), delta));
    }

    function _add(uint208 a, uint208 b) private pure returns (uint208) {
        return a + b;
    }

    function _subtract(uint208 a, uint208 b) private pure returns (uint208) {
        return a - b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Must return the voting units held by an account.
     */
    function _getVotingUnits(address) internal view virtual returns (uint256);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC1155MetadataURIUpgradeable } from "../token/ERC1155/extensions/IERC1155MetadataURIUpgradeable.sol";


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC1155Receiver.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable } from "../token/ERC1155/IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC1155.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC1155Upgradeable } from "../token/ERC1155/IERC1155Upgradeable.sol";


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC1271.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC1271 standard signature validation method for
 * contracts as defined in https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1271[ERC-1271].
 */
interface IERC1271Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Should return whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data
     * @param hash      Hash of the data to be signed
     * @param signature Signature byte array associated with _data
     */
    function isValidSignature(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) external view returns (bytes4 magicValue);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC1363Receiver.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support {IERC1363-transferAndCall}
 * or {IERC1363-transferFromAndCall} from {ERC1363} token contracts.
 */
interface IERC1363ReceiverUpgradeable {
    /*
     * Note: the ERC-165 identifier for this interface is 0x88a7ca5c.
     * 0x88a7ca5c === bytes4(keccak256("onTransferReceived(address,address,uint256,bytes)"))
     */

    /**
     * @notice Handle the receipt of ERC1363 tokens
     * @dev Any ERC1363 smart contract calls this function on the recipient
     * after a `transfer` or a `transferFrom`. This function MAY throw to revert and reject the
     * transfer. Return of other than the magic value MUST result in the
     * transaction being reverted.
     * Note: the token contract address is always the message sender.
     * @param operator address The address which called `transferAndCall` or `transferFromAndCall` function
     * @param from address The address which are token transferred from
     * @param amount uint256 The amount of tokens transferred
     * @param data bytes Additional data with no specified format
     * @return `bytes4(keccak256("onTransferReceived(address,address,uint256,bytes)"))` unless throwing
     */
    function onTransferReceived(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes memory data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC1363Spender.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support {IERC1363-approveAndCall}
 * from {ERC1363} token contracts.
 */
interface IERC1363SpenderUpgradeable {
    /*
     * Note: the ERC-165 identifier for this interface is 0x7b04a2d0.
     * 0x7b04a2d0 === bytes4(keccak256("onApprovalReceived(address,uint256,bytes)"))
     */

    /**
     * @notice Handle the approval of ERC1363 tokens
     * @dev Any ERC1363 smart contract calls this function on the recipient
     * after an `approve`. This function MAY throw to revert and reject the
     * approval. Return of other than the magic value MUST result in the
     * transaction being reverted.
     * Note: the token contract address is always the message sender.
     * @param owner address The address which called `approveAndCall` function
     * @param amount uint256 The amount of tokens to be spent
     * @param data bytes Additional data with no specified format
     * @return `bytes4(keccak256("onApprovalReceived(address,uint256,bytes)"))`unless throwing
     */
    function onApprovalReceived(address owner, uint256 amount, bytes memory data) external returns (bytes4);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC1363.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Upgradeable } from "./IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface of an ERC1363 compliant contract, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1363[EIP].
 *
 * Defines a interface for ERC20 tokens that supports executing recipient
 * code after `transfer` or `transferFrom`, or spender code after `approve`.
 */
interface IERC1363Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable, IERC20Upgradeable {
    /*
     * Note: the ERC-165 identifier for this interface is 0xb0202a11.
     * 0xb0202a11 ===
     *   bytes4(keccak256('transferAndCall(address,uint256)')) ^
     *   bytes4(keccak256('transferAndCall(address,uint256,bytes)')) ^
     *   bytes4(keccak256('transferFromAndCall(address,address,uint256)')) ^
     *   bytes4(keccak256('transferFromAndCall(address,address,uint256,bytes)')) ^
     *   bytes4(keccak256('approveAndCall(address,uint256)')) ^
     *   bytes4(keccak256('approveAndCall(address,uint256,bytes)'))
     */

    /**
     * @dev Transfer tokens from `msg.sender` to another address and then call `onTransferReceived` on receiver
     * @param to address The address which you want to transfer to
     * @param amount uint256 The amount of tokens to be transferred
     * @return true unless throwing
     */
    function transferAndCall(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Transfer tokens from `msg.sender` to another address and then call `onTransferReceived` on receiver
     * @param to address The address which you want to transfer to
     * @param amount uint256 The amount of tokens to be transferred
     * @param data bytes Additional data with no specified format, sent in call to `to`
     * @return true unless throwing
     */
    function transferAndCall(address to, uint256 amount, bytes memory data) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Transfer tokens from one address to another and then call `onTransferReceived` on receiver
     * @param from address The address which you want to send tokens from
     * @param to address The address which you want to transfer to
     * @param amount uint256 The amount of tokens to be transferred
     * @return true unless throwing
     */
    function transferFromAndCall(address from, address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Transfer tokens from one address to another and then call `onTransferReceived` on receiver
     * @param from address The address which you want to send tokens from
     * @param to address The address which you want to transfer to
     * @param amount uint256 The amount of tokens to be transferred
     * @param data bytes Additional data with no specified format, sent in call to `to`
     * @return true unless throwing
     */
    function transferFromAndCall(address from, address to, uint256 amount, bytes memory data) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Approve the passed address to spend the specified amount of tokens on behalf of msg.sender
     * and then call `onApprovalReceived` on spender.
     * @param spender address The address which will spend the funds
     * @param amount uint256 The amount of tokens to be spent
     */
    function approveAndCall(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Approve the passed address to spend the specified amount of tokens on behalf of msg.sender
     * and then call `onApprovalReceived` on spender.
     * @param spender address The address which will spend the funds
     * @param amount uint256 The amount of tokens to be spent
     * @param data bytes Additional data with no specified format, sent in call to `spender`
     */
    function approveAndCall(address spender, uint256 amount, bytes memory data) external returns (bool);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC1820Implementer.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface for an ERC1820 implementer, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1820#interface-implementation-erc1820implementerinterface[EIP].
 * Used by contracts that will be registered as implementers in the
 * {IERC1820Registry}.
 */
interface IERC1820ImplementerUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns a special value (`ERC1820_ACCEPT_MAGIC`) if this contract
     * implements `interfaceHash` for `account`.
     *
     * See {IERC1820Registry-setInterfaceImplementer}.
     */
    function canImplementInterfaceForAddress(bytes32 interfaceHash, address account) external view returns (bytes32);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/introspection/IERC1820Registry.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the global ERC1820 Registry, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1820[EIP]. Accounts may register
 * implementers for interfaces in this registry, as well as query support.
 *
 * Implementers may be shared by multiple accounts, and can also implement more
 * than a single interface for each account. Contracts can implement interfaces
 * for themselves, but externally-owned accounts (EOA) must delegate this to a
 * contract.
 *
 * {IERC165} interfaces can also be queried via the registry.
 *
 * For an in-depth explanation and source code analysis, see the EIP text.
 */
interface IERC1820RegistryUpgradeable {
    event InterfaceImplementerSet(address indexed account, bytes32 indexed interfaceHash, address indexed implementer);

    event ManagerChanged(address indexed account, address indexed newManager);

    /**
     * @dev Sets `newManager` as the manager for `account`. A manager of an
     * account is able to set interface implementers for it.
     *
     * By default, each account is its own manager. Passing a value of `0x0` in
     * `newManager` will reset the manager to this initial state.
     *
     * Emits a {ManagerChanged} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be the current manager for `account`.
     */
    function setManager(address account, address newManager) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the manager for `account`.
     *
     * See {setManager}.
     */
    function getManager(address account) external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Sets the `implementer` contract as ``account``'s implementer for
     * `interfaceHash`.
     *
     * `account` being the zero address is an alias for the caller's address.
     * The zero address can also be used in `implementer` to remove an old one.
     *
     * See {interfaceHash} to learn how these are created.
     *
     * Emits an {InterfaceImplementerSet} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be the current manager for `account`.
     * - `interfaceHash` must not be an {IERC165} interface id (i.e. it must not
     * end in 28 zeroes).
     * - `implementer` must implement {IERC1820Implementer} and return true when
     * queried for support, unless `implementer` is the caller. See
     * {IERC1820Implementer-canImplementInterfaceForAddress}.
     */
    function setInterfaceImplementer(address account, bytes32 _interfaceHash, address implementer) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the implementer of `interfaceHash` for `account`. If no such
     * implementer is registered, returns the zero address.
     *
     * If `interfaceHash` is an {IERC165} interface id (i.e. it ends with 28
     * zeroes), `account` will be queried for support of it.
     *
     * `account` being the zero address is an alias for the caller's address.
     */
    function getInterfaceImplementer(address account, bytes32 _interfaceHash) external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the interface hash for an `interfaceName`, as defined in the
     * corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1820#interface-name[section of the EIP].
     */
    function interfaceHash(string calldata interfaceName) external pure returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @notice Updates the cache with whether the contract implements an ERC165 interface or not.
     * @param account Address of the contract for which to update the cache.
     * @param interfaceId ERC165 interface for which to update the cache.
     */
    function updateERC165Cache(address account, bytes4 interfaceId) external;

    /**
     * @notice Checks whether a contract implements an ERC165 interface or not.
     * If the result is not cached a direct lookup on the contract address is performed.
     * If the result is not cached or the cached value is out-of-date, the cache MUST be updated manually by calling
     * {updateERC165Cache} with the contract address.
     * @param account Address of the contract to check.
     * @param interfaceId ERC165 interface to check.
     * @return True if `account` implements `interfaceId`, false otherwise.
     */
    function implementsERC165Interface(address account, bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Checks whether a contract implements an ERC165 interface or not without using or updating the cache.
     * @param account Address of the contract to check.
     * @param interfaceId ERC165 interface to check.
     * @return True if `account` implements `interfaceId`, false otherwise.
     */
    function implementsERC165InterfaceNoCache(address account, bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC1967.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev ERC-1967: Proxy Storage Slots. This interface contains the events defined in the ERC.
 */
interface IERC1967Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is changed.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC20Metadata.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20MetadataUpgradeable } from "../token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20MetadataUpgradeable.sol";


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC20.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Upgradeable } from "../token/ERC20/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (interfaces/IERC2309.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev ERC-2309: ERC-721 Consecutive Transfer Extension.
 */
interface IERC2309Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the tokens from `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId` are transferred from `fromAddress` to `toAddress`.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(
        uint256 indexed fromTokenId,
        uint256 toTokenId,
        address indexed fromAddress,
        address indexed toAddress
    );
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC2612.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20PermitUpgradeable } from "../token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20PermitUpgradeable.sol";

interface IERC2612Upgradeable is IERC20PermitUpgradeable {}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be paid in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 salePrice
    ) external view returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC3156FlashBorrower.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC3156 FlashBorrower, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-3156[ERC-3156].
 */
interface IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Receive a flash loan.
     * @param initiator The initiator of the loan.
     * @param token The loan currency.
     * @param amount The amount of tokens lent.
     * @param fee The additional amount of tokens to repay.
     * @param data Arbitrary data structure, intended to contain user-defined parameters.
     * @return The keccak256 hash of "ERC3156FlashBorrower.onFlashLoan"
     */
    function onFlashLoan(
        address initiator,
        address token,
        uint256 amount,
        uint256 fee,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes32);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC3156FlashLender.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable } from "./IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC3156 FlashLender, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-3156[ERC-3156].
 */
interface IERC3156FlashLenderUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev The amount of currency available to be lended.
     * @param token The loan currency.
     * @return The amount of `token` that can be borrowed.
     */
    function maxFlashLoan(address token) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev The fee to be charged for a given loan.
     * @param token The loan currency.
     * @param amount The amount of tokens lent.
     * @return The amount of `token` to be charged for the loan, on top of the returned principal.
     */
    function flashFee(address token, uint256 amount) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Initiate a flash loan.
     * @param receiver The receiver of the tokens in the loan, and the receiver of the callback.
     * @param token The loan currency.
     * @param amount The amount of tokens lent.
     * @param data Arbitrary data structure, intended to contain user-defined parameters.
     */
    function flashLoan(
        IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable receiver,
        address token,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bool);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC3156.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable } from "./IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC3156FlashLenderUpgradeable } from "./IERC3156FlashLenderUpgradeable.sol";


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC4626.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Upgradeable } from "../token/ERC20/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC20MetadataUpgradeable } from "../token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20MetadataUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC4626 "Tokenized Vault Standard", as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-4626[ERC-4626].
 */
interface IERC4626Upgradeable is IERC20Upgradeable, IERC20MetadataUpgradeable {
    event Deposit(address indexed sender, address indexed owner, uint256 assets, uint256 shares);

    event Withdraw(
        address indexed sender,
        address indexed receiver,
        address indexed owner,
        uint256 assets,
        uint256 shares
    );

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the underlying token used for the Vault for accounting, depositing, and withdrawing.
     *
     * - MUST be an ERC-20 token contract.
     * - MUST NOT revert.
     */
    function asset() external view returns (address assetTokenAddress);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of the underlying asset that is “managed” by Vault.
     *
     * - SHOULD include any compounding that occurs from yield.
     * - MUST be inclusive of any fees that are charged against assets in the Vault.
     * - MUST NOT revert.
     */
    function totalAssets() external view returns (uint256 totalManagedAssets);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of shares that the Vault would exchange for the amount of assets provided, in an ideal
     * scenario where all the conditions are met.
     *
     * - MUST NOT be inclusive of any fees that are charged against assets in the Vault.
     * - MUST NOT show any variations depending on the caller.
     * - MUST NOT reflect slippage or other on-chain conditions, when performing the actual exchange.
     * - MUST NOT revert.
     *
     * NOTE: This calculation MAY NOT reflect the “per-user” price-per-share, and instead should reflect the
     * “average-user’s” price-per-share, meaning what the average user should expect to see when exchanging to and
     * from.
     */
    function convertToShares(uint256 assets) external view returns (uint256 shares);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of assets that the Vault would exchange for the amount of shares provided, in an ideal
     * scenario where all the conditions are met.
     *
     * - MUST NOT be inclusive of any fees that are charged against assets in the Vault.
     * - MUST NOT show any variations depending on the caller.
     * - MUST NOT reflect slippage or other on-chain conditions, when performing the actual exchange.
     * - MUST NOT revert.
     *
     * NOTE: This calculation MAY NOT reflect the “per-user” price-per-share, and instead should reflect the
     * “average-user’s” price-per-share, meaning what the average user should expect to see when exchanging to and
     * from.
     */
    function convertToAssets(uint256 shares) external view returns (uint256 assets);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the maximum amount of the underlying asset that can be deposited into the Vault for the receiver,
     * through a deposit call.
     *
     * - MUST return a limited value if receiver is subject to some deposit limit.
     * - MUST return 2 ** 256 - 1 if there is no limit on the maximum amount of assets that may be deposited.
     * - MUST NOT revert.
     */
    function maxDeposit(address receiver) external view returns (uint256 maxAssets);

    /**
     * @dev Allows an on-chain or off-chain user to simulate the effects of their deposit at the current block, given
     * current on-chain conditions.
     *
     * - MUST return as close to and no more than the exact amount of Vault shares that would be minted in a deposit
     *   call in the same transaction. I.e. deposit should return the same or more shares as previewDeposit if called
     *   in the same transaction.
     * - MUST NOT account for deposit limits like those returned from maxDeposit and should always act as though the
     *   deposit would be accepted, regardless if the user has enough tokens approved, etc.
     * - MUST be inclusive of deposit fees. Integrators should be aware of the existence of deposit fees.
     * - MUST NOT revert.
     *
     * NOTE: any unfavorable discrepancy between convertToShares and previewDeposit SHOULD be considered slippage in
     * share price or some other type of condition, meaning the depositor will lose assets by depositing.
     */
    function previewDeposit(uint256 assets) external view returns (uint256 shares);

    /**
     * @dev Mints shares Vault shares to receiver by depositing exactly amount of underlying tokens.
     *
     * - MUST emit the Deposit event.
     * - MAY support an additional flow in which the underlying tokens are owned by the Vault contract before the
     *   deposit execution, and are accounted for during deposit.
     * - MUST revert if all of assets cannot be deposited (due to deposit limit being reached, slippage, the user not
     *   approving enough underlying tokens to the Vault contract, etc).
     *
     * NOTE: most implementations will require pre-approval of the Vault with the Vault’s underlying asset token.
     */
    function deposit(uint256 assets, address receiver) external returns (uint256 shares);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the maximum amount of the Vault shares that can be minted for the receiver, through a mint call.
     * - MUST return a limited value if receiver is subject to some mint limit.
     * - MUST return 2 ** 256 - 1 if there is no limit on the maximum amount of shares that may be minted.
     * - MUST NOT revert.
     */
    function maxMint(address receiver) external view returns (uint256 maxShares);

    /**
     * @dev Allows an on-chain or off-chain user to simulate the effects of their mint at the current block, given
     * current on-chain conditions.
     *
     * - MUST return as close to and no fewer than the exact amount of assets that would be deposited in a mint call
     *   in the same transaction. I.e. mint should return the same or fewer assets as previewMint if called in the
     *   same transaction.
     * - MUST NOT account for mint limits like those returned from maxMint and should always act as though the mint
     *   would be accepted, regardless if the user has enough tokens approved, etc.
     * - MUST be inclusive of deposit fees. Integrators should be aware of the existence of deposit fees.
     * - MUST NOT revert.
     *
     * NOTE: any unfavorable discrepancy between convertToAssets and previewMint SHOULD be considered slippage in
     * share price or some other type of condition, meaning the depositor will lose assets by minting.
     */
    function previewMint(uint256 shares) external view returns (uint256 assets);

    /**
     * @dev Mints exactly shares Vault shares to receiver by depositing amount of underlying tokens.
     *
     * - MUST emit the Deposit event.
     * - MAY support an additional flow in which the underlying tokens are owned by the Vault contract before the mint
     *   execution, and are accounted for during mint.
     * - MUST revert if all of shares cannot be minted (due to deposit limit being reached, slippage, the user not
     *   approving enough underlying tokens to the Vault contract, etc).
     *
     * NOTE: most implementations will require pre-approval of the Vault with the Vault’s underlying asset token.
     */
    function mint(uint256 shares, address receiver) external returns (uint256 assets);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the maximum amount of the underlying asset that can be withdrawn from the owner balance in the
     * Vault, through a withdraw call.
     *
     * - MUST return a limited value if owner is subject to some withdrawal limit or timelock.
     * - MUST NOT revert.
     */
    function maxWithdraw(address owner) external view returns (uint256 maxAssets);

    /**
     * @dev Allows an on-chain or off-chain user to simulate the effects of their withdrawal at the current block,
     * given current on-chain conditions.
     *
     * - MUST return as close to and no fewer than the exact amount of Vault shares that would be burned in a withdraw
     *   call in the same transaction. I.e. withdraw should return the same or fewer shares as previewWithdraw if
     *   called
     *   in the same transaction.
     * - MUST NOT account for withdrawal limits like those returned from maxWithdraw and should always act as though
     *   the withdrawal would be accepted, regardless if the user has enough shares, etc.
     * - MUST be inclusive of withdrawal fees. Integrators should be aware of the existence of withdrawal fees.
     * - MUST NOT revert.
     *
     * NOTE: any unfavorable discrepancy between convertToShares and previewWithdraw SHOULD be considered slippage in
     * share price or some other type of condition, meaning the depositor will lose assets by depositing.
     */
    function previewWithdraw(uint256 assets) external view returns (uint256 shares);

    /**
     * @dev Burns shares from owner and sends exactly assets of underlying tokens to receiver.
     *
     * - MUST emit the Withdraw event.
     * - MAY support an additional flow in which the underlying tokens are owned by the Vault contract before the
     *   withdraw execution, and are accounted for during withdraw.
     * - MUST revert if all of assets cannot be withdrawn (due to withdrawal limit being reached, slippage, the owner
     *   not having enough shares, etc).
     *
     * Note that some implementations will require pre-requesting to the Vault before a withdrawal may be performed.
     * Those methods should be performed separately.
     */
    function withdraw(uint256 assets, address receiver, address owner) external returns (uint256 shares);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the maximum amount of Vault shares that can be redeemed from the owner balance in the Vault,
     * through a redeem call.
     *
     * - MUST return a limited value if owner is subject to some withdrawal limit or timelock.
     * - MUST return balanceOf(owner) if owner is not subject to any withdrawal limit or timelock.
     * - MUST NOT revert.
     */
    function maxRedeem(address owner) external view returns (uint256 maxShares);

    /**
     * @dev Allows an on-chain or off-chain user to simulate the effects of their redeemption at the current block,
     * given current on-chain conditions.
     *
     * - MUST return as close to and no more than the exact amount of assets that would be withdrawn in a redeem call
     *   in the same transaction. I.e. redeem should return the same or more assets as previewRedeem if called in the
     *   same transaction.
     * - MUST NOT account for redemption limits like those returned from maxRedeem and should always act as though the
     *   redemption would be accepted, regardless if the user has enough shares, etc.
     * - MUST be inclusive of withdrawal fees. Integrators should be aware of the existence of withdrawal fees.
     * - MUST NOT revert.
     *
     * NOTE: any unfavorable discrepancy between convertToAssets and previewRedeem SHOULD be considered slippage in
     * share price or some other type of condition, meaning the depositor will lose assets by redeeming.
     */
    function previewRedeem(uint256 shares) external view returns (uint256 assets);

    /**
     * @dev Burns exactly shares from owner and sends assets of underlying tokens to receiver.
     *
     * - MUST emit the Withdraw event.
     * - MAY support an additional flow in which the underlying tokens are owned by the Vault contract before the
     *   redeem execution, and are accounted for during redeem.
     * - MUST revert if all of shares cannot be redeemed (due to withdrawal limit being reached, slippage, the owner
     *   not having enough shares, etc).
     *
     * NOTE: some implementations will require pre-requesting to the Vault before a withdrawal may be performed.
     * Those methods should be performed separately.
     */
    function redeem(uint256 shares, address receiver, address owner) external returns (uint256 assets);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC4906.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC721Upgradeable } from "./IERC721Upgradeable.sol";

/// @title EIP-721 Metadata Update Extension
interface IERC4906Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable, IERC721Upgradeable {
    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of a token is changed.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFT.
    event MetadataUpdate(uint256 _tokenId);

    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of a range of tokens is changed.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFTs.
    event BatchMetadataUpdate(uint256 _fromTokenId, uint256 _toTokenId);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC5267.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

interface IERC5267Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev MAY be emitted to signal that the domain could have changed.
     */
    event EIP712DomainChanged();

    /**
     * @dev returns the fields and values that describe the domain separator used by this contract for EIP-712
     * signature.
     */
    function eip712Domain()
        external
        view
        returns (
            bytes1 fields,
            string memory name,
            string memory version,
            uint256 chainId,
            address verifyingContract,
            bytes32 salt,
            uint256[] memory extensions
        );
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC5313.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface for the Light Contract Ownership Standard.
 *
 * A standardized minimal interface required to identify an account that controls a contract
 */
interface IERC5313Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Gets the address of the owner.
     */
    function owner() external view returns (address);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC5805.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IVotesUpgradeable } from "../governance/utils/IVotesUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC6372Upgradeable } from "./IERC6372Upgradeable.sol";

interface IERC5805Upgradeable is IERC6372Upgradeable, IVotesUpgradeable {}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (interfaces/IERC6372.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

interface IERC6372Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Clock used for flagging checkpoints. Can be overridden to implement timestamp based checkpoints (and voting).
     */
    function clock() external view returns (uint48);

    /**
     * @dev Description of the clock
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function CLOCK_MODE() external view returns (string memory);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC721Enumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC721EnumerableUpgradeable } from "../token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721EnumerableUpgradeable.sol";


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC721Metadata.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC721MetadataUpgradeable } from "../token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721MetadataUpgradeable.sol";


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC721Receiver.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable } from "../token/ERC721/IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC721.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC721Upgradeable } from "../token/ERC721/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC777TokensRecipient standard as defined in the EIP.
 *
 * Accounts can be notified of {IERC777} tokens being sent to them by having a
 * contract implement this interface (contract holders can be their own
 * implementer) and registering it on the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1820[ERC1820 global registry].
 *
 * See {IERC1820Registry} and {IERC1820Implementer}.
 */
interface IERC777RecipientUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Called by an {IERC777} token contract whenever tokens are being
     * moved or created into a registered account (`to`). The type of operation
     * is conveyed by `from` being the zero address or not.
     *
     * This call occurs _after_ the token contract's state is updated, so
     * {IERC777-balanceOf}, etc., can be used to query the post-operation state.
     *
     * This function may revert to prevent the operation from being executed.
     */
    function tokensReceived(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata userData,
        bytes calldata operatorData
    ) external;
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC777TokensSender standard as defined in the EIP.
 *
 * {IERC777} Token holders can be notified of operations performed on their
 * tokens by having a contract implement this interface (contract holders can be
 * their own implementer) and registering it on the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1820[ERC1820 global registry].
 *
 * See {IERC1820Registry} and {IERC1820Implementer}.
 */
interface IERC777SenderUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Called by an {IERC777} token contract whenever a registered holder's
     * (`from`) tokens are about to be moved or destroyed. The type of operation
     * is conveyed by `to` being the zero address or not.
     *
     * This call occurs _before_ the token contract's state is updated, so
     * {IERC777-balanceOf}, etc., can be used to query the pre-operation state.
     *
     * This function may revert to prevent the operation from being executed.
     */
    function tokensToSend(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata userData,
        bytes calldata operatorData
    ) external;
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC777Token standard as defined in the EIP.
 *
 * This contract uses the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1820[ERC1820 registry standard] to let
 * token holders and recipients react to token movements by using setting implementers
 * for the associated interfaces in said registry. See {IERC1820Registry} and
 * {IERC1820Implementer}.
 */
interface IERC777Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `amount` tokens are created by `operator` and assigned to `to`.
     *
     * Note that some additional user `data` and `operatorData` can be logged in the event.
     */
    event Minted(address indexed operator, address indexed to, uint256 amount, bytes data, bytes operatorData);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `operator` destroys `amount` tokens from `account`.
     *
     * Note that some additional user `data` and `operatorData` can be logged in the event.
     */
    event Burned(address indexed operator, address indexed from, uint256 amount, bytes data, bytes operatorData);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `operator` is made operator for `tokenHolder`.
     */
    event AuthorizedOperator(address indexed operator, address indexed tokenHolder);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `operator` is revoked its operator status for `tokenHolder`.
     */
    event RevokedOperator(address indexed operator, address indexed tokenHolder);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the name of the token.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the symbol of the token, usually a shorter version of the
     * name.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest part of the token that is not divisible. This
     * means all token operations (creation, movement and destruction) must have
     * amounts that are a multiple of this number.
     *
     * For most token contracts, this value will equal 1.
     */
    function granularity() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by an account (`owner`).
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
     *
     * If send or receive hooks are registered for the caller and `recipient`,
     * the corresponding functions will be called with `data` and empty
     * `operatorData`. See {IERC777Sender} and {IERC777Recipient}.
     *
     * Emits a {Sent} event.
     *
     * Requirements
     *
     * - the caller must have at least `amount` tokens.
     * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
     * - if `recipient` is a contract, it must implement the {IERC777Recipient}
     * interface.
     */
    function send(address recipient, uint256 amount, bytes calldata data) external;

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from the caller's account, reducing the
     * total supply.
     *
     * If a send hook is registered for the caller, the corresponding function
     * will be called with `data` and empty `operatorData`. See {IERC777Sender}.
     *
     * Emits a {Burned} event.
     *
     * Requirements
     *
     * - the caller must have at least `amount` tokens.
     */
    function burn(uint256 amount, bytes calldata data) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if an account is an operator of `tokenHolder`.
     * Operators can send and burn tokens on behalf of their owners. All
     * accounts are their own operator.
     *
     * See {operatorSend} and {operatorBurn}.
     */
    function isOperatorFor(address operator, address tokenHolder) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Make an account an operator of the caller.
     *
     * See {isOperatorFor}.
     *
     * Emits an {AuthorizedOperator} event.
     *
     * Requirements
     *
     * - `operator` cannot be calling address.
     */
    function authorizeOperator(address operator) external;

    /**
     * @dev Revoke an account's operator status for the caller.
     *
     * See {isOperatorFor} and {defaultOperators}.
     *
     * Emits a {RevokedOperator} event.
     *
     * Requirements
     *
     * - `operator` cannot be calling address.
     */
    function revokeOperator(address operator) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the list of default operators. These accounts are operators
     * for all token holders, even if {authorizeOperator} was never called on
     * them.
     *
     * This list is immutable, but individual holders may revoke these via
     * {revokeOperator}, in which case {isOperatorFor} will return false.
     */
    function defaultOperators() external view returns (address[] memory);

    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient`. The caller must
     * be an operator of `sender`.
     *
     * If send or receive hooks are registered for `sender` and `recipient`,
     * the corresponding functions will be called with `data` and
     * `operatorData`. See {IERC777Sender} and {IERC777Recipient}.
     *
     * Emits a {Sent} event.
     *
     * Requirements
     *
     * - `sender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `sender` must have at least `amount` tokens.
     * - the caller must be an operator for `sender`.
     * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
     * - if `recipient` is a contract, it must implement the {IERC777Recipient}
     * interface.
     */
    function operatorSend(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes calldata data,
        bytes calldata operatorData
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from `account`, reducing the total supply.
     * The caller must be an operator of `account`.
     *
     * If a send hook is registered for `account`, the corresponding function
     * will be called with `data` and `operatorData`. See {IERC777Sender}.
     *
     * Emits a {Burned} event.
     *
     * Requirements
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `account` must have at least `amount` tokens.
     * - the caller must be an operator for `account`.
     */
    function operatorBurn(address account, uint256 amount, bytes calldata data, bytes calldata operatorData) external;

    event Sent(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes data,
        bytes operatorData
    );
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev ERC1822: Universal Upgradeable Proxy Standard (UUPS) documents a method for upgradeability through a simplified
 * proxy whose upgrades are fully controlled by the current implementation.
 */
interface IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot that the proxiable contract assumes is being used to store the implementation
     * address.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Standard ERC20 Errors
 * Interface of the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-6093[ERC-6093] custom errors for ERC20 tokens.
 */
interface IERC20ErrorsUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates an error related to the current `balance` of a `sender`. Used in transfers.
     * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
     * @param balance Current balance for the interacting account.
     * @param needed Minimum amount required to perform a transfer.
     */
    error ERC20InsufficientBalance(address sender, uint256 balance, uint256 needed);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `sender`. Used in transfers.
     * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
     */
    error ERC20InvalidSender(address sender);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `receiver`. Used in transfers.
     * @param receiver Address to which tokens are being transferred.
     */
    error ERC20InvalidReceiver(address receiver);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `spender`’s `allowance`. Used in transfers.
     * @param spender Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
     * @param allowance Amount of tokens a `spender` is allowed to operate with.
     * @param needed Minimum amount required to perform a transfer.
     */
    error ERC20InsufficientAllowance(address spender, uint256 allowance, uint256 needed);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `approver` of a token to be approved. Used in approvals.
     * @param approver Address initiating an approval operation.
     */
    error ERC20InvalidApprover(address approver);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `spender` to be approved. Used in approvals.
     * @param spender Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
     */
    error ERC20InvalidSpender(address spender);
}

/**
 * @dev Standard ERC721 Errors
 * Interface of the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-6093[ERC-6093] custom errors for ERC721 tokens.
 */
interface IERC721ErrorsUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that an address can't be an owner. For example, `address(0)` is a forbidden owner in EIP-20.
     * Used in balance queries.
     * @param owner Address of the current owner of a token.
     */
    error ERC721InvalidOwner(address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a `tokenId` whose `owner` is the zero address.
     * @param tokenId Identifier number of a token.
     */
    error ERC721NonexistentToken(uint256 tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates an error related to the ownership over a particular token. Used in transfers.
     * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
     * @param tokenId Identifier number of a token.
     * @param owner Address of the current owner of a token.
     */
    error ERC721IncorrectOwner(address sender, uint256 tokenId, address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `sender`. Used in transfers.
     * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
     */
    error ERC721InvalidSender(address sender);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `receiver`. Used in transfers.
     * @param receiver Address to which tokens are being transferred.
     */
    error ERC721InvalidReceiver(address receiver);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `operator`’s approval. Used in transfers.
     * @param operator Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
     * @param tokenId Identifier number of a token.
     */
    error ERC721InsufficientApproval(address operator, uint256 tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `approver` of a token to be approved. Used in approvals.
     * @param approver Address initiating an approval operation.
     */
    error ERC721InvalidApprover(address approver);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `operator` to be approved. Used in approvals.
     * @param operator Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
     */
    error ERC721InvalidOperator(address operator);
}

/**
 * @dev Standard ERC1155 Errors
 * Interface of the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-6093[ERC-6093] custom errors for ERC1155 tokens.
 */
interface IERC1155ErrorsUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates an error related to the current `balance` of a `sender`. Used in transfers.
     * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
     * @param balance Current balance for the interacting account.
     * @param needed Minimum amount required to perform a transfer.
     * @param tokenId Identifier number of a token.
     */
    error ERC1155InsufficientBalance(address sender, uint256 balance, uint256 needed, uint256 tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `sender`. Used in transfers.
     * @param sender Address whose tokens are being transferred.
     */
    error ERC1155InvalidSender(address sender);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the token `receiver`. Used in transfers.
     * @param receiver Address to which tokens are being transferred.
     */
    error ERC1155InvalidReceiver(address receiver);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `operator`’s approval. Used in transfers.
     * @param operator Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
     * @param owner Address of the current owner of a token.
     */
    error ERC1155MissingApprovalForAll(address operator, address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `approver` of a token to be approved. Used in approvals.
     * @param approver Address initiating an approval operation.
     */
    error ERC1155InvalidApprover(address approver);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failure with the `operator` to be approved. Used in approvals.
     * @param operator Address that may be allowed to operate on tokens without being their owner.
     */
    error ERC1155InvalidOperator(address operator);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates an array length mismatch between ids and values in a safeBatchTransferFrom operation.
     * Used in batch transfers.
     * @param idsLength Length of the array of token identifiers
     * @param valuesLength Length of the array of token amounts
     */
    error ERC1155InvalidArrayLength(uint256 idsLength, uint256 valuesLength);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (metatx/ERC2771Context.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Context variant with ERC2771 support.
 *
 * WARNING: Avoid using this pattern in contracts that rely in a specific calldata length as they'll
 * be affected by any forwarder whose `msg.data` is suffixed with the `from` address according to the ERC2771
 * specification adding the address size in bytes (20) to the calldata size. An example of an unexpected
 * behavior could be an unintended fallback (or another function) invocation while trying to invoke the `receive`
 * function only accessible if `msg.data.length == 0`.
 */
abstract contract ERC2771ContextUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow state-variable-immutable
    address private immutable _trustedForwarder;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract with a trusted forwarder, which will be able to
     * invoke functions on this contract on behalf of other accounts.
     *
     * NOTE: The trusted forwarder can be replaced by overriding {trustedForwarder}.
     */
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
    constructor(address trustedForwarder_) {
        _trustedForwarder = trustedForwarder_;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the trusted forwarder.
     */
    function trustedForwarder() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _trustedForwarder;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Indicates whether any particular address is the trusted forwarder.
     */
    function isTrustedForwarder(address forwarder) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return forwarder == trustedForwarder();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Override for `msg.sender`. Defaults to the original `msg.sender` whenever
     * a call is not performed by the trusted forwarder or the calldata length is less than
     * 20 bytes (an address length).
     */
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual override returns (address sender) {
        if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender) && msg.data.length >= 20) {
            // The assembly code is more direct than the Solidity version using `abi.decode`.
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                sender := shr(96, calldataload(sub(calldatasize(), 20)))
            }
        } else {
            return super._msgSender();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Override for `msg.data`. Defaults to the original `msg.data` whenever
     * a call is not performed by the trusted forwarder or the calldata length is less than
     * 20 bytes (an address length).
     */
    function _msgData() internal view virtual override returns (bytes calldata) {
        if (isTrustedForwarder(msg.sender) && msg.data.length >= 20) {
            return msg.data[:msg.data.length - 20];
        } else {
            return super._msgData();
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (metatx/ERC2771Forwarder.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC2771ContextUpgradeable } from "./ERC2771ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import { ECDSAUpgradeable } from "../utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import { EIP712Upgradeable } from "../utils/cryptography/EIP712Upgradeable.sol";
import { NoncesUpgradeable } from "../utils/NoncesUpgradeable.sol";
import { AddressUpgradeable } from "../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev A forwarder compatible with ERC2771 contracts. See {ERC2771Context}.
 *
 * This forwarder operates on forward requests that include:
 *
 * * `from`: An address to operate on behalf of. It is required to be equal to the request signer.
 * * `to`: The address that should be called.
 * * `value`: The amount of native token to attach with the requested call.
 * * `gas`: The amount of gas limit that will be forwarded with the requested call.
 * * `nonce`: A unique transaction ordering identifier to avoid replayability and request invalidation.
 * * `deadline`: A timestamp after which the request is not executable anymore.
 * * `data`: Encoded `msg.data` to send with the requested call.
 *
 * Relayers are able to submit batches if they are processing a high volume of requests. With high
 * throughput, relayers may run into limitations of the chain such as limits on the number of
 * transactions in the mempool. In these cases the recommendation is to distribute the load among
 * multiple accounts.
 *
 * NOTE: Batching requests includes an optional refund for unused `msg.value` that is achieved by
 * performing a call with empty calldata. While this is within the bounds of ERC-2771 compliance,
 * if the refund receiver happens to consider the forwarder a trusted forwarder, it MUST properly
 * handle `msg.data.length == 0`. `ERC2771Context` in OpenZeppelin Contracts versions prior to 4.9.3
 * do not handle this properly.
 *
 * ==== Security Considerations
 *
 * If a relayer submits a forward request, it should be willing to pay up to 100% of the gas amount
 * specified in the request. This contract does not implement any kind of retribution for this gas,
 * and it is assumed that there is an out of band incentive for relayers to pay for execution on
 * behalf of signers. Often, the relayer is operated by a project that will consider it a user
 * acquisition cost.
 *
 * By offering to pay for gas, relayers are at risk of having that gas used by an attacker toward
 * some other purpose that is not aligned with the expected out of band incentives. If you operate a
 * relayer, consider whitelisting target contracts and function selectors. When relaying ERC-721 or
 * ERC-1155 transfers specifically, consider rejecting the use of the `data` field, since it can be
 * used to execute arbitrary code.
 */
contract ERC2771ForwarderUpgradeable is Initializable, EIP712Upgradeable, NoncesUpgradeable {
    using ECDSAUpgradeable for bytes32;

    struct ForwardRequestData {
        address from;
        address to;
        uint256 value;
        uint256 gas;
        uint48 deadline;
        bytes data;
        bytes signature;
    }

    bytes32 internal constant _FORWARD_REQUEST_TYPEHASH =
        keccak256(
            "ForwardRequest(address from,address to,uint256 value,uint256 gas,uint256 nonce,uint48 deadline,bytes data)"
        );

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a `ForwardRequest` is executed.
     *
     * NOTE: An unsuccessful forward request could be due to an invalid signature, an expired deadline,
     * or simply a revert in the requested call. The contract guarantees that the relayer is not able to force
     * the requested call to run out of gas.
     */
    event ExecutedForwardRequest(address indexed signer, uint256 nonce, bool success);

    /**
     * @dev The request `from` doesn't match with the recovered `signer`.
     */
    error ERC2771ForwarderInvalidSigner(address signer, address from);

    /**
     * @dev The `requestedValue` doesn't match with the available `msgValue`.
     */
    error ERC2771ForwarderMismatchedValue(uint256 requestedValue, uint256 msgValue);

    /**
     * @dev The request `deadline` has expired.
     */
    error ERC2771ForwarderExpiredRequest(uint48 deadline);

    /**
     * @dev The request target doesn't trust the `forwarder`.
     */
    error ERC2771UntrustfulTarget(address target, address forwarder);

    /**
     * @dev See {EIP712-constructor}.
     */
    function __ERC2771Forwarder_init(string memory name) internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init_unchained(name, "1");
    }

    function __ERC2771Forwarder_init_unchained(string memory) internal onlyInitializing {}

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if a request is valid for a provided `signature` at the current block timestamp.
     *
     * A transaction is considered valid when the target trusts this forwarder, the request hasn't expired
     * (deadline is not met), and the signer matches the `from` parameter of the signed request.
     *
     * NOTE: A request may return false here but it won't cause {executeBatch} to revert if a refund
     * receiver is provided.
     */
    function verify(ForwardRequestData calldata request) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        (bool isTrustedForwarder, bool active, bool signerMatch, ) = _validate(request);
        return isTrustedForwarder && active && signerMatch;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Executes a `request` on behalf of `signature`'s signer using the ERC-2771 protocol. The gas
     * provided to the requested call may not be exactly the amount requested, but the call will not run
     * out of gas. Will revert if the request is invalid or the call reverts, in this case the nonce is not consumed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The request value should be equal to the provided `msg.value`.
     * - The request should be valid according to {verify}.
     */
    function execute(ForwardRequestData calldata request) public payable virtual {
        // We make sure that msg.value and request.value match exactly.
        // If the request is invalid or the call reverts, this whole function
        // will revert, ensuring value isn't stuck.
        if (msg.value != request.value) {
            revert ERC2771ForwarderMismatchedValue(request.value, msg.value);
        }

        if (!_execute(request, true)) {
            revert AddressUpgradeable.FailedInnerCall();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Batch version of {execute} with optional refunding and atomic execution.
     *
     * In case a batch contains at least one invalid request (see {verify}), the
     * request will be skipped and the `refundReceiver` parameter will receive back the
     * unused requested value at the end of the execution. This is done to prevent reverting
     * the entire batch when a request is invalid or has already been submitted.
     *
     * If the `refundReceiver` is the `address(0)`, this function will revert when at least
     * one of the requests was not valid instead of skipping it. This could be useful if
     * a batch is required to get executed atomically (at least at the top-level). For example,
     * refunding (and thus atomicity) can be opt-out if the relayer is using a service that avoids
     * including reverted transactions.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The sum of the requests' values should be equal to the provided `msg.value`.
     * - All of the requests should be valid (see {verify}) when `refundReceiver` is the zero address.
     *
     * NOTE: Setting a zero `refundReceiver` guarantees an all-or-nothing requests execution only for
     * the first-level forwarded calls. In case a forwarded request calls to a contract with another
     * subcall, the second-level call may revert without the top-level call reverting.
     */
    function executeBatch(
        ForwardRequestData[] calldata requests,
        address payable refundReceiver
    ) public payable virtual {
        bool atomic = refundReceiver == address(0);

        uint256 requestsValue;
        uint256 refundValue;

        for (uint256 i; i < requests.length; ++i) {
            requestsValue += requests[i].value;
            bool success = _execute(requests[i], atomic);
            if (!success) {
                refundValue += requests[i].value;
            }
        }

        // The batch should revert if there's a mismatched msg.value provided
        // to avoid request value tampering
        if (requestsValue != msg.value) {
            revert ERC2771ForwarderMismatchedValue(requestsValue, msg.value);
        }

        // Some requests with value were invalid (possibly due to frontrunning).
        // To avoid leaving ETH in the contract this value is refunded.
        if (refundValue != 0) {
            // We know refundReceiver != address(0) && requestsValue == msg.value
            // meaning we can ensure refundValue is not taken from the original contract's balance
            // and refundReceiver is a known account.
            AddressUpgradeable.sendValue(refundReceiver, refundValue);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Validates if the provided request can be executed at current block timestamp with
     * the given `request.signature` on behalf of `request.signer`.
     */
    function _validate(
        ForwardRequestData calldata request
    ) internal view virtual returns (bool isTrustedForwarder, bool active, bool signerMatch, address signer) {
        (bool isValid, address recovered) = _recoverForwardRequestSigner(request);

        return (
            _isTrustedByTarget(request.to),
            request.deadline >= block.timestamp,
            isValid && recovered == request.from,
            recovered
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns a tuple with the recovered the signer of an EIP712 forward request message hash
     * and a boolean indicating if the signature is valid.
     *
     * NOTE: The signature is considered valid if {ECDSA-tryRecover} indicates no recover error for it.
     */
    function _recoverForwardRequestSigner(
        ForwardRequestData calldata request
    ) internal view virtual returns (bool, address) {
        (address recovered, ECDSAUpgradeable.RecoverError err, ) = _hashTypedDataV4(
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    _FORWARD_REQUEST_TYPEHASH,
                    request.from,
                    request.to,
                    request.value,
                    request.gas,
                    nonces(request.from),
                    request.deadline,
                    keccak256(request.data)
                )
            )
        ).tryRecover(request.signature);

        return (err == ECDSAUpgradeable.RecoverError.NoError, recovered);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Validates and executes a signed request returning the request call `success` value.
     *
     * Internal function without msg.value validation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must have provided enough gas to forward with the call.
     * - The request must be valid (see {verify}) if the `requireValidRequest` is true.
     *
     * Emits an {ExecutedForwardRequest} event.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Using this function doesn't check that all the `msg.value` was sent, potentially
     * leaving value stuck in the contract.
     */
    function _execute(
        ForwardRequestData calldata request,
        bool requireValidRequest
    ) internal virtual returns (bool success) {
        (bool isTrustedForwarder, bool active, bool signerMatch, address signer) = _validate(request);

        // Need to explicitly specify if a revert is required since non-reverting is default for
        // batches and reversion is opt-in since it could be useful in some scenarios
        if (requireValidRequest) {
            if (!isTrustedForwarder) {
                revert ERC2771UntrustfulTarget(request.to, address(this));
            }

            if (!active) {
                revert ERC2771ForwarderExpiredRequest(request.deadline);
            }

            if (!signerMatch) {
                revert ERC2771ForwarderInvalidSigner(signer, request.from);
            }
        }

        // Ignore an invalid request because requireValidRequest = false
        if (isTrustedForwarder && signerMatch && active) {
            // Nonce should be used before the call to prevent reusing by reentrancy
            uint256 currentNonce = _useNonce(signer);

            uint256 reqGas = request.gas;
            address to = request.to;
            uint256 value = request.value;
            bytes memory data = abi.encodePacked(request.data, request.from);

            uint256 gasLeft;

            assembly {
                success := call(reqGas, to, value, add(data, 0x20), mload(data), 0, 0)
                gasLeft := gas()
            }

            _checkForwardedGas(gasLeft, request);

            emit ExecutedForwardRequest(signer, currentNonce, success);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether the target trusts this forwarder.
     *
     * This function performs a static call to the target contract calling the
     * {ERC2771Context-isTrustedForwarder} function.
     */
    function _isTrustedByTarget(address target) private view returns (bool) {
        bytes memory encodedParams = abi.encodeCall(ERC2771ContextUpgradeable.isTrustedForwarder, (address(this)));

        bool success;
        uint256 returnSize;
        uint256 returnValue;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Perform the staticcal and save the result in the scratch space.
            // | Location  | Content  | Content (Hex)                                                      |
            // |-----------|----------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
            // |           |          |                                                           result ↓ |
            // | 0x00:0x1F | selector | 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001 |
            success := staticcall(gas(), target, add(encodedParams, 0x20), mload(encodedParams), 0, 0x20)
            returnSize := returndatasize()
            returnValue := mload(0)
        }

        return success && returnSize >= 0x20 && returnValue > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Checks if the requested gas was correctly forwarded to the callee.
     *
     * As a consequence of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-150[EIP-150]:
     * - At most `gasleft() - floor(gasleft() / 64)` is forwarded to the callee.
     * - At least `floor(gasleft() / 64)` is kept in the caller.
     *
     * It reverts consuming all the available gas if the forwarded gas is not the requested gas.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: The `gasLeft` parameter should be measured exactly at the end of the forwarded call.
     * Any gas consumed in between will make room for bypassing this check.
     */
    function _checkForwardedGas(uint256 gasLeft, ForwardRequestData calldata request) private pure {
        // To avoid insufficient gas griefing attacks, as referenced in https://ronan.eth.limo/blog/ethereum-gas-dangers/
        //
        // A malicious relayer can attempt to shrink the gas forwarded so that the underlying call reverts out-of-gas
        // but the forwarding itself still succeeds. In order to make sure that the subcall received sufficient gas,
        // we will inspect gasleft() after the forwarding.
        //
        // Let X be the gas available before the subcall, such that the subcall gets at most X * 63 / 64.
        // We can't know X after CALL dynamic costs, but we want it to be such that X * 63 / 64 >= req.gas.
        // Let Y be the gas used in the subcall. gasleft() measured immediately after the subcall will be gasleft() = X - Y.
        // If the subcall ran out of gas, then Y = X * 63 / 64 and gasleft() = X - Y = X / 64.
        // Under this assumption req.gas / 63 > gasleft() is true is true if and only if
        // req.gas / 63 > X / 64, or equivalently req.gas > X * 63 / 64.
        // This means that if the subcall runs out of gas we are able to detect that insufficient gas was passed.
        //
        // We will now also see that req.gas / 63 > gasleft() implies that req.gas >= X * 63 / 64.
        // The contract guarantees Y <= req.gas, thus gasleft() = X - Y >= X - req.gas.
        // -    req.gas / 63 > gasleft()
        // -    req.gas / 63 >= X - req.gas
        // -    req.gas >= X * 63 / 64
        // In other words if req.gas < X * 63 / 64 then req.gas / 63 <= gasleft(), thus if the relayer behaves honestly
        // the forwarding does not revert.
        if (gasLeft < request.gas / 63) {
            // We explicitly trigger invalid opcode to consume all gas and bubble-up the effects, since
            // neither revert or assert consume all gas since Solidity 0.8.20
            // https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.20/control-structures.html#panic-via-assert-and-error-via-require
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                invalid()
            }
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { AccessManagedUpgradeable } from "../access/manager/AccessManagedUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract AccessManagedTargetUpgradeable is Initializable, AccessManagedUpgradeable {
    event CalledRestricted(address caller);
    event CalledUnrestricted(address caller);

    function __AccessManagedTarget_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __AccessManagedTarget_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function fnRestricted() public restricted {
        emit CalledRestricted(msg.sender);
    }

    function fnUnrestricted() public {
        emit CalledUnrestricted(msg.sender);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ArraysUpgradeable } from "../utils/ArraysUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract Uint256ArraysMockUpgradeable is Initializable {
    using ArraysUpgradeable for uint256[];

    uint256[] private _array;

    function __Uint256ArraysMock_init(uint256[] memory array) internal onlyInitializing {
        __Uint256ArraysMock_init_unchained(array);
    }

    function __Uint256ArraysMock_init_unchained(uint256[] memory array) internal onlyInitializing {
        _array = array;
    }

    function findUpperBound(uint256 element) external view returns (uint256) {
        return _array.findUpperBound(element);
    }

    function unsafeAccess(uint256 pos) external view returns (uint256) {
        return _array.unsafeAccess(pos).value;
    }
}

contract AddressArraysMockUpgradeable is Initializable {
    using ArraysUpgradeable for address[];

    address[] private _array;

    function __AddressArraysMock_init(address[] memory array) internal onlyInitializing {
        __AddressArraysMock_init_unchained(array);
    }

    function __AddressArraysMock_init_unchained(address[] memory array) internal onlyInitializing {
        _array = array;
    }

    function unsafeAccess(uint256 pos) external view returns (address) {
        return _array.unsafeAccess(pos).value;
    }
}

contract Bytes32ArraysMockUpgradeable is Initializable {
    using ArraysUpgradeable for bytes32[];

    bytes32[] private _array;

    function __Bytes32ArraysMock_init(bytes32[] memory array) internal onlyInitializing {
        __Bytes32ArraysMock_init_unchained(array);
    }

    function __Bytes32ArraysMock_init_unchained(bytes32[] memory array) internal onlyInitializing {
        _array = array;
    }

    function unsafeAccess(uint256 pos) external view returns (bytes32) {
        return _array.unsafeAccess(pos).value;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract CallReceiverMockUpgradeable is Initializable {
    event MockFunctionCalled();
    event MockFunctionCalledWithArgs(uint256 a, uint256 b);

    uint256[] private _array;

    function __CallReceiverMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __CallReceiverMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function mockFunction() public payable returns (string memory) {
        emit MockFunctionCalled();

        return "0x1234";
    }

    function mockFunctionEmptyReturn() public payable {
        emit MockFunctionCalled();
    }

    function mockFunctionWithArgs(uint256 a, uint256 b) public payable returns (string memory) {
        emit MockFunctionCalledWithArgs(a, b);

        return "0x1234";
    }

    function mockFunctionNonPayable() public returns (string memory) {
        emit MockFunctionCalled();

        return "0x1234";
    }

    function mockStaticFunction() public pure returns (string memory) {
        return "0x1234";
    }

    function mockFunctionRevertsNoReason() public payable {
        revert();
    }

    function mockFunctionRevertsReason() public payable {
        revert("CallReceiverMock: reverting");
    }

    function mockFunctionThrows() public payable {
        assert(false);
    }

    function mockFunctionOutOfGas() public payable {
        for (uint256 i = 0; ; ++i) {
            _array.push(i);
        }
    }

    function mockFunctionWritesStorage(bytes32 slot, bytes32 value) public returns (string memory) {
        assembly {
            sstore(slot, value)
        }
        return "0x1234";
    }
}

contract CallReceiverMockTrustingForwarderUpgradeable is Initializable, CallReceiverMockUpgradeable {
    address private _trustedForwarder;

    function __CallReceiverMockTrustingForwarder_init(address trustedForwarder_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __CallReceiverMockTrustingForwarder_init_unchained(trustedForwarder_);
    }

    function __CallReceiverMockTrustingForwarder_init_unchained(address trustedForwarder_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _trustedForwarder = trustedForwarder_;
    }

    function isTrustedForwarder(address forwarder) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return forwarder == _trustedForwarder;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ContextMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    event Sender(address sender);

    function __ContextMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ContextMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function msgSender() public {
        emit Sender(_msgSender());
    }

    event Data(bytes data, uint256 integerValue, string stringValue);

    function msgData(uint256 integerValue, string memory stringValue) public {
        emit Data(_msgData(), integerValue, stringValue);
    }

    event DataShort(bytes data);

    function msgDataShort() public {
        emit DataShort(_msgData());
    }
}

contract ContextMockCallerUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __ContextMockCaller_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ContextMockCaller_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function callSender(ContextMockUpgradeable context) public {
        context.msgSender();
    }

    function callData(ContextMockUpgradeable context, uint256 integerValue, string memory stringValue) public {
        context.msgData(integerValue, stringValue);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable } from "../proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable.sol";
import { StorageSlotUpgradeable } from "../utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract ImplUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Impl_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __Impl_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function version() public pure virtual returns (string memory);
}

contract DummyImplementationUpgradeable is Initializable {
    uint256 public value;
    string public text;
    uint256[] public values;

    function __DummyImplementation_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __DummyImplementation_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function initializeNonPayable() public {
        value = 10;
    }

    function initializePayable() public payable {
        value = 100;
    }

    function initializeNonPayableWithValue(uint256 _value) public {
        value = _value;
    }

    function initializePayableWithValue(uint256 _value) public payable {
        value = _value;
    }

    function initialize(uint256 _value, string memory _text, uint256[] memory _values) public {
        value = _value;
        text = _text;
        values = _values;
    }

    function get() public pure returns (bool) {
        return true;
    }

    function version() public pure virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "V1";
    }

    function reverts() public pure {
        require(false, "DummyImplementation reverted");
    }

    // Use for forcing an unsafe TransparentUpgradeableProxy admin override
    function unsafeOverrideAdmin(address newAdmin) public {
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable.ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }
}

contract DummyImplementationV2Upgradeable is Initializable, DummyImplementationUpgradeable {
    function __DummyImplementationV2_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __DummyImplementationV2_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function migrate(uint256 newVal) public payable {
        value = newVal;
    }

    function version() public pure override returns (string memory) {
        return "V2";
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ECDSAUpgradeable } from "../utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import { EIP712Upgradeable } from "../utils/cryptography/EIP712Upgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract EIP712VerifierUpgradeable is Initializable, EIP712Upgradeable {
    function __EIP712Verifier_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __EIP712Verifier_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function verify(bytes memory signature, address signer, address mailTo, string memory mailContents) external view {
        bytes32 digest = _hashTypedDataV4(
            keccak256(abi.encode(keccak256("Mail(address to,string contents)"), mailTo, keccak256(bytes(mailContents))))
        );
        address recoveredSigner = ECDSAUpgradeable.recover(digest, signature);
        require(recoveredSigner == signer);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { OwnableUpgradeable } from "../access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC1271Upgradeable } from "../interfaces/IERC1271Upgradeable.sol";
import { ECDSAUpgradeable } from "../utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ERC1271WalletMockUpgradeable is Initializable, OwnableUpgradeable, IERC1271Upgradeable {
    function __ERC1271WalletMock_init(address originalOwner) internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained(originalOwner);
    }

    function __ERC1271WalletMock_init_unchained(address) internal onlyInitializing {}

    function isValidSignature(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) public view returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
        return ECDSAUpgradeable.recover(hash, signature) == owner() ? this.isValidSignature.selector : bytes4(0);
    }
}

contract ERC1271MaliciousMockUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC1271Upgradeable {
    function __ERC1271MaliciousMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC1271MaliciousMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function isValidSignature(bytes32, bytes memory) public pure returns (bytes4) {
        assembly {
            mstore(0, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            return(0, 32)
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-214#specification
 * From the specification:
 * > Any attempts to make state-changing operations inside an execution instance with STATIC set to true will instead
 * throw an exception.
 * > These operations include [...], LOG0, LOG1, LOG2, [...]
 *
 * therefore, because this contract is staticcall'd we need to not emit events (which is how solidity-coverage works)
 * solidity-coverage ignores the /mocks folder, so we duplicate its implementation here to avoid instrumenting it
 */
contract SupportsInterfaceWithLookupMockUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    /*
     * bytes4(keccak256('supportsInterface(bytes4)')) == 0x01ffc9a7
     */
    bytes4 public constant INTERFACE_ID_ERC165 = 0x01ffc9a7;

    /**
     * @dev A mapping of interface id to whether or not it's supported.
     */
    mapping(bytes4 interfaceId => bool) private _supportedInterfaces;

    /**
     * @dev A contract implementing SupportsInterfaceWithLookup
     * implement ERC165 itself.
     */
    function __SupportsInterfaceWithLookupMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __SupportsInterfaceWithLookupMock_init_unchained();
    }

    function __SupportsInterfaceWithLookupMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _registerInterface(INTERFACE_ID_ERC165);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Implement supportsInterface(bytes4) using a lookup table.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view override returns (bool) {
        return _supportedInterfaces[interfaceId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private method for registering an interface.
     */
    function _registerInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) internal {
        require(interfaceId != 0xffffffff, "ERC165InterfacesSupported: invalid interface id");
        _supportedInterfaces[interfaceId] = true;
    }
}

contract ERC165InterfacesSupportedUpgradeable is Initializable, SupportsInterfaceWithLookupMockUpgradeable {
    function __ERC165InterfacesSupported_init(bytes4[] memory interfaceIds) internal onlyInitializing {
        __SupportsInterfaceWithLookupMock_init_unchained();
        __ERC165InterfacesSupported_init_unchained(interfaceIds);
    }

    function __ERC165InterfacesSupported_init_unchained(bytes4[] memory interfaceIds) internal onlyInitializing {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < interfaceIds.length; i++) {
            _registerInterface(interfaceIds[i]);
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ERC165MaliciousDataUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __ERC165MaliciousData_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC165MaliciousData_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function supportsInterface(bytes4) public pure returns (bool) {
        assembly {
            mstore(0, 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            return(0, 32)
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ERC165MissingDataUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __ERC165MissingData_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC165MissingData_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view {} // missing return
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ERC165NotSupportedUpgradeable is Initializable {    function __ERC165NotSupported_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC165NotSupported_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ERC165ReturnBombMockUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC165ReturnBombMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC165ReturnBombMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public pure override returns (bool) {
        if (interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId) {
            assembly {
                mstore(0, 1)
            }
        }
        assembly {
            return(0, 101500)
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ContextMockUpgradeable } from "./ContextMockUpgradeable.sol";
import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC2771ContextUpgradeable } from "../metatx/ERC2771ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

// By inheriting from ERC2771Context, Context's internal functions are overridden automatically
contract ERC2771ContextMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextMockUpgradeable, ERC2771ContextUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
    constructor(address trustedForwarder) ERC2771ContextUpgradeable(trustedForwarder) {
        emit Sender(_msgSender()); // _msgSender() should be accessible during construction
    }

    function _msgSender() internal view override(ContextUpgradeable, ERC2771ContextUpgradeable) returns (address) {
        return ERC2771ContextUpgradeable._msgSender();
    }

    function _msgData() internal view override(ContextUpgradeable, ERC2771ContextUpgradeable) returns (bytes calldata) {
        return ERC2771ContextUpgradeable._msgData();
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Upgradeable } from "../token/ERC20/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable } from "../interfaces/IERC3156Upgradeable.sol";
import { AddressUpgradeable } from "../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev WARNING: this IERC3156FlashBorrower mock implementation is for testing purposes ONLY.
 * Writing a secure flash lock borrower is not an easy task, and should be done with the utmost care.
 * This is not an example of how it should be done, and no pattern present in this mock should be considered secure.
 * Following best practices, always have your contract properly audited before using them to manipulate important funds on
 * live networks.
 */
contract ERC3156FlashBorrowerMockUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable {
    bytes32 internal constant _RETURN_VALUE = keccak256("ERC3156FlashBorrower.onFlashLoan");

    bool _enableApprove;
    bool _enableReturn;

    event BalanceOf(address token, address account, uint256 value);
    event TotalSupply(address token, uint256 value);

    function __ERC3156FlashBorrowerMock_init(bool enableReturn, bool enableApprove) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC3156FlashBorrowerMock_init_unchained(enableReturn, enableApprove);
    }

    function __ERC3156FlashBorrowerMock_init_unchained(bool enableReturn, bool enableApprove) internal onlyInitializing {
        _enableApprove = enableApprove;
        _enableReturn = enableReturn;
    }

    function onFlashLoan(
        address /*initiator*/,
        address token,
        uint256 amount,
        uint256 fee,
        bytes calldata data
    ) public returns (bytes32) {
        require(msg.sender == token);

        emit BalanceOf(token, address(this), IERC20Upgradeable(token).balanceOf(address(this)));
        emit TotalSupply(token, IERC20Upgradeable(token).totalSupply());

        if (data.length > 0) {
            // WARNING: This code is for testing purposes only! Do not use.
            AddressUpgradeable.functionCall(token, data);
        }

        if (_enableApprove) {
            IERC20Upgradeable(token).approve(token, amount + fee);
        }

        return _enableReturn ? _RETURN_VALUE : bytes32(0);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract EtherReceiverMockUpgradeable is Initializable {
    bool private _acceptEther;

    function __EtherReceiverMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __EtherReceiverMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function setAcceptEther(bool acceptEther) public {
        _acceptEther = acceptEther;
    }

    receive() external payable {
        if (!_acceptEther) {
            revert();
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {Initializable} from "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @title InitializableMock
 * @dev This contract is a mock to test initializable functionality
 */
contract InitializableMock is Initializable {
    bool public initializerRan;
    bool public onlyInitializingRan;
    uint256 public x;

    function isInitializing() public view returns (bool) {
        return _isInitializing();
    }

    function initialize() public initializer {
        initializerRan = true;
    }

    function initializeOnlyInitializing() public onlyInitializing {
        onlyInitializingRan = true;
    }

    function initializerNested() public initializer {
        initialize();
    }

    function onlyInitializingNested() public initializer {
        initializeOnlyInitializing();
    }

    function initializeWithX(uint256 _x) public payable initializer {
        x = _x;
    }

    function nonInitializable(uint256 _x) public payable {
        x = _x;
    }

    function fail() public pure {
        require(false, "InitializableMock forced failure");
    }
}

contract ConstructorInitializableMock is Initializable {
    bool public initializerRan;
    bool public onlyInitializingRan;

    constructor() initializer {
        initialize();
        initializeOnlyInitializing();
    }

    function initialize() public initializer {
        initializerRan = true;
    }

    function initializeOnlyInitializing() public onlyInitializing {
        onlyInitializingRan = true;
    }
}

contract ChildConstructorInitializableMock is ConstructorInitializableMock {
    bool public childInitializerRan;

    constructor() initializer {
        childInitialize();
    }

    function childInitialize() public initializer {
        childInitializerRan = true;
    }
}

contract ReinitializerMock is Initializable {
    uint256 public counter;

    function getInitializedVersion() public view returns (uint64) {
        return _getInitializedVersion();
    }

    function initialize() public initializer {
        doStuff();
    }

    function reinitialize(uint64 i) public reinitializer(i) {
        doStuff();
    }

    function nestedReinitialize(uint64 i, uint64 j) public reinitializer(i) {
        reinitialize(j);
    }

    function chainReinitialize(uint64 i, uint64 j) public {
        reinitialize(i);
        reinitialize(j);
    }

    function disableInitializers() public {
        _disableInitializers();
    }

    function doStuff() public onlyInitializing {
        counter++;
    }
}

contract DisableNew is Initializable {
    constructor() {
        _disableInitializers();
    }
}

contract DisableOld is Initializable {
    constructor() initializer {}
}

contract DisableBad1 is DisableNew, DisableOld {}

contract DisableBad2 is Initializable {
    constructor() initializer {
        _disableInitializers();
    }
}

contract DisableOk is DisableOld, DisableNew {}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20MulticallMockUpgradeable } from "./token/ERC20MulticallMockUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract MulticallTestUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __MulticallTest_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __MulticallTest_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function checkReturnValues(
        ERC20MulticallMockUpgradeable multicallToken,
        address[] calldata recipients,
        uint256[] calldata amounts
    ) external {
        bytes[] memory calls = new bytes[](recipients.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < recipients.length; i++) {
            calls[i] = abi.encodeCall(multicallToken.transfer, (recipients[i], amounts[i]));
        }

        bytes[] memory results = multicallToken.multicall(calls);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < results.length; i++) {
            require(abi.decode(results[i], (bool)));
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {Initializable} from "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

// Sample contracts showing upgradeability with multiple inheritance.
// Child contract inherits from Father and Mother contracts, and Father extends from Gramps.
//
//         Human
//       /       \
//      |       Gramps
//      |         |
//    Mother    Father
//      |         |
//      -- Child --

/**
 * Sample base initializable contract that is a human
 */
contract SampleHuman is Initializable {
    bool public isHuman;

    function initialize() public initializer {
        __SampleHuman_init();
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function __SampleHuman_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __SampleHuman_init_unchained();
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function __SampleHuman_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        isHuman = true;
    }
}

/**
 * Sample base initializable contract that defines a field mother
 */
contract SampleMother is Initializable, SampleHuman {
    uint256 public mother;

    function initialize(uint256 value) public initializer {
        __SampleMother_init(value);
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function __SampleMother_init(uint256 value) internal onlyInitializing {
        __SampleHuman_init();
        __SampleMother_init_unchained(value);
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function __SampleMother_init_unchained(uint256 value) internal onlyInitializing {
        mother = value;
    }
}

/**
 * Sample base initializable contract that defines a field gramps
 */
contract SampleGramps is Initializable, SampleHuman {
    string public gramps;

    function initialize(string memory value) public initializer {
        __SampleGramps_init(value);
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function __SampleGramps_init(string memory value) internal onlyInitializing {
        __SampleHuman_init();
        __SampleGramps_init_unchained(value);
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function __SampleGramps_init_unchained(string memory value) internal onlyInitializing {
        gramps = value;
    }
}

/**
 * Sample base initializable contract that defines a field father and extends from gramps
 */
contract SampleFather is Initializable, SampleGramps {
    uint256 public father;

    function initialize(string memory _gramps, uint256 _father) public initializer {
        __SampleFather_init(_gramps, _father);
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function __SampleFather_init(string memory _gramps, uint256 _father) internal onlyInitializing {
        __SampleGramps_init(_gramps);
        __SampleFather_init_unchained(_father);
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function __SampleFather_init_unchained(uint256 _father) internal onlyInitializing {
        father = _father;
    }
}

/**
 * Child extends from mother, father (gramps)
 */
contract SampleChild is Initializable, SampleMother, SampleFather {
    uint256 public child;

    function initialize(uint256 _mother, string memory _gramps, uint256 _father, uint256 _child) public initializer {
        __SampleChild_init(_mother, _gramps, _father, _child);
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function __SampleChild_init(
        uint256 _mother,
        string memory _gramps,
        uint256 _father,
        uint256 _child
    ) internal onlyInitializing {
        __SampleMother_init(_mother);
        __SampleFather_init(_gramps, _father);
        __SampleChild_init_unchained(_child);
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function __SampleChild_init_unchained(uint256 _child) internal onlyInitializing {
        child = _child;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { PausableUpgradeable } from "../utils/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract PausableMockUpgradeable is Initializable, PausableUpgradeable {
    bool public drasticMeasureTaken;
    uint256 public count;

    function __PausableMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Pausable_init_unchained();
        __PausableMock_init_unchained();
    }

    function __PausableMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        drasticMeasureTaken = false;
        count = 0;
    }

    function normalProcess() external whenNotPaused {
        count++;
    }

    function drasticMeasure() external whenPaused {
        drasticMeasureTaken = true;
    }

    function pause() external {
        _pause();
    }

    function unpause() external {
        _unpause();
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ReentrancyAttackUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    function __ReentrancyAttack_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ReentrancyAttack_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function callSender(bytes calldata data) public {
        (bool success, ) = _msgSender().call(data);
        require(success, "ReentrancyAttack: failed call");
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable } from "../utils/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";
import { ReentrancyAttackUpgradeable } from "./ReentrancyAttackUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ReentrancyMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable {
    uint256 public counter;

    function __ReentrancyMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained();
        __ReentrancyMock_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ReentrancyMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        counter = 0;
    }

    function callback() external nonReentrant {
        _count();
    }

    function countLocalRecursive(uint256 n) public nonReentrant {
        if (n > 0) {
            _count();
            countLocalRecursive(n - 1);
        }
    }

    function countThisRecursive(uint256 n) public nonReentrant {
        if (n > 0) {
            _count();
            (bool success, ) = address(this).call(abi.encodeCall(this.countThisRecursive, (n - 1)));
            require(success, "ReentrancyMock: failed call");
        }
    }

    function countAndCall(ReentrancyAttackUpgradeable attacker) public nonReentrant {
        _count();
        attacker.callSender(abi.encodeCall(this.callback, ()));
    }

    function _count() private {
        counter += 1;
    }

    function guardedCheckEntered() public nonReentrant {
        require(_reentrancyGuardEntered());
    }

    function unguardedCheckNotEntered() public view {
        require(!_reentrancyGuardEntered());
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {Initializable} from "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract Implementation1 is Initializable {
    uint256 internal _value;

    function initialize() public initializer {}

    function setValue(uint256 _number) public {
        _value = _number;
    }
}

contract Implementation2 is Initializable {
    uint256 internal _value;

    function initialize() public initializer {}

    function setValue(uint256 _number) public {
        _value = _number;
    }

    function getValue() public view returns (uint256) {
        return _value;
    }
}

contract Implementation3 is Initializable {
    uint256 internal _value;

    function initialize() public initializer {}

    function setValue(uint256 _number) public {
        _value = _number;
    }

    function getValue(uint256 _number) public view returns (uint256) {
        return _value + _number;
    }
}

contract Implementation4 is Initializable {
    uint256 internal _value;

    function initialize() public initializer {}

    function setValue(uint256 _number) public {
        _value = _number;
    }

    function getValue() public view returns (uint256) {
        return _value;
    }

    fallback() external {
        _value = 1;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import {Initializable} from "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @title MigratableMockV1
 * @dev This contract is a mock to test initializable functionality through migrations
 */
contract MigratableMockV1 is Initializable {
    uint256 public x;

    function initialize(uint256 value) public payable initializer {
        x = value;
    }
}

/**
 * @title MigratableMockV2
 * @dev This contract is a mock to test migratable functionality with params
 */
contract MigratableMockV2 is MigratableMockV1 {
    bool internal _migratedV2;
    uint256 public y;

    function migrate(uint256 value, uint256 anotherValue) public payable {
        require(!_migratedV2);
        x = value;
        y = anotherValue;
        _migratedV2 = true;
    }
}

/**
 * @title MigratableMockV3
 * @dev This contract is a mock to test migratable functionality without params
 */
contract MigratableMockV3 is MigratableMockV2 {
    bool internal _migratedV3;

    function migrate() public payable {
        require(!_migratedV3);
        uint256 oldX = x;
        x = y;
        y = oldX;
        _migratedV3 = true;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { StorageSlotUpgradeable } from "../utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract StorageSlotMockUpgradeable is Initializable {
    using StorageSlotUpgradeable for *;

    function __StorageSlotMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __StorageSlotMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function setBoolean(bytes32 slot, bool value) public {
        slot.getBooleanSlot().value = value;
    }

    function setAddress(bytes32 slot, address value) public {
        slot.getAddressSlot().value = value;
    }

    function setBytes32(bytes32 slot, bytes32 value) public {
        slot.getBytes32Slot().value = value;
    }

    function setUint256(bytes32 slot, uint256 value) public {
        slot.getUint256Slot().value = value;
    }

    function getBoolean(bytes32 slot) public view returns (bool) {
        return slot.getBooleanSlot().value;
    }

    function getAddress(bytes32 slot) public view returns (address) {
        return slot.getAddressSlot().value;
    }

    function getBytes32(bytes32 slot) public view returns (bytes32) {
        return slot.getBytes32Slot().value;
    }

    function getUint256(bytes32 slot) public view returns (uint256) {
        return slot.getUint256Slot().value;
    }

    mapping(uint256 key => string) public stringMap;

    function setString(bytes32 slot, string calldata value) public {
        slot.getStringSlot().value = value;
    }

    function setStringStorage(uint256 key, string calldata value) public {
        stringMap[key].getStringSlot().value = value;
    }

    function getString(bytes32 slot) public view returns (string memory) {
        return slot.getStringSlot().value;
    }

    function getStringStorage(uint256 key) public view returns (string memory) {
        return stringMap[key].getStringSlot().value;
    }

    mapping(uint256 key => bytes) public bytesMap;

    function setBytes(bytes32 slot, bytes calldata value) public {
        slot.getBytesSlot().value = value;
    }

    function setBytesStorage(uint256 key, bytes calldata value) public {
        bytesMap[key].getBytesSlot().value = value;
    }

    function getBytes(bytes32 slot) public view returns (bytes memory) {
        return slot.getBytesSlot().value;
    }

    function getBytesStorage(uint256 key) public view returns (bytes memory) {
        return bytesMap[key].getBytesSlot().value;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { AddressUpgradeable } from "../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract TimelockReentrantUpgradeable is Initializable {
    address private _reenterTarget;
    bytes private _reenterData;
    bool _reentered;

    function __TimelockReentrant_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __TimelockReentrant_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function disableReentrancy() external {
        _reentered = true;
    }

    function enableRentrancy(address target, bytes calldata data) external {
        _reenterTarget = target;
        _reenterData = data;
    }

    function reenter() external {
        if (!_reentered) {
            _reentered = true;
            AddressUpgradeable.functionCall(_reenterTarget, _reenterData);
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IBeaconUpgradeable } from "../proxy/beacon/IBeaconUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract UpgradeableBeaconMockUpgradeable is Initializable, IBeaconUpgradeable {
    address public implementation;

    function __UpgradeableBeaconMock_init(address impl) internal onlyInitializing {
        __UpgradeableBeaconMock_init_unchained(impl);
    }

    function __UpgradeableBeaconMock_init_unchained(address impl) internal onlyInitializing {
        implementation = impl;
    }
}

interface IProxyExposedUpgradeable {
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function $getBeacon() external view returns (address);
}

contract UpgradeableBeaconReentrantMockUpgradeable is Initializable, IBeaconUpgradeable {
    error BeaconProxyBeaconSlotAddress(address beacon);

    function __UpgradeableBeaconReentrantMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __UpgradeableBeaconReentrantMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function implementation() external view override returns (address) {
        // Revert with the beacon seen in the proxy at the moment of calling to check if it's
        // set before the call.
        revert BeaconProxyBeaconSlotAddress(IProxyExposedUpgradeable(msg.sender).$getBeacon());
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { VotesUpgradeable } from "../governance/utils/VotesUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract VotesMockUpgradeable is Initializable, VotesUpgradeable {
    mapping(address voter => uint256) private _votingUnits;

    function __VotesMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __VotesMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function getTotalSupply() public view returns (uint256) {
        return _getTotalSupply();
    }

    function delegate(address account, address newDelegation) public {
        return _delegate(account, newDelegation);
    }

    function _getVotingUnits(address account) internal view override returns (uint256) {
        return _votingUnits[account];
    }

    function _mint(address account, uint256 votes) internal {
        _votingUnits[account] += votes;
        _transferVotingUnits(address(0), account, votes);
    }

    function _burn(address account, uint256 votes) internal {
        _votingUnits[account] += votes;
        _transferVotingUnits(account, address(0), votes);
    }
}

abstract contract VotesTimestampMockUpgradeable is Initializable, VotesMockUpgradeable {
    function __VotesTimestampMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __VotesTimestampMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function clock() public view override returns (uint48) {
        return uint48(block.timestamp);
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function CLOCK_MODE() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return "mode=timestamp";
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause
// solhint-disable private-vars-leading-underscore
/**
 * Copyright 2020 Compound Labs, Inc.
 *
 * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
 * following conditions are met:
 *
 * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
 *    disclaimer.
 *
 * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
 *    following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 *
 * 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
 *    products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
 *
 * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
 * INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
 * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
 * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
 * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
 * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
 * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 */

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract CompTimelockUpgradeable is Initializable {
    event NewAdmin(address indexed newAdmin);
    event NewPendingAdmin(address indexed newPendingAdmin);
    event NewDelay(uint256 indexed newDelay);
    event CancelTransaction(
        bytes32 indexed txHash,
        address indexed target,
        uint256 value,
        string signature,
        bytes data,
        uint256 eta
    );
    event ExecuteTransaction(
        bytes32 indexed txHash,
        address indexed target,
        uint256 value,
        string signature,
        bytes data,
        uint256 eta
    );
    event QueueTransaction(
        bytes32 indexed txHash,
        address indexed target,
        uint256 value,
        string signature,
        bytes data,
        uint256 eta
    );

    uint256 public constant GRACE_PERIOD = 14 days;
    uint256 public constant MINIMUM_DELAY = 2 days;
    uint256 public constant MAXIMUM_DELAY = 30 days;

    address public admin;
    address public pendingAdmin;
    uint256 public delay;

    mapping(bytes32 => bool) public queuedTransactions;

    function __CompTimelock_init(address admin_, uint256 delay_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __CompTimelock_init_unchained(admin_, delay_);
    }

    function __CompTimelock_init_unchained(address admin_, uint256 delay_) internal onlyInitializing {
        require(delay_ >= MINIMUM_DELAY, "Timelock::constructor: Delay must exceed minimum delay.");
        require(delay_ <= MAXIMUM_DELAY, "Timelock::setDelay: Delay must not exceed maximum delay.");

        admin = admin_;
        delay = delay_;
    }

    receive() external payable {}

    function setDelay(uint256 delay_) public {
        require(msg.sender == address(this), "Timelock::setDelay: Call must come from Timelock.");
        require(delay_ >= MINIMUM_DELAY, "Timelock::setDelay: Delay must exceed minimum delay.");
        require(delay_ <= MAXIMUM_DELAY, "Timelock::setDelay: Delay must not exceed maximum delay.");
        delay = delay_;

        emit NewDelay(delay);
    }

    function acceptAdmin() public {
        require(msg.sender == pendingAdmin, "Timelock::acceptAdmin: Call must come from pendingAdmin.");
        admin = msg.sender;
        pendingAdmin = address(0);

        emit NewAdmin(admin);
    }

    function setPendingAdmin(address pendingAdmin_) public {
        require(msg.sender == address(this), "Timelock::setPendingAdmin: Call must come from Timelock.");
        pendingAdmin = pendingAdmin_;

        emit NewPendingAdmin(pendingAdmin);
    }

    function queueTransaction(
        address target,
        uint256 value,
        string memory signature,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 eta
    ) public returns (bytes32) {
        require(msg.sender == admin, "Timelock::queueTransaction: Call must come from admin.");
        require(
            eta >= getBlockTimestamp() + delay,
            "Timelock::queueTransaction: Estimated execution block must satisfy delay."
        );

        bytes32 txHash = keccak256(abi.encode(target, value, signature, data, eta));
        queuedTransactions[txHash] = true;

        emit QueueTransaction(txHash, target, value, signature, data, eta);
        return txHash;
    }

    function cancelTransaction(
        address target,
        uint256 value,
        string memory signature,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 eta
    ) public {
        require(msg.sender == admin, "Timelock::cancelTransaction: Call must come from admin.");

        bytes32 txHash = keccak256(abi.encode(target, value, signature, data, eta));
        queuedTransactions[txHash] = false;

        emit CancelTransaction(txHash, target, value, signature, data, eta);
    }

    function executeTransaction(
        address target,
        uint256 value,
        string memory signature,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 eta
    ) public payable returns (bytes memory) {
        require(msg.sender == admin, "Timelock::executeTransaction: Call must come from admin.");

        bytes32 txHash = keccak256(abi.encode(target, value, signature, data, eta));
        require(queuedTransactions[txHash], "Timelock::executeTransaction: Transaction hasn't been queued.");
        require(getBlockTimestamp() >= eta, "Timelock::executeTransaction: Transaction hasn't surpassed time lock.");
        require(getBlockTimestamp() <= eta + GRACE_PERIOD, "Timelock::executeTransaction: Transaction is stale.");

        queuedTransactions[txHash] = false;

        bytes memory callData;

        if (bytes(signature).length == 0) {
            callData = data;
        } else {
            callData = abi.encodePacked(bytes4(keccak256(bytes(signature))), data);
        }

        // solium-disable-next-line security/no-call-value
        (bool success, bytes memory returnData) = target.call{value: value}(callData);
        require(success, "Timelock::executeTransaction: Transaction execution reverted.");

        emit ExecuteTransaction(txHash, target, value, signature, data, eta);

        return returnData;
    }

    function getBlockTimestamp() internal view returns (uint256) {
        // solium-disable-next-line security/no-block-members
        return block.timestamp;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { ERC4626Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC4626Upgradeable.sol";
import { SafeERC20Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { MathUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/// @dev ERC4626 vault with entry/exit fees expressed in https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basis_point[basis point (bp)].
abstract contract ERC4626FeesUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC4626Upgradeable {
    using MathUpgradeable for uint256;

    uint256 private constant _BASIS_POINT_SCALE = 1e4;

    function __ERC4626Fees_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC4626Fees_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    // === Overrides ===

    /// @dev Preview taking an entry fee on deposit. See {IERC4626-previewDeposit}.
    function previewDeposit(uint256 assets) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        uint256 fee = _feeOnTotal(assets, _entryFeeBasisPoints());
        return super.previewDeposit(assets - fee);
    }

    /// @dev Preview adding an entry fee on mint. See {IERC4626-previewMint}.
    function previewMint(uint256 shares) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        uint256 assets = super.previewMint(shares);
        return assets + _feeOnRaw(assets, _entryFeeBasisPoints());
    }

    /// @dev Preview adding an exit fee on withdraw. See {IERC4626-previewWithdraw}.
    function previewWithdraw(uint256 assets) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        uint256 fee = _feeOnRaw(assets, _exitFeeBasisPoints());
        return super.previewWithdraw(assets + fee);
    }

    /// @dev Preview taking an exit fee on redeem. See {IERC4626-previewRedeem}.
    function previewRedeem(uint256 shares) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        uint256 assets = super.previewRedeem(shares);
        return assets - _feeOnTotal(assets, _exitFeeBasisPoints());
    }

    /// @dev Send entry fee to {_entryFeeRecipient}. See {IERC4626-_deposit}.
    function _deposit(address caller, address receiver, uint256 assets, uint256 shares) internal virtual override {
        uint256 fee = _feeOnTotal(assets, _entryFeeBasisPoints());
        address recipient = _entryFeeRecipient();

        super._deposit(caller, receiver, assets, shares);

        if (fee > 0 && recipient != address(this)) {
            SafeERC20Upgradeable.safeTransfer(IERC20Upgradeable(asset()), recipient, fee);
        }
    }

    /// @dev Send exit fee to {_exitFeeRecipient}. See {IERC4626-_deposit}.
    function _withdraw(
        address caller,
        address receiver,
        address owner,
        uint256 assets,
        uint256 shares
    ) internal virtual override {
        uint256 fee = _feeOnRaw(assets, _exitFeeBasisPoints());
        address recipient = _exitFeeRecipient();

        super._withdraw(caller, receiver, owner, assets, shares);

        if (fee > 0 && recipient != address(this)) {
            SafeERC20Upgradeable.safeTransfer(IERC20Upgradeable(asset()), recipient, fee);
        }
    }

    // === Fee configuration ===

    function _entryFeeBasisPoints() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0; // replace with e.g. 100 for 1%
    }

    function _exitFeeBasisPoints() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0; // replace with e.g. 100 for 1%
    }

    function _entryFeeRecipient() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return address(0); // replace with e.g. a treasury address
    }

    function _exitFeeRecipient() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return address(0); // replace with e.g. a treasury address
    }

    // === Fee operations ===

    /// @dev Calculates the fees that should be added to an amount `assets` that does not already include fees.
    /// Used in {IERC4626-mint} and {IERC4626-withdraw} operations.
    function _feeOnRaw(uint256 assets, uint256 feeBasisPoints) private pure returns (uint256) {
        return assets.mulDiv(feeBasisPoints, _BASIS_POINT_SCALE, MathUpgradeable.Rounding.Ceil);
    }

    /// @dev Calculates the fee part of an amount `assets` that already includes fees.
    /// Used in {IERC4626-deposit} and {IERC4626-redeem} operations.
    function _feeOnTotal(uint256 assets, uint256 feeBasisPoints) private pure returns (uint256) {
        return assets.mulDiv(feeBasisPoints, feeBasisPoints + _BASIS_POINT_SCALE, MathUpgradeable.Rounding.Ceil);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IGovernorUpgradeable, GovernorUpgradeable } from "../../../governance/GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable } from "../../../governance/extensions/GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorVotesUpgradeable } from "../../../governance/extensions/GovernorVotesUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable } from "../../../governance/extensions/GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable } from "../../../governance/extensions/GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable.sol";
import { TimelockControllerUpgradeable } from "../../../governance/TimelockControllerUpgradeable.sol";
import { IVotesUpgradeable } from "../../../governance/utils/IVotesUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "../../../interfaces/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract MyGovernorUpgradeable is
    Initializable, GovernorUpgradeable,
    GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable,
    GovernorVotesUpgradeable,
    GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable,
    GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable
{
    function __MyGovernor_init(
        IVotesUpgradeable _token,
        TimelockControllerUpgradeable _timelock
    ) internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init_unchained("MyGovernor", version());
        __Governor_init_unchained("MyGovernor");
        __GovernorVotes_init_unchained(_token);
        __GovernorVotesQuorumFraction_init_unchained(4);
        __GovernorTimelockControl_init_unchained(_timelock);
    }

    function __MyGovernor_init_unchained(
        IVotesUpgradeable,
        TimelockControllerUpgradeable
    ) internal onlyInitializing {}

    function votingDelay() public pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 7200; // 1 day
    }

    function votingPeriod() public pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 50400; // 1 week
    }

    function proposalThreshold() public pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }

    // The functions below are overrides required by Solidity.

    function state(uint256 proposalId) public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (ProposalState) {
        return super.state(proposalId);
    }

    function proposalNeedsQueuing(
        uint256 proposalId
    ) public view virtual override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return super.proposalNeedsQueuing(proposalId);
    }

    function _queueOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (uint48) {
        return super._queueOperations(proposalId, targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _executeOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) {
        super._executeOperations(proposalId, targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _cancel(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super._cancel(targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _executor() internal view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (address) {
        return super._executor();
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../../../token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { ERC20PermitUpgradeable } from "../../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20PermitUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC20VotesUpgradeable } from "../../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20VotesUpgradeable.sol";
import { NoncesUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/NoncesUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract MyTokenTimestampBasedUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable, ERC20PermitUpgradeable, ERC20VotesUpgradeable {
    function __MyTokenTimestampBased_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC20_init_unchained("MyTokenTimestampBased", "MTK");
        __EIP712_init_unchained("MyTokenTimestampBased", "1");
        __ERC20Permit_init_unchained("MyTokenTimestampBased");
    }

    function __MyTokenTimestampBased_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}

    // Overrides IERC6372 functions to make the token & governor timestamp-based

    function clock() public view override returns (uint48) {
        return uint48(block.timestamp);
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function CLOCK_MODE() public pure override returns (string memory) {
        return "mode=timestamp";
    }

    // The functions below are overrides required by Solidity.

    function _update(address from, address to, uint256 amount) internal override(ERC20Upgradeable, ERC20VotesUpgradeable) {
        super._update(from, to, amount);
    }

    function nonces(address owner) public view virtual override(ERC20PermitUpgradeable, NoncesUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.nonces(owner);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../../../token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { ERC20PermitUpgradeable } from "../../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20PermitUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC20VotesUpgradeable } from "../../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20VotesUpgradeable.sol";
import { NoncesUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/NoncesUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract MyTokenUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable, ERC20PermitUpgradeable, ERC20VotesUpgradeable {
    function __MyToken_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC20_init_unchained("MyToken", "MTK");
        __EIP712_init_unchained("MyToken", "1");
        __ERC20Permit_init_unchained("MyToken");
    }

    function __MyToken_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}

    // The functions below are overrides required by Solidity.

    function _update(address from, address to, uint256 amount) internal override(ERC20Upgradeable, ERC20VotesUpgradeable) {
        super._update(from, to, amount);
    }

    function nonces(address owner) public view virtual override(ERC20PermitUpgradeable, NoncesUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.nonces(owner);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Upgradeable, ERC20Upgradeable } from "../../../token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { ERC20PermitUpgradeable } from "../../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20PermitUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC20VotesUpgradeable } from "../../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20VotesUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC20WrapperUpgradeable } from "../../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20WrapperUpgradeable.sol";
import { NoncesUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/NoncesUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract MyTokenWrappedUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable, ERC20PermitUpgradeable, ERC20VotesUpgradeable, ERC20WrapperUpgradeable {
    function __MyTokenWrapped_init(
        IERC20Upgradeable wrappedToken
    ) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC20_init_unchained("MyTokenWrapped", "MTK");
        __EIP712_init_unchained("MyTokenWrapped", "1");
        __ERC20Permit_init_unchained("MyTokenWrapped");
        __ERC20Wrapper_init_unchained(wrappedToken);
    }

    function __MyTokenWrapped_init_unchained(
        IERC20Upgradeable
    ) internal onlyInitializing {}

    // The functions below are overrides required by Solidity.

    function decimals() public view override(ERC20Upgradeable, ERC20WrapperUpgradeable) returns (uint8) {
        return super.decimals();
    }

    function _update(address from, address to, uint256 amount) internal override(ERC20Upgradeable, ERC20VotesUpgradeable) {
        super._update(from, to, amount);
    }

    function nonces(address owner) public view virtual override(ERC20PermitUpgradeable, NoncesUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.nonces(owner);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { GovernorUpgradeable } from "../../governance/GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorSettingsUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorSettingsUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract GovernorMockUpgradeable is Initializable, GovernorSettingsUpgradeable, GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable, GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable {
    function __GovernorMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __GovernorMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function proposalThreshold() public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorSettingsUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.proposalThreshold();
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { GovernorUpgradeable } from "../../governance/GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorPreventLateQuorumUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorPreventLateQuorumUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorSettingsUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorSettingsUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorVotesUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorVotesUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract GovernorPreventLateQuorumMockUpgradeable is
    Initializable, GovernorSettingsUpgradeable,
    GovernorVotesUpgradeable,
    GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable,
    GovernorPreventLateQuorumUpgradeable
{
    uint256 private _quorum;

    function __GovernorPreventLateQuorumMock_init(uint256 quorum_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __GovernorPreventLateQuorumMock_init_unchained(quorum_);
    }

    function __GovernorPreventLateQuorumMock_init_unchained(uint256 quorum_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _quorum = quorum_;
    }

    function quorum(uint256) public view override returns (uint256) {
        return _quorum;
    }

    function proposalDeadline(
        uint256 proposalId
    ) public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorPreventLateQuorumUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.proposalDeadline(proposalId);
    }

    function proposalThreshold() public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorSettingsUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.proposalThreshold();
    }

    function _castVote(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address account,
        uint8 support,
        string memory reason,
        bytes memory params
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorPreventLateQuorumUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super._castVote(proposalId, account, support, reason, params);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.19;

import { IGovernorUpgradeable, GovernorUpgradeable } from "../../governance/GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorSettingsUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorSettingsUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorStorageUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorStorageUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract GovernorStorageMockUpgradeable is
    Initializable, GovernorSettingsUpgradeable,
    GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable,
    GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable,
    GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable,
    GovernorStorageUpgradeable
{
    function __GovernorStorageMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __GovernorStorageMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function quorum(uint256 blockNumber) public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.quorum(blockNumber);
    }

    function state(uint256 proposalId) public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (ProposalState) {
        return super.state(proposalId);
    }

    function proposalThreshold() public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorSettingsUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.proposalThreshold();
    }

    function proposalNeedsQueuing(
        uint256 proposalId
    ) public view virtual override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return super.proposalNeedsQueuing(proposalId);
    }

    function _propose(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        string memory description,
        address proposer
    ) internal virtual override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorStorageUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super._propose(targets, values, calldatas, description, proposer);
    }

    function _queueOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (uint48) {
        return super._queueOperations(proposalId, targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _executeOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) {
        super._executeOperations(proposalId, targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _cancel(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super._cancel(targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _executor() internal view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (address) {
        return super._executor();
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IGovernorUpgradeable, GovernorUpgradeable } from "../../governance/GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorTimelockAccessUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorTimelockAccessUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorSettingsUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorSettingsUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract GovernorTimelockAccessMockUpgradeable is
    Initializable, GovernorSettingsUpgradeable,
    GovernorTimelockAccessUpgradeable,
    GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable,
    GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable
{
    function __GovernorTimelockAccessMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __GovernorTimelockAccessMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function nonGovernanceFunction() external {}

    function quorum(uint256 blockNumber) public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.quorum(blockNumber);
    }

    function proposalThreshold() public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorSettingsUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.proposalThreshold();
    }

    function proposalNeedsQueuing(
        uint256 proposalId
    ) public view virtual override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockAccessUpgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return super.proposalNeedsQueuing(proposalId);
    }

    function propose(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        string memory description
    ) public override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockAccessUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.propose(targets, values, calldatas, description);
    }

    function _queueOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockAccessUpgradeable) returns (uint48) {
        return super._queueOperations(proposalId, targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _executeOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockAccessUpgradeable) {
        super._executeOperations(proposalId, targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _cancel(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockAccessUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super._cancel(targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IGovernorUpgradeable, GovernorUpgradeable } from "../../governance/GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorTimelockCompoundUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorTimelockCompoundUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorSettingsUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorSettingsUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract GovernorTimelockCompoundMockUpgradeable is
    Initializable, GovernorSettingsUpgradeable,
    GovernorTimelockCompoundUpgradeable,
    GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable,
    GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable
{
    function __GovernorTimelockCompoundMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __GovernorTimelockCompoundMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function quorum(uint256 blockNumber) public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.quorum(blockNumber);
    }

    function state(
        uint256 proposalId
    ) public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockCompoundUpgradeable) returns (ProposalState) {
        return super.state(proposalId);
    }

    function proposalThreshold() public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorSettingsUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.proposalThreshold();
    }

    function proposalNeedsQueuing(
        uint256 proposalId
    ) public view virtual override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockCompoundUpgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return super.proposalNeedsQueuing(proposalId);
    }

    function _queueOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockCompoundUpgradeable) returns (uint48) {
        return super._queueOperations(proposalId, targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _executeOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockCompoundUpgradeable) {
        super._executeOperations(proposalId, targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _cancel(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockCompoundUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super._cancel(targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _executor() internal view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockCompoundUpgradeable) returns (address) {
        return super._executor();
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IGovernorUpgradeable, GovernorUpgradeable } from "../../governance/GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorSettingsUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorSettingsUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract GovernorTimelockControlMockUpgradeable is
    Initializable, GovernorSettingsUpgradeable,
    GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable,
    GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable,
    GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable
{
    function __GovernorTimelockControlMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __GovernorTimelockControlMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function quorum(uint256 blockNumber) public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorVotesQuorumFractionUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.quorum(blockNumber);
    }

    function state(uint256 proposalId) public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (ProposalState) {
        return super.state(proposalId);
    }

    function proposalThreshold() public view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorSettingsUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.proposalThreshold();
    }

    function proposalNeedsQueuing(
        uint256 proposalId
    ) public view virtual override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return super.proposalNeedsQueuing(proposalId);
    }

    function _queueOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (uint48) {
        return super._queueOperations(proposalId, targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _executeOperations(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) {
        super._executeOperations(proposalId, targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _cancel(
        address[] memory targets,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes[] memory calldatas,
        bytes32 descriptionHash
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super._cancel(targets, values, calldatas, descriptionHash);
    }

    function _executor() internal view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorTimelockControlUpgradeable) returns (address) {
        return super._executor();
    }

    function nonGovernanceFunction() external {}
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorVotesUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorVotesUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract GovernorVoteMocksUpgradeable is Initializable, GovernorVotesUpgradeable, GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable {
    function __GovernorVoteMocks_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __GovernorVoteMocks_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function quorum(uint256) public pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }

    function votingDelay() public pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 4;
    }

    function votingPeriod() public pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 16;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { GovernorUpgradeable } from "../../governance/GovernorUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable.sol";
import { GovernorVotesUpgradeable } from "../../governance/extensions/GovernorVotesUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract GovernorWithParamsMockUpgradeable is Initializable, GovernorVotesUpgradeable, GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable {
    event CountParams(uint256 uintParam, string strParam);

    function __GovernorWithParamsMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __GovernorWithParamsMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function quorum(uint256) public pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }

    function votingDelay() public pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 4;
    }

    function votingPeriod() public pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 16;
    }

    function _getVotes(
        address account,
        uint256 blockNumber,
        bytes memory params
    ) internal view override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorVotesUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        uint256 reduction = 0;
        // If the user provides parameters, we reduce the voting weight by the amount of the integer param
        if (params.length > 0) {
            (reduction, ) = abi.decode(params, (uint256, string));
        }
        // reverts on overflow
        return super._getVotes(account, blockNumber, params) - reduction;
    }

    function _countVote(
        uint256 proposalId,
        address account,
        uint8 support,
        uint256 weight,
        bytes memory params
    ) internal override(GovernorUpgradeable, GovernorCountingSimpleUpgradeable) {
        if (params.length > 0) {
            (uint256 _uintParam, string memory _strParam) = abi.decode(params, (uint256, string));
            emit CountParams(_uintParam, _strParam);
        }
        return super._countVote(proposalId, account, support, weight, params);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract BadBeaconNoImplUpgradeable is Initializable {    function __BadBeaconNoImpl_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __BadBeaconNoImpl_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
}

contract BadBeaconNotContractUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __BadBeaconNotContract_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __BadBeaconNotContract_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function implementation() external pure returns (address) {
        return address(0x1);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation contract with a payable changeAdmin(address) function made to clash with
 * TransparentUpgradeableProxy's to test correct functioning of the Transparent Proxy feature.
 */
contract ClashingImplementationUpgradeable is Initializable {
    event ClashingImplementationCall();

    function __ClashingImplementation_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ClashingImplementation_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function upgradeToAndCall(address, bytes calldata) external payable {
        emit ClashingImplementationCall();
    }

    function delegatedFunction() external pure returns (bool) {
        return true;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { UUPSUpgradeable } from "../../proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable } from "../../proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract NonUpgradeableMockUpgradeable is Initializable {
    uint256 internal _counter;

    function __NonUpgradeableMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __NonUpgradeableMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function current() external view returns (uint256) {
        return _counter;
    }

    function increment() external {
        ++_counter;
    }
}

contract UUPSUpgradeableMockUpgradeable is Initializable, NonUpgradeableMockUpgradeable, UUPSUpgradeable {
    function __UUPSUpgradeableMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __UUPSUpgradeableMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    // Not having any checks in this function is dangerous! Do not do this outside tests!
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address) internal override {}
}

contract UUPSUpgradeableUnsafeMockUpgradeable is Initializable, UUPSUpgradeableMockUpgradeable {
    function __UUPSUpgradeableUnsafeMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __UUPSUpgradeableUnsafeMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) public payable override {
        ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable.upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data);
    }
}

contract UUPSUnsupportedProxiableUUIDUpgradeable is Initializable, UUPSUpgradeableMockUpgradeable {
    function __UUPSUnsupportedProxiableUUID_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __UUPSUnsupportedProxiableUUID_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function proxiableUUID() external pure override returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256("invalid UUID");
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable } from "../../token/ERC1155/IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC165Upgradeable } from "../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ERC1155ReceiverMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable {
    enum RevertType {
        None,
        RevertWithoutMessage,
        RevertWithMessage,
        RevertWithCustomError,
        Panic
    }

    bytes4 private _recRetval;
    bytes4 private _batRetval;
    RevertType private _error;

    event Received(address operator, address from, uint256 id, uint256 value, bytes data, uint256 gas);
    event BatchReceived(address operator, address from, uint256[] ids, uint256[] values, bytes data, uint256 gas);
    error CustomError(bytes4);

    function __ERC1155ReceiverMock_init(bytes4 recRetval, bytes4 batRetval, RevertType error) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC1155ReceiverMock_init_unchained(recRetval, batRetval, error);
    }

    function __ERC1155ReceiverMock_init_unchained(bytes4 recRetval, bytes4 batRetval, RevertType error) internal onlyInitializing {
        _recRetval = recRetval;
        _batRetval = batRetval;
        _error = error;
    }

    function onERC1155Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4) {
        if (_error == RevertType.RevertWithoutMessage) {
            revert();
        } else if (_error == RevertType.RevertWithMessage) {
            revert("ERC1155ReceiverMock: reverting on receive");
        } else if (_error == RevertType.RevertWithCustomError) {
            revert CustomError(_recRetval);
        } else if (_error == RevertType.Panic) {
            uint256 a = uint256(0) / uint256(0);
            a;
        }

        emit Received(operator, from, id, value, data, gasleft());
        return _recRetval;
    }

    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4) {
        if (_error == RevertType.RevertWithoutMessage) {
            revert();
        } else if (_error == RevertType.RevertWithMessage) {
            revert("ERC1155ReceiverMock: reverting on batch receive");
        } else if (_error == RevertType.RevertWithCustomError) {
            revert CustomError(_recRetval);
        } else if (_error == RevertType.Panic) {
            uint256 a = uint256(0) / uint256(0);
            a;
        }

        emit BatchReceived(operator, from, ids, values, data, gasleft());
        return _batRetval;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract ERC20ApprovalMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable {
    function __ERC20ApprovalMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC20ApprovalMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _approve(address owner, address spender, uint256 amount, bool) internal virtual override {
        super._approve(owner, spender, amount, true);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract ERC20DecimalsMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable {
    uint8 private _decimals;

    function __ERC20DecimalsMock_init(uint8 decimals_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC20DecimalsMock_init_unchained(decimals_);
    }

    function __ERC20DecimalsMock_init_unchained(uint8 decimals_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _decimals = decimals_;
    }

    function decimals() public view override returns (uint8) {
        return _decimals;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ERC20ExcessDecimalsMockUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __ERC20ExcessDecimalsMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC20ExcessDecimalsMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function decimals() public pure returns (uint256) {
        return type(uint256).max;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20FlashMintUpgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20FlashMintUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract ERC20FlashMintMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20FlashMintUpgradeable {
    uint256 _flashFeeAmount;
    address _flashFeeReceiverAddress;

    function __ERC20FlashMintMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC20FlashMintMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function setFlashFee(uint256 amount) public {
        _flashFeeAmount = amount;
    }

    function _flashFee(address, uint256) internal view override returns (uint256) {
        return _flashFeeAmount;
    }

    function setFlashFeeReceiver(address receiver) public {
        _flashFeeReceiverAddress = receiver;
    }

    function _flashFeeReceiver() internal view override returns (address) {
        return _flashFeeReceiverAddress;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

// contract that replicate USDT (0xdac17f958d2ee523a2206206994597c13d831ec7) approval beavior
abstract contract ERC20ForceApproveMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable {
    function __ERC20ForceApproveMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC20ForceApproveMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) public virtual override returns (bool) {
        require(amount == 0 || allowance(msg.sender, spender) == 0, "USDT approval failure");
        return super.approve(spender, amount);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ERC20MockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable {
    function __ERC20Mock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC20_init_unchained("ERC20Mock", "E20M");
    }

    function __ERC20Mock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {}

    function mint(address account, uint256 amount) external {
        _mint(account, amount);
    }

    function burn(address account, uint256 amount) external {
        _burn(account, amount);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { MulticallUpgradeable } from "../../utils/MulticallUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract ERC20MulticallMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable, MulticallUpgradeable {    function __ERC20MulticallMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC20MulticallMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract ERC20NoReturnMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable {
    function __ERC20NoReturnMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC20NoReturnMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) public override returns (bool) {
        super.transfer(to, amount);
        assembly {
            return(0, 0)
        }
    }

    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 amount) public override returns (bool) {
        super.transferFrom(from, to, amount);
        assembly {
            return(0, 0)
        }
    }

    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) public override returns (bool) {
        super.approve(spender, amount);
        assembly {
            return(0, 0)
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { AddressUpgradeable } from "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ERC20ReentrantUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable {
    enum Type {
        No,
        Before,
        After
    }

    Type private _reenterType;
    address private _reenterTarget;
    bytes private _reenterData;

    function __ERC20Reentrant_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC20_init_unchained("TEST", "TST");
    }

    function __ERC20Reentrant_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function scheduleReenter(Type when, address target, bytes calldata data) external {
        _reenterType = when;
        _reenterTarget = target;
        _reenterData = data;
    }

    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) public returns (bytes memory) {
        return AddressUpgradeable.functionCall(target, data);
    }

    function _update(address from, address to, uint256 amount) internal override {
        if (_reenterType == Type.Before) {
            _reenterType = Type.No;
            functionCall(_reenterTarget, _reenterData);
        }
        super._update(from, to, amount);
        if (_reenterType == Type.After) {
            _reenterType = Type.No;
            functionCall(_reenterTarget, _reenterData);
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract ERC20ReturnFalseMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable {
    function __ERC20ReturnFalseMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC20ReturnFalseMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function transfer(address, uint256) public pure override returns (bool) {
        return false;
    }

    function transferFrom(address, address, uint256) public pure override returns (bool) {
        return false;
    }

    function approve(address, uint256) public pure override returns (bool) {
        return false;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20PermitUpgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20PermitUpgradeable.sol";
import { MathUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
import { IVotesUpgradeable } from "../../governance/utils/IVotesUpgradeable.sol";
import { SafeCastUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/SafeCastUpgradeable.sol";
import { ECDSAUpgradeable } from "../../utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Copied from the master branch at commit 86de1e8b6c3fa6b4efa4a5435869d2521be0f5f5
 */
abstract contract ERC20VotesLegacyMockUpgradeable is Initializable, IVotesUpgradeable, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
    struct Checkpoint {
        uint32 fromBlock;
        uint224 votes;
    }

    bytes32 private constant _DELEGATION_TYPEHASH =
        keccak256("Delegation(address delegatee,uint256 nonce,uint256 expiry)");

    mapping(address account => address) private _delegatee;
    mapping(address delegatee => Checkpoint[]) private _checkpoints;
    Checkpoint[] private _totalSupplyCheckpoints;

    function __ERC20VotesLegacyMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC20VotesLegacyMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Get the `pos`-th checkpoint for `account`.
     */
    function checkpoints(address account, uint32 pos) public view virtual returns (Checkpoint memory) {
        return _checkpoints[account][pos];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Get number of checkpoints for `account`.
     */
    function numCheckpoints(address account) public view virtual returns (uint32) {
        return SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint32(_checkpoints[account].length);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Get the address `account` is currently delegating to.
     */
    function delegates(address account) public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _delegatee[account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Gets the current votes balance for `account`
     */
    function getVotes(address account) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        uint256 pos = _checkpoints[account].length;
        unchecked {
            return pos == 0 ? 0 : _checkpoints[account][pos - 1].votes;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieve the number of votes for `account` at the end of `blockNumber`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `blockNumber` must have been already mined
     */
    function getPastVotes(address account, uint256 blockNumber) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        require(blockNumber < block.number, "ERC20Votes: block not yet mined");
        return _checkpointsLookup(_checkpoints[account], blockNumber);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieve the `totalSupply` at the end of `blockNumber`. Note, this value is the sum of all balances.
     * It is NOT the sum of all the delegated votes!
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `blockNumber` must have been already mined
     */
    function getPastTotalSupply(uint256 blockNumber) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        require(blockNumber < block.number, "ERC20Votes: block not yet mined");
        return _checkpointsLookup(_totalSupplyCheckpoints, blockNumber);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Lookup a value in a list of (sorted) checkpoints.
     */
    function _checkpointsLookup(Checkpoint[] storage ckpts, uint256 blockNumber) private view returns (uint256) {
        // We run a binary search to look for the earliest checkpoint taken after `blockNumber`.
        //
        // Initially we check if the block is recent to narrow the search range.
        // During the loop, the index of the wanted checkpoint remains in the range [low-1, high).
        // With each iteration, either `low` or `high` is moved towards the middle of the range to maintain the
        // invariant.
        // - If the middle checkpoint is after `blockNumber`, we look in [low, mid)
        // - If the middle checkpoint is before or equal to `blockNumber`, we look in [mid+1, high)
        // Once we reach a single value (when low == high), we've found the right checkpoint at the index high-1, if not
        // out of bounds (in which case we're looking too far in the past and the result is 0).
        // Note that if the latest checkpoint available is exactly for `blockNumber`, we end up with an index that is
        // past the end of the array, so we technically don't find a checkpoint after `blockNumber`, but it works out
        // the same.
        uint256 length = ckpts.length;

        uint256 low = 0;
        uint256 high = length;

        if (length > 5) {
            uint256 mid = length - MathUpgradeable.sqrt(length);
            if (_unsafeAccess(ckpts, mid).fromBlock > blockNumber) {
                high = mid;
            } else {
                low = mid + 1;
            }
        }

        while (low < high) {
            uint256 mid = MathUpgradeable.average(low, high);
            if (_unsafeAccess(ckpts, mid).fromBlock > blockNumber) {
                high = mid;
            } else {
                low = mid + 1;
            }
        }

        unchecked {
            return high == 0 ? 0 : _unsafeAccess(ckpts, high - 1).votes;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Delegate votes from the sender to `delegatee`.
     */
    function delegate(address delegatee) public virtual {
        _delegate(_msgSender(), delegatee);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Delegates votes from signer to `delegatee`
     */
    function delegateBySig(
        address delegatee,
        uint256 nonce,
        uint256 expiry,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public virtual {
        require(block.timestamp <= expiry, "ERC20Votes: signature expired");
        address signer = ECDSAUpgradeable.recover(
            _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(abi.encode(_DELEGATION_TYPEHASH, delegatee, nonce, expiry))),
            v,
            r,
            s
        );
        require(nonce == _useNonce(signer), "ERC20Votes: invalid nonce");
        _delegate(signer, delegatee);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Maximum token supply. Defaults to `type(uint224).max` (2^224^ - 1).
     */
    function _maxSupply() internal view virtual returns (uint224) {
        return type(uint224).max;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Move voting power when tokens are transferred.
     *
     * Emits a {IVotes-DelegateVotesChanged} event.
     */
    function _update(address from, address to, uint256 amount) internal virtual override {
        super._update(from, to, amount);

        if (from == address(0)) {
            require(totalSupply() <= _maxSupply(), "ERC20Votes: total supply risks overflowing votes");
            _writeCheckpoint(_totalSupplyCheckpoints, _add, amount);
        }

        if (to == address(0)) {
            _writeCheckpoint(_totalSupplyCheckpoints, _subtract, amount);
        }

        _moveVotingPower(delegates(from), delegates(to), amount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Change delegation for `delegator` to `delegatee`.
     *
     * Emits events {IVotes-DelegateChanged} and {IVotes-DelegateVotesChanged}.
     */
    function _delegate(address delegator, address delegatee) internal virtual {
        address currentDelegate = delegates(delegator);
        uint256 delegatorBalance = balanceOf(delegator);
        _delegatee[delegator] = delegatee;

        emit DelegateChanged(delegator, currentDelegate, delegatee);

        _moveVotingPower(currentDelegate, delegatee, delegatorBalance);
    }

    function _moveVotingPower(address src, address dst, uint256 amount) private {
        if (src != dst && amount > 0) {
            if (src != address(0)) {
                (uint256 oldWeight, uint256 newWeight) = _writeCheckpoint(_checkpoints[src], _subtract, amount);
                emit DelegateVotesChanged(src, oldWeight, newWeight);
            }

            if (dst != address(0)) {
                (uint256 oldWeight, uint256 newWeight) = _writeCheckpoint(_checkpoints[dst], _add, amount);
                emit DelegateVotesChanged(dst, oldWeight, newWeight);
            }
        }
    }

    function _writeCheckpoint(
        Checkpoint[] storage ckpts,
        function(uint256, uint256) view returns (uint256) op,
        uint256 delta
    ) private returns (uint256 oldWeight, uint256 newWeight) {
        uint256 pos = ckpts.length;

        unchecked {
            Checkpoint memory oldCkpt = pos == 0 ? Checkpoint(0, 0) : _unsafeAccess(ckpts, pos - 1);

            oldWeight = oldCkpt.votes;
            newWeight = op(oldWeight, delta);

            if (pos > 0 && oldCkpt.fromBlock == block.number) {
                _unsafeAccess(ckpts, pos - 1).votes = SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint224(newWeight);
            } else {
                ckpts.push(
                    Checkpoint({fromBlock: SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint32(block.number), votes: SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint224(newWeight)})
                );
            }
        }
    }

    function _add(uint256 a, uint256 b) private pure returns (uint256) {
        return a + b;
    }

    function _subtract(uint256 a, uint256 b) private pure returns (uint256) {
        return a - b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Access an element of the array without performing bounds check. The position is assumed to be within bounds.
     */
    function _unsafeAccess(Checkpoint[] storage ckpts, uint256 pos) private pure returns (Checkpoint storage result) {
        assembly {
            mstore(0, ckpts.slot)
            result.slot := add(keccak256(0, 0x20), pos)
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC4626Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC4626Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract ERC4626LimitsMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC4626Upgradeable {
    uint256 _maxDeposit;
    uint256 _maxMint;

    function __ERC4626LimitsMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC4626LimitsMock_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ERC4626LimitsMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _maxDeposit = 100 ether;
        _maxMint = 100 ether;
    }

    function maxDeposit(address) public view override returns (uint256) {
        return _maxDeposit;
    }

    function maxMint(address) public view override returns (uint256) {
        return _maxMint;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Upgradeable, ERC20Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { ERC4626Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC4626Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ERC4626MockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC4626Upgradeable {
    function __ERC4626Mock_init(address underlying) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC20_init_unchained("ERC4626Mock", "E4626M");
        __ERC4626_init_unchained(IERC20Upgradeable(underlying));
    }

    function __ERC4626Mock_init_unchained(address) internal onlyInitializing {}

    function mint(address account, uint256 amount) external {
        _mint(account, amount);
    }

    function burn(address account, uint256 amount) external {
        _burn(account, amount);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC4626Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC4626Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract ERC4626OffsetMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC4626Upgradeable {
    uint8 private _offset;

    function __ERC4626OffsetMock_init(uint8 offset_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC4626OffsetMock_init_unchained(offset_);
    }

    function __ERC4626OffsetMock_init_unchained(uint8 offset_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _offset = offset_;
    }

    function _decimalsOffset() internal view virtual override returns (uint8) {
        return _offset;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC4626FeesUpgradeable } from "../docs/ERC4626FeesUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract ERC4626FeesMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC4626FeesUpgradeable {
    uint256 private _entryFeeBasisPointValue;
    address private _entryFeeRecipientValue;
    uint256 private _exitFeeBasisPointValue;
    address private _exitFeeRecipientValue;

    function __ERC4626FeesMock_init(
        uint256 entryFeeBasisPoints,
        address entryFeeRecipient,
        uint256 exitFeeBasisPoints,
        address exitFeeRecipient
    ) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC4626FeesMock_init_unchained(entryFeeBasisPoints, entryFeeRecipient, exitFeeBasisPoints, exitFeeRecipient);
    }

    function __ERC4626FeesMock_init_unchained(
        uint256 entryFeeBasisPoints,
        address entryFeeRecipient,
        uint256 exitFeeBasisPoints,
        address exitFeeRecipient
    ) internal onlyInitializing {
        _entryFeeBasisPointValue = entryFeeBasisPoints;
        _entryFeeRecipientValue = entryFeeRecipient;
        _exitFeeBasisPointValue = exitFeeBasisPoints;
        _exitFeeRecipientValue = exitFeeRecipient;
    }

    function _entryFeeBasisPoints() internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _entryFeeBasisPointValue;
    }

    function _entryFeeRecipient() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _entryFeeRecipientValue;
    }

    function _exitFeeBasisPoints() internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _exitFeeBasisPointValue;
    }

    function _exitFeeRecipient() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _exitFeeRecipientValue;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC721Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC721/ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import { ERC721ConsecutiveUpgradeable } from "../../token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721ConsecutiveUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC721EnumerableUpgradeable } from "../../token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721EnumerableUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ERC721ConsecutiveEnumerableMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC721ConsecutiveUpgradeable, ERC721EnumerableUpgradeable {
    function __ERC721ConsecutiveEnumerableMock_init(
        string memory name,
        string memory symbol,
        address[] memory receivers,
        uint96[] memory amounts
    ) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721_init_unchained(name, symbol);
        __ERC721ConsecutiveEnumerableMock_init_unchained(name, symbol, receivers, amounts);
    }

    function __ERC721ConsecutiveEnumerableMock_init_unchained(
        string memory,
        string memory,
        address[] memory receivers,
        uint96[] memory amounts
    ) internal onlyInitializing {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < receivers.length; ++i) {
            _mintConsecutive(receivers[i], amounts[i]);
        }
    }

    function supportsInterface(
        bytes4 interfaceId
    ) public view virtual override(ERC721Upgradeable, ERC721EnumerableUpgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    function _ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual override(ERC721Upgradeable, ERC721ConsecutiveUpgradeable) returns (address) {
        return super._ownerOf(tokenId);
    }

    function _update(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        address auth
    ) internal virtual override(ERC721ConsecutiveUpgradeable, ERC721EnumerableUpgradeable) returns (address) {
        return super._update(to, tokenId, auth);
    }

    function _increaseBalance(address account, uint128 amount) internal virtual override(ERC721Upgradeable, ERC721EnumerableUpgradeable) {
        super._increaseBalance(account, amount);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC721Upgradeable } from "../../token/ERC721/ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import { ERC721ConsecutiveUpgradeable } from "../../token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721ConsecutiveUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC721PausableUpgradeable } from "../../token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC721VotesUpgradeable } from "../../token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721VotesUpgradeable.sol";
import { EIP712Upgradeable } from "../../utils/cryptography/EIP712Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @title ERC721ConsecutiveMock
 */
contract ERC721ConsecutiveMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC721ConsecutiveUpgradeable, ERC721PausableUpgradeable, ERC721VotesUpgradeable {
    uint96 private _offset;

    function __ERC721ConsecutiveMock_init(
        string memory name,
        string memory symbol,
        uint96 offset,
        address[] memory delegates,
        address[] memory receivers,
        uint96[] memory amounts
    ) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721_init_unchained(name, symbol);
        __Pausable_init_unchained();
        __EIP712_init_unchained(name, "1");
        __ERC721ConsecutiveMock_init_unchained(name, symbol, offset, delegates, receivers, amounts);
    }

    function __ERC721ConsecutiveMock_init_unchained(
        string memory,
        string memory,
        uint96 offset,
        address[] memory delegates,
        address[] memory receivers,
        uint96[] memory amounts
    ) internal onlyInitializing {
        _offset = offset;

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < delegates.length; ++i) {
            _delegate(delegates[i], delegates[i]);
        }

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < receivers.length; ++i) {
            _mintConsecutive(receivers[i], amounts[i]);
        }
    }

    function _firstConsecutiveId() internal view virtual override returns (uint96) {
        return _offset;
    }

    function _ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual override(ERC721Upgradeable, ERC721ConsecutiveUpgradeable) returns (address) {
        return super._ownerOf(tokenId);
    }

    function _update(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        address auth
    ) internal virtual override(ERC721ConsecutiveUpgradeable, ERC721PausableUpgradeable, ERC721VotesUpgradeable) returns (address) {
        return super._update(to, tokenId, auth);
    }

    function _increaseBalance(address account, uint128 amount) internal virtual override(ERC721Upgradeable, ERC721VotesUpgradeable) {
        super._increaseBalance(account, amount);
    }
}

contract ERC721ConsecutiveNoConstructorMintMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC721ConsecutiveUpgradeable {
    function __ERC721ConsecutiveNoConstructorMintMock_init(string memory name, string memory symbol) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721_init_unchained(name, symbol);
        __ERC721ConsecutiveNoConstructorMintMock_init_unchained(name, symbol);
    }

    function __ERC721ConsecutiveNoConstructorMintMock_init_unchained(string memory, string memory) internal onlyInitializing {
        _mint(msg.sender, 0);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable } from "../../token/ERC721/IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

contract ERC721ReceiverMockUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    enum RevertType {
        None,
        RevertWithoutMessage,
        RevertWithMessage,
        RevertWithCustomError,
        Panic
    }

    bytes4 private _retval;
    RevertType private _error;

    event Received(address operator, address from, uint256 tokenId, bytes data, uint256 gas);
    error CustomError(bytes4);

    function __ERC721ReceiverMock_init(bytes4 retval, RevertType error) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721ReceiverMock_init_unchained(retval, error);
    }

    function __ERC721ReceiverMock_init_unchained(bytes4 retval, RevertType error) internal onlyInitializing {
        _retval = retval;
        _error = error;
    }

    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public returns (bytes4) {
        if (_error == RevertType.RevertWithoutMessage) {
            revert();
        } else if (_error == RevertType.RevertWithMessage) {
            revert("ERC721ReceiverMock: reverting");
        } else if (_error == RevertType.RevertWithCustomError) {
            revert CustomError(_retval);
        } else if (_error == RevertType.Panic) {
            uint256 a = uint256(0) / uint256(0);
            a;
        }

        emit Received(operator, from, tokenId, data, gasleft());
        return _retval;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC721URIStorageUpgradeable } from "../../token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721URIStorageUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract ERC721URIStorageMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC721URIStorageUpgradeable {
    string private _baseTokenURI;

    function __ERC721URIStorageMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC721URIStorageMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _baseTokenURI;
    }

    function setBaseURI(string calldata newBaseTokenURI) public {
        _baseTokenURI = newBaseTokenURI;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20VotesUpgradeable } from "../../token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20VotesUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC721VotesUpgradeable } from "../../token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721VotesUpgradeable.sol";
import { SafeCastUpgradeable } from "../../utils/math/SafeCastUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

abstract contract ERC20VotesTimestampMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20VotesUpgradeable {
    function __ERC20VotesTimestampMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC20VotesTimestampMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function clock() public view virtual override returns (uint48) {
        return SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint48(block.timestamp);
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function CLOCK_MODE() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return "mode=timestamp";
    }
}

abstract contract ERC721VotesTimestampMockUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC721VotesUpgradeable {
    function __ERC721VotesTimestampMock_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC721VotesTimestampMock_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function clock() public view virtual override returns (uint48) {
        return SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint48(block.timestamp);
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function CLOCK_MODE() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return "mode=timestamp";
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (proxy/Clones.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1167[EIP 1167] is a standard for
 * deploying minimal proxy contracts, also known as "clones".
 *
 * > To simply and cheaply clone contract functionality in an immutable way, this standard specifies
 * > a minimal bytecode implementation that delegates all calls to a known, fixed address.
 *
 * The library includes functions to deploy a proxy using either `create` (traditional deployment) or `create2`
 * (salted deterministic deployment). It also includes functions to predict the addresses of clones deployed using the
 * deterministic method.
 */
library ClonesUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev A clone instance deployment failed.
     */
    error ERC1167FailedCreateClone();

    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create opcode, which should never revert.
     */
    function clone(address implementation) internal returns (address instance) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Cleans the upper 96 bits of the `implementation` word, then packs the first 3 bytes
            // of the `implementation` address with the bytecode before the address.
            mstore(0x00, or(shr(0xe8, shl(0x60, implementation)), 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000))
            // Packs the remaining 17 bytes of `implementation` with the bytecode after the address.
            mstore(0x20, or(shl(0x78, implementation), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3))
            instance := create(0, 0x09, 0x37)
        }
        if (instance == address(0)) {
            revert ERC1167FailedCreateClone();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Deploys and returns the address of a clone that mimics the behaviour of `implementation`.
     *
     * This function uses the create2 opcode and a `salt` to deterministically deploy
     * the clone. Using the same `implementation` and `salt` multiple time will revert, since
     * the clones cannot be deployed twice at the same address.
     */
    function cloneDeterministic(address implementation, bytes32 salt) internal returns (address instance) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Cleans the upper 96 bits of the `implementation` word, then packs the first 3 bytes
            // of the `implementation` address with the bytecode before the address.
            mstore(0x00, or(shr(0xe8, shl(0x60, implementation)), 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73000000))
            // Packs the remaining 17 bytes of `implementation` with the bytecode after the address.
            mstore(0x20, or(shl(0x78, implementation), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3))
            instance := create2(0, 0x09, 0x37, salt)
        }
        if (instance == address(0)) {
            revert ERC1167FailedCreateClone();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Computes the address of a clone deployed using {Clones-cloneDeterministic}.
     */
    function predictDeterministicAddress(
        address implementation,
        bytes32 salt,
        address deployer
    ) internal pure returns (address predicted) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x38), deployer)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x24), 0x5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3ff)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x14), implementation)
            mstore(ptr, 0x3d602d80600a3d3981f3363d3d373d3d3d363d73)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x58), salt)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x78), keccak256(add(ptr, 0x0c), 0x37))
            predicted := keccak256(add(ptr, 0x43), 0x55)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Computes the address of a clone deployed using {Clones-cloneDeterministic}.
     */
    function predictDeterministicAddress(
        address implementation,
        bytes32 salt
    ) internal view returns (address predicted) {
        return predictDeterministicAddress(implementation, salt, address(this));
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Utils.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IBeaconUpgradeable } from "../beacon/IBeaconUpgradeable.sol";
import { AddressUpgradeable } from "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import { StorageSlotUpgradeable } from "../../utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 */
library ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable {
    // We re-declare ERC-1967 events here because they can't be used directly from IERC1967.
    // This will be fixed in Solidity 0.8.21. At that point we should remove these events.
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is changed.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);

    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line private-vars-leading-underscore
    bytes32 internal constant IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;

    /**
     * @dev The `implementation` of the proxy is invalid.
     */
    error ERC1967InvalidImplementation(address implementation);

    /**
     * @dev The `admin` of the proxy is invalid.
     */
    error ERC1967InvalidAdmin(address admin);

    /**
     * @dev The `beacon` of the proxy is invalid.
     */
    error ERC1967InvalidBeacon(address beacon);

    /**
     * @dev An upgrade function sees `msg.value > 0` that may be lost.
     */
    error ERC1967NonPayable();

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        if (newImplementation.code.length == 0) {
            revert ERC1967InvalidImplementation(newImplementation);
        }
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs implementation upgrade with additional setup call if data is nonempty.
     * This function is payable only if the setup call is performed, otherwise `msg.value` is rejected
     * to avoid stuck value in the contract.
     *
     * Emits an {IERC1967-Upgraded} event.
     */
    function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);

        if (data.length > 0) {
            AddressUpgradeable.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        } else {
            _checkNonPayable();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line private-vars-leading-underscore
    bytes32 internal constant ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     *
     * TIP: To get this value clients can read directly from the storage slot shown below (specified by EIP1967) using
     * the https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_getstorageat[`eth_getStorageAt`] RPC call.
     * `0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103`
     */
    function getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        if (newAdmin == address(0)) {
            revert ERC1967InvalidAdmin(address(0));
        }
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {IERC1967-AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }

    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.beacon" subtracted by 1.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line private-vars-leading-underscore
    bytes32 internal constant BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        if (newBeacon.code.length == 0) {
            revert ERC1967InvalidBeacon(newBeacon);
        }

        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;

        address beaconImplementation = IBeaconUpgradeable(newBeacon).implementation();
        if (beaconImplementation.code.length == 0) {
            revert ERC1967InvalidImplementation(beaconImplementation);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Change the beacon and trigger a setup call if data is nonempty.
     * This function is payable only if the setup call is performed, otherwise `msg.value` is rejected
     * to avoid stuck value in the contract.
     *
     * Emits an {IERC1967-BeaconUpgraded} event.
     *
     * CAUTION: Invoking this function has no effect on an instance of {BeaconProxy} since v5, since
     * it uses an immutable beacon without looking at the value of the ERC-1967 beacon slot for
     * efficiency.
     */
    function upgradeBeaconToAndCall(address newBeacon, bytes memory data) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);

        if (data.length > 0) {
            AddressUpgradeable.functionDelegateCall(IBeaconUpgradeable(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        } else {
            _checkNonPayable();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if `msg.value` is not zero. It can be used to avoid `msg.value` stuck in the contract
     * if an upgrade doesn't perform an initialization call.
     */
    function _checkNonPayable() private {
        if (msg.value > 0) {
            revert ERC1967NonPayable();
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeaconUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {UpgradeableBeacon} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```solidity
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 *
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Storage of the initializable contract.
     *
     * It's implemented on a custom ERC-7201 namespace to reduce the risk of storage collisions
     * when using with upgradeable contracts.
     *
     * @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.Initializable
     */
    struct InitializableStorage {
        /**
         * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
         */
        uint64 _initialized;
        /**
         * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
         */
        bool _initializing;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.Initializable")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant INITIALIZABLE_STORAGE = 0xf0c57e16840df040f15088dc2f81fe391c3923bec73e23a9662efc9c229c6a00;

    /**
     * @dev The contract is already initialized.
     */
    error InvalidInitialization();

    /**
     * @dev The contract is not initializing.
     */
    error NotInitializing();

    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint64 version);

    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that in the context of a constructor an `initializer` may be invoked any
     * number of times. This behavior in the constructor can be useful during testing and is not expected to be used in
     * production.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        // solhint-disable-next-line var-name-mixedcase
        InitializableStorage storage $ = _getInitializableStorage();

        // Cache values to avoid duplicated sloads
        bool isTopLevelCall = !$._initializing;
        uint64 initialized = $._initialized;

        // Allowed calls:
        // - initialSetup: the contract is not in the initializing state and no previous version was
        //                 initialized
        // - construction: the contract is initialized at version 1 (no reininitialization) and the
        //                 current contract is just being deployed
        bool initialSetup = initialized == 0 && isTopLevelCall;
        bool construction = initialized == 1 && address(this).code.length == 0;

        if (!initialSetup && !construction) {
            revert InvalidInitialization();
        }
        $._initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            $._initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            $._initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: Setting the version to 2**64 - 1 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint64 version) {
        // solhint-disable-next-line var-name-mixedcase
        InitializableStorage storage $ = _getInitializableStorage();

        if ($._initializing || $._initialized >= version) {
            revert InvalidInitialization();
        }
        $._initialized = version;
        $._initializing = true;
        _;
        $._initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        _checkInitializing();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the contract is not in an initializing state. See {onlyInitializing}.
     */
    function _checkInitializing() internal view virtual {
        if (!_isInitializing()) {
            revert NotInitializing();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        // solhint-disable-next-line var-name-mixedcase
        InitializableStorage storage $ = _getInitializableStorage();

        if ($._initializing) {
            revert InvalidInitialization();
        }
        if ($._initialized != type(uint64).max) {
            $._initialized = type(uint64).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint64).max);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint64) {
        return _getInitializableStorage()._initialized;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _getInitializableStorage()._initializing;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns a pointer to the storage namespace.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line var-name-mixedcase
    function _getInitializableStorage() private pure returns (InitializableStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := INITIALIZABLE_STORAGE
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable } from "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol";
import { ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable } from "../ERC1967/ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable.sol";
import "./Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev An upgradeability mechanism designed for UUPS proxies. The functions included here can perform an upgrade of an
 * {ERC1967Proxy}, when this contract is set as the implementation behind such a proxy.
 *
 * A security mechanism ensures that an upgrade does not turn off upgradeability accidentally, although this risk is
 * reinstated if the upgrade retains upgradeability but removes the security mechanism, e.g. by replacing
 * `UUPSUpgradeable` with a custom implementation of upgrades.
 *
 * The {_authorizeUpgrade} function must be overridden to include access restriction to the upgrade mechanism.
 */
abstract contract UUPSUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow state-variable-immutable
    address private immutable __self = address(this);

    /**
     * @dev The version of the upgrade interface of the contract. If this getter is missing, both `upgradeTo(address)`
     * and `upgradeToAndCall(address,bytes)` are present, and `upgradeTo` must be used if no function should be called,
     * while `upgradeToAndCall` will invoke the `receive` function if the second argument is the empty byte string.
     * If the getter returns `"5.0.0"`, only `upgradeToAndCall(address,bytes)` is present, and the second argument must
     * be the empty byte string if no function should be called, making it impossible to invoke the `receive` function
     * during an upgrade.
     */
    string public constant UPGRADE_INTERFACE_VERSION = "5.0.0";

    /**
     * @dev The call is from an unauthorized context.
     */
    error UUPSUnauthorizedCallContext();

    /**
     * @dev The storage `slot` is unsupported as a UUID.
     */
    error UUPSUnsupportedProxiableUUID(bytes32 slot);

    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is being performed through a delegatecall call and that the execution context is
     * a proxy contract with an implementation (as defined in ERC1967) pointing to self. This should only be the case
     * for UUPS and transparent proxies that are using the current contract as their implementation. Execution of a
     * function through ERC1167 minimal proxies (clones) would not normally pass this test, but is not guaranteed to
     * fail.
     */
    modifier onlyProxy() {
        _checkProxy();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is not being performed through a delegate call. This allows a function to be
     * callable on the implementing contract but not through proxies.
     */
    modifier notDelegated() {
        _checkNotDelegated();
        _;
    }

    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Implementation of the ERC1822 {proxiableUUID} function. This returns the storage slot used by the
     * implementation. It is used to validate the implementation's compatibility when performing an upgrade.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy. This is guaranteed by the `notDelegated` modifier.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view virtual notDelegated returns (bytes32) {
        return ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable.IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy to `newImplementation`, and subsequently execute the function call
     * encoded in `data`.
     *
     * Calls {_authorizeUpgrade}.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     *
     * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow-reachable delegatecall
     */
    function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) public payable virtual onlyProxy {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(newImplementation, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the execution is not performed via delegatecall or the execution
     * context is not of a proxy with an ERC1967-compliant implementation pointing to self.
     * See {_onlyProxy}.
     */
    function _checkProxy() internal view virtual {
        if (
            address(this) == __self || // Must be called through delegatecall
            ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable.getImplementation() != __self // Must be called through an active proxy
        ) {
            revert UUPSUnauthorizedCallContext();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the execution is performed via delegatecall.
     * See {notDelegated}.
     */
    function _checkNotDelegated() internal view virtual {
        if (address(this) != __self) {
            // Must not be called through delegatecall
            revert UUPSUnauthorizedCallContext();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Function that should revert when `msg.sender` is not authorized to upgrade the contract. Called by
     * {upgradeToAndCall}.
     *
     * Normally, this function will use an xref:access.adoc[access control] modifier such as {Ownable-onlyOwner}.
     *
     * ```solidity
     * function _authorizeUpgrade(address) internal onlyOwner {}
     * ```
     */
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal virtual;

    /**
     * @dev Performs an implementation upgrade with a security check for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * As a security check, {proxiableUUID} is invoked in the new implementation, and the return value
     * is expected to be the implementation slot in ERC1967.
     *
     * Emits an {IERC1967-Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) private {
        try IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (bytes32 slot) {
            if (slot != ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable.IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT) {
                revert UUPSUnsupportedProxiableUUID(slot);
            }
            ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable.upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data);
        } catch {
            // The implementation is not UUPS
            revert ERC1967UtilsUpgradeable.ERC1967InvalidImplementation(newImplementation);
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC1155/ERC1155.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC1155Upgradeable } from "./IERC1155Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable } from "./IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC1155MetadataURIUpgradeable } from "./extensions/IERC1155MetadataURIUpgradeable.sol";
import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC165Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable } from "../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import { ArraysUpgradeable } from "../../utils/ArraysUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC1155ErrorsUpgradeable } from "../../interfaces/draft-IERC6093Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the basic standard multi-token.
 * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155
 * Originally based on code by Enjin: https://github.com/enjin/erc-1155
 */
abstract contract ERC1155Upgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC1155Upgradeable, IERC1155MetadataURIUpgradeable, IERC1155ErrorsUpgradeable {
    using ArraysUpgradeable for uint256[];
    using ArraysUpgradeable for address[];

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC1155
    struct ERC1155Storage {
        mapping(uint256 id => mapping(address account => uint256)) _balances;

        mapping(address account => mapping(address operator => bool)) _operatorApprovals;

        // Used as the URI for all token types by relying on ID substitution, e.g. https://token-cdn-domain/{id}.json
        string _uri;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC1155")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC1155StorageLocation = 0x88be536d5240c274a3b1d3a1be54482fd9caa294f08c62a7cde569f49a3c4500;

    function _getERC1155Storage() private pure returns (ERC1155Storage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC1155StorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {_setURI}.
     */
    function __ERC1155_init(string memory uri_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC1155_init_unchained(uri_);
    }

    function __ERC1155_init_unchained(string memory uri_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _setURI(uri_);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC1155Upgradeable).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC1155MetadataURIUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
     *
     * This implementation returns the same URI for *all* token types. It relies
     * on the token type ID substitution mechanism
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP].
     *
     * Clients calling this function must replace the `\{id\}` substring with the
     * actual token type ID.
     */
    function uri(uint256 /* id */) public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        ERC1155Storage storage $ = _getERC1155Storage();
        return $._uri;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC1155Storage storage $ = _getERC1155Storage();
        return $._balances[id][account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-balanceOfBatch}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
     */
    function balanceOfBatch(
        address[] memory accounts,
        uint256[] memory ids
    ) public view virtual returns (uint256[] memory) {
        if (accounts.length != ids.length) {
            revert ERC1155InvalidArrayLength(ids.length, accounts.length);
        }

        uint256[] memory batchBalances = new uint256[](accounts.length);

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < accounts.length; ++i) {
            batchBalances[i] = balanceOf(accounts.unsafeMemoryAccess(i), ids.unsafeMemoryAccess(i));
        }

        return batchBalances;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual {
        _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        ERC1155Storage storage $ = _getERC1155Storage();
        return $._operatorApprovals[account][operator];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 id, uint256 value, bytes memory data) public virtual {
        address sender = _msgSender();
        if (from != sender && !isApprovedForAll(from, sender)) {
            revert ERC1155MissingApprovalForAll(sender, from);
        }
        _safeTransferFrom(from, to, id, value, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155-safeBatchTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual {
        address sender = _msgSender();
        if (from != sender && !isApprovedForAll(from, sender)) {
            revert ERC1155MissingApprovalForAll(sender, from);
        }
        _safeBatchTransferFrom(from, to, ids, values, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers a `value` amount of tokens of type `id` from `from` to `to`. Will mint (or burn) if `from`
     * (or `to`) is the zero address.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event if the arrays contain one element, and {TransferBatch} otherwise.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement either {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received}
     *   or {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the acceptance magic value.
     * - `ids` and `values` must have the same length.
     *
     * NOTE: The ERC-1155 acceptance check is not performed in this function. See {_updateWithAcceptanceCheck} instead.
     */
    function _update(address from, address to, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory values) internal virtual {
        ERC1155Storage storage $ = _getERC1155Storage();
        if (ids.length != values.length) {
            revert ERC1155InvalidArrayLength(ids.length, values.length);
        }

        address operator = _msgSender();

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
            uint256 id = ids.unsafeMemoryAccess(i);
            uint256 value = values.unsafeMemoryAccess(i);

            if (from != address(0)) {
                uint256 fromBalance = $._balances[id][from];
                if (fromBalance < value) {
                    revert ERC1155InsufficientBalance(from, fromBalance, value, id);
                }
                unchecked {
                    // Overflow not possible: value <= fromBalance
                    $._balances[id][from] = fromBalance - value;
                }
            }

            if (to != address(0)) {
                $._balances[id][to] += value;
            }
        }

        if (ids.length == 1) {
            uint256 id = ids.unsafeMemoryAccess(0);
            uint256 value = values.unsafeMemoryAccess(0);
            emit TransferSingle(operator, from, to, id, value);
        } else {
            emit TransferBatch(operator, from, to, ids, values);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Version of {_update} that performs the token acceptance check by calling
     * {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} or {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} on the receiver address if it
     * contains code (eg. is a smart contract at the moment of execution).
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Overriding this function is discouraged because it poses a reentrancy risk from the receiver. So any
     * update to the contract state after this function would break the check-effect-interaction pattern. Consider
     * overriding {_update} instead.
     */
    function _updateWithAcceptanceCheck(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _update(from, to, ids, values);
        if (to != address(0)) {
            address operator = _msgSender();
            if (ids.length == 1) {
                uint256 id = ids.unsafeMemoryAccess(0);
                uint256 value = values.unsafeMemoryAccess(0);
                _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, id, value, data);
            } else {
                _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(operator, from, to, ids, values, data);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers a `value` tokens of token type `id` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `value` amount.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function _safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 id, uint256 value, bytes memory data) internal {
        if (to == address(0)) {
            revert ERC1155InvalidReceiver(address(0));
        }
        if (from == address(0)) {
            revert ERC1155InvalidSender(address(0));
        }
        (uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory values) = _asSingletonArrays(id, value);
        _updateWithAcceptanceCheck(from, to, ids, values, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_safeTransferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     * - `ids` and `values` must have the same length.
     */
    function _safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal {
        if (to == address(0)) {
            revert ERC1155InvalidReceiver(address(0));
        }
        if (from == address(0)) {
            revert ERC1155InvalidSender(address(0));
        }
        _updateWithAcceptanceCheck(from, to, ids, values, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets a new URI for all token types, by relying on the token type ID
     * substitution mechanism
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata[defined in the EIP].
     *
     * By this mechanism, any occurrence of the `\{id\}` substring in either the
     * URI or any of the values in the JSON file at said URI will be replaced by
     * clients with the token type ID.
     *
     * For example, the `https://token-cdn-domain/\{id\}.json` URI would be
     * interpreted by clients as
     * `https://token-cdn-domain/000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004cce0.json`
     * for token type ID 0x4cce0.
     *
     * See {uri}.
     *
     * Because these URIs cannot be meaningfully represented by the {URI} event,
     * this function emits no events.
     */
    function _setURI(string memory newuri) internal virtual {
        ERC1155Storage storage $ = _getERC1155Storage();
        $._uri = newuri;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Creates a `value` amount of tokens of type `id`, and assigns them to `to`.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 id, uint256 value, bytes memory data) internal {
        if (to == address(0)) {
            revert ERC1155InvalidReceiver(address(0));
        }
        (uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory values) = _asSingletonArrays(id, value);
        _updateWithAcceptanceCheck(address(0), to, ids, values, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `ids` and `values` must have the same length.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function _mintBatch(address to, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory values, bytes memory data) internal {
        if (to == address(0)) {
            revert ERC1155InvalidReceiver(address(0));
        }
        _updateWithAcceptanceCheck(address(0), to, ids, values, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys a `value` amount of tokens of type `id` from `from`
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `from` must have at least `value` amount of tokens of type `id`.
     */
    function _burn(address from, uint256 id, uint256 value) internal {
        if (from == address(0)) {
            revert ERC1155InvalidSender(address(0));
        }
        (uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory values) = _asSingletonArrays(id, value);
        _updateWithAcceptanceCheck(from, address(0), ids, values, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {_burn}.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `from` must have at least `value` amount of tokens of type `id`.
     * - `ids` and `values` must have the same length.
     */
    function _burnBatch(address from, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory values) internal {
        if (from == address(0)) {
            revert ERC1155InvalidSender(address(0));
        }
        _updateWithAcceptanceCheck(from, address(0), ids, values, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `operator` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(address owner, address operator, bool approved) internal virtual {
        ERC1155Storage storage $ = _getERC1155Storage();
        if (operator == address(0)) {
            revert ERC1155InvalidOperator(address(0));
        }
        $._operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs an acceptance check by calling {IERC1155-onERC1155Received} on the `to` address
     * if it contains code at the moment of execution.
     */
    function _doSafeTransferAcceptanceCheck(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data
    ) private {
        if (to.code.length > 0) {
            try IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC1155Received(operator, from, id, value, data) returns (bytes4 response) {
                if (response != IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable.onERC1155Received.selector) {
                    // Tokens rejected
                    revert ERC1155InvalidReceiver(to);
                }
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    // non-ERC1155Receiver implementer
                    revert ERC1155InvalidReceiver(to);
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a batch acceptance check by calling {IERC1155-onERC1155BatchReceived} on the `to` address
     * if it contains code at the moment of execution.
     */
    function _doSafeBatchTransferAcceptanceCheck(
        address operator,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory values,
        bytes memory data
    ) private {
        if (to.code.length > 0) {
            try IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC1155BatchReceived(operator, from, ids, values, data) returns (
                bytes4 response
            ) {
                if (response != IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector) {
                    // Tokens rejected
                    revert ERC1155InvalidReceiver(to);
                }
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    // non-ERC1155Receiver implementer
                    revert ERC1155InvalidReceiver(to);
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Creates an array in memory with only one value for each of the elements provided.
     */
    function _asSingletonArrays(
        uint256 element1,
        uint256 element2
    ) private pure returns (uint256[] memory array1, uint256[] memory array2) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Load the free memory pointer
            array1 := mload(0x40)
            // Set array length to 1
            mstore(array1, 1)
            // Store the single element at the next word after the length (where content starts)
            mstore(add(array1, 0x20), element1)

            // Repeat for next array locating it right after the first array
            array2 := add(array1, 0x40)
            mstore(array2, 1)
            mstore(add(array2, 0x20), element2)

            // Update the free memory pointer by pointing after the second array
            mstore(0x40, add(array2, 0x40))
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155Receiver.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface that must be implemented by smart contracts in order to receive
 * ERC-1155 token transfers.
 */
interface IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Handles the receipt of a single ERC1155 token type. This function is
     * called at the end of a `safeTransferFrom` after the balance has been updated.
     *
     * NOTE: To accept the transfer, this must return
     * `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))`
     * (i.e. 0xf23a6e61, or its own function selector).
     *
     * @param operator The address which initiated the transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
     * @param from The address which previously owned the token
     * @param id The ID of the token being transferred
     * @param value The amount of tokens being transferred
     * @param data Additional data with no specified format
     * @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155Received(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
     */
    function onERC1155Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 id,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);

    /**
     * @dev Handles the receipt of a multiple ERC1155 token types. This function
     * is called at the end of a `safeBatchTransferFrom` after the balances have
     * been updated.
     *
     * NOTE: To accept the transfer(s), this must return
     * `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))`
     * (i.e. 0xbc197c81, or its own function selector).
     *
     * @param operator The address which initiated the batch transfer (i.e. msg.sender)
     * @param from The address which previously owned the token
     * @param ids An array containing ids of each token being transferred (order and length must match values array)
     * @param values An array containing amounts of each token being transferred (order and length must match ids array)
     * @param data Additional data with no specified format
     * @return `bytes4(keccak256("onERC1155BatchReceived(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"))` if transfer is allowed
     */
    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC1155/IERC1155.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC1155 compliant contract, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155[EIP].
 */
interface IERC1155Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` amount of tokens of type `id` are transferred from `from` to `to` by `operator`.
     */
    event TransferSingle(address indexed operator, address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 id, uint256 value);

    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to multiple {TransferSingle} events, where `operator`, `from` and `to` are the same for all
     * transfers.
     */
    event TransferBatch(
        address indexed operator,
        address indexed from,
        address indexed to,
        uint256[] ids,
        uint256[] values
    );

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer their tokens, according to
     * `approved`.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed account, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the URI for token type `id` changes to `value`, if it is a non-programmatic URI.
     *
     * If an {URI} event was emitted for `id`, the standard
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[guarantees] that `value` will equal the value
     * returned by {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
     */
    event URI(string value, uint256 indexed id);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value of tokens of token type `id` owned by `account`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account, uint256 id) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {balanceOf}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `accounts` and `ids` must have the same length.
     */
    function balanceOfBatch(
        address[] calldata accounts,
        uint256[] calldata ids
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory);

    /**
     * @dev Grants or revokes permission to `operator` to transfer the caller's tokens, according to `approved`,
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `operator` cannot be the caller.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `operator` is approved to transfer ``account``'s tokens.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address account, address operator) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Transfers a `value` amount of tokens of type `id` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: This function can potentially allow a reentrancy attack when transferring tokens
     * to an untrusted contract, when invoking {onERC1155Received} on the receiver.
     * Ensure to follow the checks-effects-interactions pattern and consider employing
     * reentrancy guards when interacting with untrusted contracts.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferSingle} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been approved to spend ``from``'s tokens via {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - `from` must have a balance of tokens of type `id` of at least `value` amount.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155Received} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 id, uint256 value, bytes calldata data) external;

    /**
     * @dev xref:ROOT:erc1155.adoc#batch-operations[Batched] version of {safeTransferFrom}.
     *
     *
     * WARNING: This function can potentially allow a reentrancy attack when transferring tokens
     * to an untrusted contract, when invoking {onERC1155BatchReceived} on the receiver.
     * Ensure to follow the checks-effects-interactions pattern and consider employing
     * reentrancy guards when interacting with untrusted contracts.
     *
     * Emits a {TransferBatch} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `ids` and `values` must have the same length.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC1155Receiver-onERC1155BatchReceived} and return the
     * acceptance magic value.
     */
    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] calldata ids,
        uint256[] calldata values,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Burnable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC1155Upgradeable } from "../ERC1155Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {ERC1155} that allows token holders to destroy both their
 * own tokens and those that they have been approved to use.
 */
abstract contract ERC1155BurnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC1155Upgradeable {
    function __ERC1155Burnable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC1155Burnable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function burn(address account, uint256 id, uint256 value) public virtual {
        if (account != _msgSender() && !isApprovedForAll(account, _msgSender())) {
            revert ERC1155MissingApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), account);
        }

        _burn(account, id, value);
    }

    function burnBatch(address account, uint256[] memory ids, uint256[] memory values) public virtual {
        if (account != _msgSender() && !isApprovedForAll(account, _msgSender())) {
            revert ERC1155MissingApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), account);
        }

        _burnBatch(account, ids, values);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.2) (token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC1155Upgradeable } from "../ERC1155Upgradeable.sol";
import { PausableUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev ERC1155 token with pausable token transfers, minting and burning.
 *
 * Useful for scenarios such as preventing trades until the end of an evaluation
 * period, or having an emergency switch for freezing all token transfers in the
 * event of a large bug.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: This contract does not include public pause and unpause functions. In
 * addition to inheriting this contract, you must define both functions, invoking the
 * {Pausable-_pause} and {Pausable-_unpause} internal functions, with appropriate
 * access control, e.g. using {AccessControl} or {Ownable}. Not doing so will
 * make the contract pause mechanism of the contract unreachable, and thus unusable.
 */
abstract contract ERC1155PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC1155Upgradeable, PausableUpgradeable {
    function __ERC1155Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Pausable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ERC1155Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ERC1155-_update}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _update(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory values
    ) internal virtual override whenNotPaused {
        super._update(from, to, ids, values);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155Supply.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC1155Upgradeable } from "../ERC1155Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of ERC1155 that adds tracking of total supply per id.
 *
 * Useful for scenarios where Fungible and Non-fungible tokens have to be
 * clearly identified. Note: While a totalSupply of 1 might mean the
 * corresponding is an NFT, there is no guarantees that no other token with the
 * same id are not going to be minted.
 *
 * NOTE: This contract implies a global limit of 2**256 - 1 to the number of tokens
 * that can be minted.
 *
 * CAUTION: This extension should not be added in an upgrade to an already deployed contract.
 */
abstract contract ERC1155SupplyUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC1155Upgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC1155Supply
    struct ERC1155SupplyStorage {
        mapping(uint256 id => uint256) _totalSupply;
        uint256 _totalSupplyAll;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC1155Supply")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC1155SupplyStorageLocation = 0x4a593662ee04d27b6a00ebb31be7fe0c102c2ade82a7c5d764f2df05dc4e2800;

    function _getERC1155SupplyStorage() private pure returns (ERC1155SupplyStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC1155SupplyStorageLocation
        }
    }

    function __ERC1155Supply_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC1155Supply_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Total value of tokens in with a given id.
     */
    function totalSupply(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC1155SupplyStorage storage $ = _getERC1155SupplyStorage();
        return $._totalSupply[id];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Total value of tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC1155SupplyStorage storage $ = _getERC1155SupplyStorage();
        return $._totalSupplyAll;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Indicates whether any token exist with a given id, or not.
     */
    function exists(uint256 id) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return totalSupply(id) > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {ERC1155-_update}.
     */
    function _update(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] memory ids,
        uint256[] memory values
    ) internal virtual override {
        ERC1155SupplyStorage storage $ = _getERC1155SupplyStorage();
        super._update(from, to, ids, values);

        if (from == address(0)) {
            uint256 totalMintValue = 0;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
                uint256 value = values[i];
                // Overflow check required: The rest of the code assumes that totalSupply never overflows
                $._totalSupply[ids[i]] += value;
                totalMintValue += value;
            }
            // Overflow check required: The rest of the code assumes that totalSupplyAll never overflows
            $._totalSupplyAll += totalMintValue;
        }

        if (to == address(0)) {
            uint256 totalBurnValue = 0;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; ++i) {
                uint256 value = values[i];

                unchecked {
                    // Overflow not possible: values[i] <= balanceOf(from, ids[i]) <= totalSupply(ids[i])
                    $._totalSupply[ids[i]] -= value;
                    // Overflow not possible: sum_i(values[i]) <= sum_i(totalSupply(ids[i])) <= totalSupplyAll
                    totalBurnValue += value;
                }
            }
            unchecked {
                // Overflow not possible: totalBurnValue = sum_i(values[i]) <= sum_i(totalSupply(ids[i])) <= totalSupplyAll
                $._totalSupplyAll -= totalBurnValue;
            }
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC1155/extensions/ERC1155URIStorage.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { StringsUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC1155Upgradeable } from "../ERC1155Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev ERC1155 token with storage based token URI management.
 * Inspired by the ERC721URIStorage extension
 */
abstract contract ERC1155URIStorageUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC1155Upgradeable {
    using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC1155URIStorage
    struct ERC1155URIStorageStorage {
        // Optional base URI
        string _baseURI;

        // Optional mapping for token URIs
        mapping(uint256 tokenId => string) _tokenURIs;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC1155URIStorage")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC1155URIStorageStorageLocation = 0x89fc852226e759c7c636cf34d732f0198fc56a54876b2374a52beb7b0c558600;

    function _getERC1155URIStorageStorage() private pure returns (ERC1155URIStorageStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC1155URIStorageStorageLocation
        }
    }

    function __ERC1155URIStorage_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC1155URIStorage_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ERC1155URIStorage_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC1155URIStorageStorage storage $ = _getERC1155URIStorageStorage();
        $._baseURI = "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC1155MetadataURI-uri}.
     *
     * This implementation returns the concatenation of the `_baseURI`
     * and the token-specific uri if the latter is set
     *
     * This enables the following behaviors:
     *
     * - if `_tokenURIs[tokenId]` is set, then the result is the concatenation
     *   of `_baseURI` and `_tokenURIs[tokenId]` (keep in mind that `_baseURI`
     *   is empty per default);
     *
     * - if `_tokenURIs[tokenId]` is NOT set then we fallback to `super.uri()`
     *   which in most cases will contain `ERC1155._uri`;
     *
     * - if `_tokenURIs[tokenId]` is NOT set, and if the parents do not have a
     *   uri value set, then the result is empty.
     */
    function uri(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        ERC1155URIStorageStorage storage $ = _getERC1155URIStorageStorage();
        string memory tokenURI = $._tokenURIs[tokenId];

        // If token URI is set, concatenate base URI and tokenURI (via string.concat).
        return bytes(tokenURI).length > 0 ? string.concat($._baseURI, tokenURI) : super.uri(tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets `tokenURI` as the tokenURI of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _setURI(uint256 tokenId, string memory tokenURI) internal virtual {
        ERC1155URIStorageStorage storage $ = _getERC1155URIStorageStorage();
        $._tokenURIs[tokenId] = tokenURI;
        emit URI(uri(tokenId), tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets `baseURI` as the `_baseURI` for all tokens
     */
    function _setBaseURI(string memory baseURI) internal virtual {
        ERC1155URIStorageStorage storage $ = _getERC1155URIStorageStorage();
        $._baseURI = baseURI;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC1155/extensions/IERC1155MetadataURI.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC1155Upgradeable } from "../IERC1155Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface of the optional ERC1155MetadataExtension interface, as defined
 * in the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1155#metadata-extensions[EIP].
 */
interface IERC1155MetadataURIUpgradeable is IERC1155Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the URI for token type `id`.
     *
     * If the `\{id\}` substring is present in the URI, it must be replaced by
     * clients with the actual token type ID.
     */
    function uri(uint256 id) external view returns (string memory);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC1155/utils/ERC1155Holder.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC165Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable } from "../../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable } from "../IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Simple implementation of `IERC1155Receiver` that will allow a contract to hold ERC1155 tokens.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: When inheriting this contract, you must include a way to use the received tokens, otherwise they will be
 * stuck.
 */
abstract contract ERC1155HolderUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable {
    function __ERC1155Holder_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC1155Holder_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC1155ReceiverUpgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    function onERC1155Received(
        address,
        address,
        uint256,
        uint256,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC1155Received.selector;
    }

    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
        address,
        address,
        uint256[] memory,
        uint256[] memory,
        bytes memory
    ) public virtual override returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC20/ERC20.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Upgradeable } from "./IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC20MetadataUpgradeable } from "./extensions/IERC20MetadataUpgradeable.sol";
import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC20ErrorsUpgradeable } from "../../interfaces/draft-IERC6093Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC20} interface.
 *
 * This implementation is agnostic to the way tokens are created. This means
 * that a supply mechanism has to be added in a derived contract using {_mint}.
 *
 * TIP: For a detailed writeup see our guide
 * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/how-to-implement-erc20-supply-mechanisms/226[How
 * to implement supply mechanisms].
 *
 * The default value of {decimals} is 18. To change this, you should override
 * this function so it returns a different value.
 *
 * We have followed general OpenZeppelin Contracts guidelines: functions revert
 * instead returning `false` on failure. This behavior is nonetheless
 * conventional and does not conflict with the expectations of ERC20
 * applications.
 *
 * Additionally, an {Approval} event is emitted on calls to {transferFrom}.
 * This allows applications to reconstruct the allowance for all accounts just
 * by listening to said events. Other implementations of the EIP may not emit
 * these events, as it isn't required by the specification.
 */
abstract contract ERC20Upgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, IERC20Upgradeable, IERC20MetadataUpgradeable, IERC20ErrorsUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC20
    struct ERC20Storage {
        mapping(address account => uint256) _balances;

        mapping(address account => mapping(address spender => uint256)) _allowances;

        uint256 _totalSupply;

        string _name;
        string _symbol;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC20")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC20StorageLocation = 0x52c63247e1f47db19d5ce0460030c497f067ca4cebf71ba98eeadabe20bace00;

    function _getERC20Storage() private pure returns (ERC20Storage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC20StorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the values for {name} and {symbol}.
     *
     * All two of these values are immutable: they can only be set once during
     * construction.
     */
    function __ERC20_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC20_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }

    function __ERC20_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        $._name = name_;
        $._symbol = symbol_;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the name of the token.
     */
    function name() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        return $._name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the symbol of the token, usually a shorter version of the
     * name.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        return $._symbol;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of decimals used to get its user representation.
     * For example, if `decimals` equals `2`, a balance of `505` tokens should
     * be displayed to a user as `5.05` (`505 / 10 ** 2`).
     *
     * Tokens usually opt for a value of 18, imitating the relationship between
     * Ether and Wei. This is the default value returned by this function, unless
     * it's overridden.
     *
     * NOTE: This information is only used for _display_ purposes: it in
     * no way affects any of the arithmetic of the contract, including
     * {IERC20-balanceOf} and {IERC20-transfer}.
     */
    function decimals() public view virtual returns (uint8) {
        return 18;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-totalSupply}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        return $._totalSupply;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        return $._balances[account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-transfer}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - the caller must have a balance of at least `value`.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 value) public virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = _msgSender();
        _transfer(owner, to, value);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-allowance}.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        return $._allowances[owner][spender];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-approve}.
     *
     * NOTE: If `value` is the maximum `uint256`, the allowance is not updated on
     * `transferFrom`. This is semantically equivalent to an infinite approval.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 value) public virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = _msgSender();
        _approve(owner, spender, value);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-transferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance. This is not
     * required by the EIP. See the note at the beginning of {ERC20}.
     *
     * NOTE: Does not update the allowance if the current allowance
     * is the maximum `uint256`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` and `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `from` must have a balance of at least `value`.
     * - the caller must have allowance for ``from``'s tokens of at least
     * `value`.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 value) public virtual returns (bool) {
        address spender = _msgSender();
        _spendAllowance(from, spender, value);
        _transfer(from, to, value);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Moves a `value` amount of tokens from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {transfer}, and can be used to
     * e.g. implement automatic token fees, slashing mechanisms, etc.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     *
     * NOTE: This function is not virtual, {_update} should be overridden instead.
     */
    function _transfer(address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        if (from == address(0)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidSender(address(0));
        }
        if (to == address(0)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidReceiver(address(0));
        }
        _update(from, to, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers a `value` amount of tokens from `from` to `to`, or alternatively mints (or burns) if `from`
     * (or `to`) is the zero address. All customizations to transfers, mints, and burns should be done by overriding
     * this function.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _update(address from, address to, uint256 value) internal virtual {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        if (from == address(0)) {
            // Overflow check required: The rest of the code assumes that totalSupply never overflows
            $._totalSupply += value;
        } else {
            uint256 fromBalance = $._balances[from];
            if (fromBalance < value) {
                revert ERC20InsufficientBalance(from, fromBalance, value);
            }
            unchecked {
                // Overflow not possible: value <= fromBalance <= totalSupply.
                $._balances[from] = fromBalance - value;
            }
        }

        if (to == address(0)) {
            unchecked {
                // Overflow not possible: value <= totalSupply or value <= fromBalance <= totalSupply.
                $._totalSupply -= value;
            }
        } else {
            unchecked {
                // Overflow not possible: balance + value is at most totalSupply, which we know fits into a uint256.
                $._balances[to] += value;
            }
        }

        emit Transfer(from, to, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Creates a `value` amount of tokens and assigns them to `account`, by transferring it from address(0).
     * Relies on the `_update` mechanism
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event with `from` set to the zero address.
     *
     * NOTE: This function is not virtual, {_update} should be overridden instead.
     */
    function _mint(address account, uint256 value) internal {
        if (account == address(0)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidReceiver(address(0));
        }
        _update(address(0), account, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys a `value` amount of tokens from `account`, lowering the total supply.
     * Relies on the `_update` mechanism.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event with `to` set to the zero address.
     *
     * NOTE: This function is not virtual, {_update} should be overridden instead
     */
    function _burn(address account, uint256 value) internal {
        if (account == address(0)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidSender(address(0));
        }
        _update(account, address(0), value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over the `owner` s tokens.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to `approve`, and can be used to
     * e.g. set automatic allowances for certain subsystems, etc.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `owner` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Overrides to this logic should be done to the variant with an additional `bool emitEvent` argument.
     */
    function _approve(address owner, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        _approve(owner, spender, value, true);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Variant of {_approve} with an optional flag to enable or disable the {Approval} event.
     *
     * By default (when calling {_approve}) the flag is set to true. On the other hand, approval changes made by
     * `_spendAllowance` during the `transferFrom` operation set the flag to false. This saves gas by not emitting any
     * `Approval` event during `transferFrom` operations.
     *
     * Anyone who wishes to continue emitting `Approval` events on the`transferFrom` operation can force the flag to
     * true using the following override:
     * ```
     * function _approve(address owner, address spender, uint256 value, bool) internal virtual override {
     *     super._approve(owner, spender, value, true);
     * }
     * ```
     *
     * Requirements are the same as {_approve}.
     */
    function _approve(address owner, address spender, uint256 value, bool emitEvent) internal virtual {
        ERC20Storage storage $ = _getERC20Storage();
        if (owner == address(0)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidApprover(address(0));
        }
        if (spender == address(0)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidSpender(address(0));
        }
        $._allowances[owner][spender] = value;
        if (emitEvent) {
            emit Approval(owner, spender, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Updates `owner` s allowance for `spender` based on spent `value`.
     *
     * Does not update the allowance value in case of infinite allowance.
     * Revert if not enough allowance is available.
     *
     * Does not emit an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _spendAllowance(address owner, address spender, uint256 value) internal virtual {
        uint256 currentAllowance = allowance(owner, spender);
        if (currentAllowance != type(uint256).max) {
            if (currentAllowance < value) {
                revert ERC20InsufficientAllowance(spender, currentAllowance, value);
            }
            unchecked {
                _approve(owner, spender, currentAllowance - value, false);
            }
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Moves a `value` amount of tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Sets a `value` amount of tokens as the allowance of `spender` over the
     * caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 value) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Moves a `value` amount of tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `value` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 value) external returns (bool);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Burnable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {ERC20} that allows token holders to destroy both their own
 * tokens and those that they have an allowance for, in a way that can be
 * recognized off-chain (via event analysis).
 */
abstract contract ERC20BurnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC20Upgradeable {
    function __ERC20Burnable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC20Burnable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys a `value` amount of tokens from the caller.
     *
     * See {ERC20-_burn}.
     */
    function burn(uint256 value) public virtual {
        _burn(_msgSender(), value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys a `value` amount of tokens from `account`, deducting from
     * the caller's allowance.
     *
     * See {ERC20-_burn} and {ERC20-allowance}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have allowance for ``accounts``'s tokens of at least
     * `value`.
     */
    function burnFrom(address account, uint256 value) public virtual {
        _spendAllowance(account, _msgSender(), value);
        _burn(account, value);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Capped.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {ERC20} that adds a cap to the supply of tokens.
 */
abstract contract ERC20CappedUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC20Capped
    struct ERC20CappedStorage {
        uint256 _cap;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC20Capped")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC20CappedStorageLocation = 0x0f070392f17d5f958cc1ac31867dabecfc5c9758b4a419a200803226d7155d00;

    function _getERC20CappedStorage() private pure returns (ERC20CappedStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC20CappedStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Total supply cap has been exceeded.
     */
    error ERC20ExceededCap(uint256 increasedSupply, uint256 cap);

    /**
     * @dev The supplied cap is not a valid cap.
     */
    error ERC20InvalidCap(uint256 cap);

    /**
     * @dev Sets the value of the `cap`. This value is immutable, it can only be
     * set once during construction.
     */
    function __ERC20Capped_init(uint256 cap_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC20Capped_init_unchained(cap_);
    }

    function __ERC20Capped_init_unchained(uint256 cap_) internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC20CappedStorage storage $ = _getERC20CappedStorage();
        if (cap_ == 0) {
            revert ERC20InvalidCap(0);
        }
        $._cap = cap_;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the cap on the token's total supply.
     */
    function cap() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC20CappedStorage storage $ = _getERC20CappedStorage();
        return $._cap;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {ERC20-_update}.
     */
    function _update(address from, address to, uint256 value) internal virtual override {
        super._update(from, to, value);

        if (from == address(0)) {
            uint256 maxSupply = cap();
            uint256 supply = totalSupply();
            if (supply > maxSupply) {
                revert ERC20ExceededCap(supply, maxSupply);
            }
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20FlashMint.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable } from "../../../interfaces/IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC3156FlashLenderUpgradeable } from "../../../interfaces/IERC3156FlashLenderUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the ERC3156 Flash loans extension, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-3156[ERC-3156].
 *
 * Adds the {flashLoan} method, which provides flash loan support at the token
 * level. By default there is no fee, but this can be changed by overriding {flashFee}.
 *
 * NOTE: When this extension is used along with the {ERC20Capped} or {ERC20Votes} extensions,
 * {maxFlashLoan} will not correctly reflect the maximum that can be flash minted. We recommend
 * overriding {maxFlashLoan} so that it correctly reflects the supply cap.
 */
abstract contract ERC20FlashMintUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable, IERC3156FlashLenderUpgradeable {
    bytes32 private constant RETURN_VALUE = keccak256("ERC3156FlashBorrower.onFlashLoan");

    /**
     * @dev The loan token is not valid.
     */
    error ERC3156UnsupportedToken(address token);

    /**
     * @dev The requested loan exceeds the max loan value for `token`.
     */
    error ERC3156ExceededMaxLoan(uint256 maxLoan);

    /**
     * @dev The receiver of a flashloan is not a valid {onFlashLoan} implementer.
     */
    error ERC3156InvalidReceiver(address receiver);

    function __ERC20FlashMint_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC20FlashMint_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the maximum amount of tokens available for loan.
     * @param token The address of the token that is requested.
     * @return The amount of token that can be loaned.
     *
     * NOTE: This function does not consider any form of supply cap, so in case
     * it's used in a token with a cap like {ERC20Capped}, make sure to override this
     * function to integrate the cap instead of `type(uint256).max`.
     */
    function maxFlashLoan(address token) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return token == address(this) ? type(uint256).max - totalSupply() : 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the fee applied when doing flash loans. This function calls
     * the {_flashFee} function which returns the fee applied when doing flash
     * loans.
     * @param token The token to be flash loaned.
     * @param value The amount of tokens to be loaned.
     * @return The fees applied to the corresponding flash loan.
     */
    function flashFee(address token, uint256 value) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        if (token != address(this)) {
            revert ERC3156UnsupportedToken(token);
        }
        return _flashFee(token, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the fee applied when doing flash loans. By default this
     * implementation has 0 fees. This function can be overloaded to make
     * the flash loan mechanism deflationary.
     * @param token The token to be flash loaned.
     * @param value The amount of tokens to be loaned.
     * @return The fees applied to the corresponding flash loan.
     */
    function _flashFee(address token, uint256 value) internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // silence warning about unused variable without the addition of bytecode.
        token;
        value;
        return 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the receiver address of the flash fee. By default this
     * implementation returns the address(0) which means the fee amount will be burnt.
     * This function can be overloaded to change the fee receiver.
     * @return The address for which the flash fee will be sent to.
     */
    function _flashFeeReceiver() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return address(0);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a flash loan. New tokens are minted and sent to the
     * `receiver`, who is required to implement the {IERC3156FlashBorrower}
     * interface. By the end of the flash loan, the receiver is expected to own
     * value + fee tokens and have them approved back to the token contract itself so
     * they can be burned.
     * @param receiver The receiver of the flash loan. Should implement the
     * {IERC3156FlashBorrower-onFlashLoan} interface.
     * @param token The token to be flash loaned. Only `address(this)` is
     * supported.
     * @param value The amount of tokens to be loaned.
     * @param data An arbitrary datafield that is passed to the receiver.
     * @return `true` if the flash loan was successful.
     */
    // This function can reenter, but it doesn't pose a risk because it always preserves the property that the amount
    // minted at the beginning is always recovered and burned at the end, or else the entire function will revert.
    // slither-disable-next-line reentrancy-no-eth
    function flashLoan(
        IERC3156FlashBorrowerUpgradeable receiver,
        address token,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data
    ) public virtual returns (bool) {
        uint256 maxLoan = maxFlashLoan(token);
        if (value > maxLoan) {
            revert ERC3156ExceededMaxLoan(maxLoan);
        }
        uint256 fee = flashFee(token, value);
        _mint(address(receiver), value);
        if (receiver.onFlashLoan(_msgSender(), token, value, fee, data) != RETURN_VALUE) {
            revert ERC3156InvalidReceiver(address(receiver));
        }
        address flashFeeReceiver = _flashFeeReceiver();
        _spendAllowance(address(receiver), address(this), value + fee);
        if (fee == 0 || flashFeeReceiver == address(0)) {
            _burn(address(receiver), value + fee);
        } else {
            _burn(address(receiver), value);
            _transfer(address(receiver), flashFeeReceiver, fee);
        }
        return true;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { PausableUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev ERC20 token with pausable token transfers, minting and burning.
 *
 * Useful for scenarios such as preventing trades until the end of an evaluation
 * period, or having an emergency switch for freezing all token transfers in the
 * event of a large bug.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: This contract does not include public pause and unpause functions. In
 * addition to inheriting this contract, you must define both functions, invoking the
 * {Pausable-_pause} and {Pausable-_unpause} internal functions, with appropriate
 * access control, e.g. using {AccessControl} or {Ownable}. Not doing so will
 * make the contract pause mechanism of the contract unreachable, and thus unusable.
 */
abstract contract ERC20PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable, PausableUpgradeable {
    function __ERC20Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Pausable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ERC20Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ERC20-_update}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _update(address from, address to, uint256 value) internal virtual override whenNotPaused {
        super._update(from, to, value);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Permit.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20PermitUpgradeable } from "./IERC20PermitUpgradeable.sol";
import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { ECDSAUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/cryptography/ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import { EIP712Upgradeable } from "../../../utils/cryptography/EIP712Upgradeable.sol";
import { NoncesUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/NoncesUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
 *
 * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
 * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on `{IERC20-approve}`, the token holder account doesn't
 * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
 */
abstract contract ERC20PermitUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable, IERC20PermitUpgradeable, EIP712Upgradeable, NoncesUpgradeable {
    bytes32 private constant PERMIT_TYPEHASH =
        keccak256("Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)");

    /**
     * @dev Permit deadline has expired.
     */
    error ERC2612ExpiredSignature(uint256 deadline);

    /**
     * @dev Mismatched signature.
     */
    error ERC2612InvalidSigner(address signer, address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the {EIP712} domain separator using the `name` parameter, and setting `version` to `"1"`.
     *
     * It's a good idea to use the same `name` that is defined as the ERC20 token name.
     */
    function __ERC20Permit_init(string memory name) internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init_unchained(name, "1");
    }

    function __ERC20Permit_init_unchained(string memory) internal onlyInitializing {}

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC20PermitUpgradeable
     */
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public virtual {
        if (block.timestamp > deadline) {
            revert ERC2612ExpiredSignature(deadline);
        }

        bytes32 structHash = keccak256(abi.encode(PERMIT_TYPEHASH, owner, spender, value, _useNonce(owner), deadline));

        bytes32 hash = _hashTypedDataV4(structHash);

        address signer = ECDSAUpgradeable.recover(hash, v, r, s);
        if (signer != owner) {
            revert ERC2612InvalidSigner(signer, owner);
        }

        _approve(owner, spender, value);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC20PermitUpgradeable
     */
    function nonces(address owner) public view virtual override(IERC20PermitUpgradeable, NoncesUpgradeable) returns (uint256) {
        return super.nonces(owner);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC20PermitUpgradeable
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return _domainSeparatorV4();
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Votes.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC20Upgradeable } from "../ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { VotesUpgradeable } from "../../../governance/utils/VotesUpgradeable.sol";
import { CheckpointsUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/structs/CheckpointsUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of ERC20 to support Compound-like voting and delegation. This version is more generic than Compound's,
 * and supports token supply up to 2^208^ - 1, while COMP is limited to 2^96^ - 1.
 *
 * NOTE: This contract does not provide interface compatibility with Compound's COMP token.
 *
 * This extension keeps a history (checkpoints) of each account's vote power. Vote power can be delegated either
 * by calling the {delegate} function directly, or by providing a signature to be used with {delegateBySig}. Voting
 * power can be queried through the public accessors {getVotes} and {getPastVotes}.
 *
 * By default, token balance does not account for voting power. This makes transfers cheaper. The downside is that it
 * requires users to delegate to themselves in order to activate checkpoints and have their voting power tracked.
 */
abstract contract ERC20VotesUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable, VotesUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Total supply cap has been exceeded, introducing a risk of votes overflowing.
     */
    error ERC20ExceededSafeSupply(uint256 increasedSupply, uint256 cap);

    function __ERC20Votes_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC20Votes_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Maximum token supply. Defaults to `type(uint208).max` (2^208^ - 1).
     *
     * This maximum is enforced in {_update}. It limits the total supply of the token, which is otherwise a uint256,
     * so that checkpoints can be stored in the Trace208 structure used by {{Votes}}. Increasing this value will not
     * remove the underlying limitation, and will cause {_update} to fail because of a math overflow in
     * {_transferVotingUnits}. An override could be used to further restrict the total supply (to a lower value) if
     * additional logic requires it. When resolving override conflicts on this function, the minimum should be
     * returned.
     */
    function _maxSupply() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return type(uint208).max;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Move voting power when tokens are transferred.
     *
     * Emits a {IVotes-DelegateVotesChanged} event.
     */
    function _update(address from, address to, uint256 value) internal virtual override {
        super._update(from, to, value);
        if (from == address(0)) {
            uint256 supply = totalSupply();
            uint256 cap = _maxSupply();
            if (supply > cap) {
                revert ERC20ExceededSafeSupply(supply, cap);
            }
        }
        _transferVotingUnits(from, to, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the voting units of an `account`.
     *
     * WARNING: Overriding this function may compromise the internal vote accounting.
     * `ERC20Votes` assumes tokens map to voting units 1:1 and this is not easy to change.
     */
    function _getVotingUnits(address account) internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return balanceOf(account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Get number of checkpoints for `account`.
     */
    function numCheckpoints(address account) public view virtual returns (uint32) {
        return _numCheckpoints(account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Get the `pos`-th checkpoint for `account`.
     */
    function checkpoints(address account, uint32 pos) public view virtual returns (CheckpointsUpgradeable.Checkpoint208 memory) {
        return _checkpoints(account, pos);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Wrapper.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Upgradeable, IERC20MetadataUpgradeable, ERC20Upgradeable } from "../ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { SafeERC20Upgradeable } from "../utils/SafeERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of the ERC20 token contract to support token wrapping.
 *
 * Users can deposit and withdraw "underlying tokens" and receive a matching number of "wrapped tokens". This is useful
 * in conjunction with other modules. For example, combining this wrapping mechanism with {ERC20Votes} will allow the
 * wrapping of an existing "basic" ERC20 into a governance token.
 */
abstract contract ERC20WrapperUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC20Wrapper
    struct ERC20WrapperStorage {
        IERC20Upgradeable _underlying;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC20Wrapper")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC20WrapperStorageLocation = 0x3b5a617e0d4c238430871a64fe18212794b0c8d05a4eac064a8c9039fb5e0700;

    function _getERC20WrapperStorage() private pure returns (ERC20WrapperStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC20WrapperStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev The underlying token couldn't be wrapped.
     */
    error ERC20InvalidUnderlying(address token);

    function __ERC20Wrapper_init(IERC20Upgradeable underlyingToken) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC20Wrapper_init_unchained(underlyingToken);
    }

    function __ERC20Wrapper_init_unchained(IERC20Upgradeable underlyingToken) internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC20WrapperStorage storage $ = _getERC20WrapperStorage();
        if (underlyingToken == this) {
            revert ERC20InvalidUnderlying(address(this));
        }
        $._underlying = underlyingToken;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {ERC20-decimals}.
     */
    function decimals() public view virtual override returns (uint8) {
        ERC20WrapperStorage storage $ = _getERC20WrapperStorage();
        try IERC20MetadataUpgradeable(address($._underlying)).decimals() returns (uint8 value) {
            return value;
        } catch {
            return super.decimals();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the underlying ERC-20 token that is being wrapped.
     */
    function underlying() public view returns (IERC20Upgradeable) {
        ERC20WrapperStorage storage $ = _getERC20WrapperStorage();
        return $._underlying;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Allow a user to deposit underlying tokens and mint the corresponding number of wrapped tokens.
     */
    function depositFor(address account, uint256 value) public virtual returns (bool) {
        ERC20WrapperStorage storage $ = _getERC20WrapperStorage();
        address sender = _msgSender();
        if (sender == address(this)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidSender(address(this));
        }
        if (account == address(this)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidReceiver(account);
        }
        SafeERC20Upgradeable.safeTransferFrom($._underlying, sender, address(this), value);
        _mint(account, value);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Allow a user to burn a number of wrapped tokens and withdraw the corresponding number of underlying tokens.
     */
    function withdrawTo(address account, uint256 value) public virtual returns (bool) {
        ERC20WrapperStorage storage $ = _getERC20WrapperStorage();
        if (account == address(this)) {
            revert ERC20InvalidReceiver(account);
        }
        _burn(_msgSender(), value);
        SafeERC20Upgradeable.safeTransfer($._underlying, account, value);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mint wrapped token to cover any underlyingTokens that would have been transferred by mistake. Internal
     * function that can be exposed with access control if desired.
     */
    function _recover(address account) internal virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC20WrapperStorage storage $ = _getERC20WrapperStorage();
        uint256 value = $._underlying.balanceOf(address(this)) - totalSupply();
        _mint(account, value);
        return value;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/ERC4626.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Upgradeable, IERC20MetadataUpgradeable, ERC20Upgradeable } from "../ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { SafeERC20Upgradeable } from "../utils/SafeERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC4626Upgradeable } from "../../../interfaces/IERC4626Upgradeable.sol";
import { MathUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the ERC4626 "Tokenized Vault Standard" as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-4626[EIP-4626].
 *
 * This extension allows the minting and burning of "shares" (represented using the ERC20 inheritance) in exchange for
 * underlying "assets" through standardized {deposit}, {mint}, {redeem} and {burn} workflows. This contract extends
 * the ERC20 standard. Any additional extensions included along it would affect the "shares" token represented by this
 * contract and not the "assets" token which is an independent contract.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * In empty (or nearly empty) ERC-4626 vaults, deposits are at high risk of being stolen through frontrunning
 * with a "donation" to the vault that inflates the price of a share. This is variously known as a donation or inflation
 * attack and is essentially a problem of slippage. Vault deployers can protect against this attack by making an initial
 * deposit of a non-trivial amount of the asset, such that price manipulation becomes infeasible. Withdrawals may
 * similarly be affected by slippage. Users can protect against this attack as well as unexpected slippage in general by
 * verifying the amount received is as expected, using a wrapper that performs these checks such as
 * https://github.com/fei-protocol/ERC4626#erc4626router-and-base[ERC4626Router].
 *
 * Since v4.9, this implementation uses virtual assets and shares to mitigate that risk. The `_decimalsOffset()`
 * corresponds to an offset in the decimal representation between the underlying asset's decimals and the vault
 * decimals. This offset also determines the rate of virtual shares to virtual assets in the vault, which itself
 * determines the initial exchange rate. While not fully preventing the attack, analysis shows that the default offset
 * (0) makes it non-profitable, as a result of the value being captured by the virtual shares (out of the attacker's
 * donation) matching the attacker's expected gains. With a larger offset, the attack becomes orders of magnitude more
 * expensive than it is profitable. More details about the underlying math can be found
 * xref:erc4626.adoc#inflation-attack[here].
 *
 * The drawback of this approach is that the virtual shares do capture (a very small) part of the value being accrued
 * to the vault. Also, if the vault experiences losses, the users try to exit the vault, the virtual shares and assets
 * will cause the first user to exit to experience reduced losses in detriment to the last users that will experience
 * bigger losses. Developers willing to revert back to the pre-v4.9 behavior just need to override the
 * `_convertToShares` and `_convertToAssets` functions.
 *
 * To learn more, check out our xref:ROOT:erc4626.adoc[ERC-4626 guide].
 * ====
 */
abstract contract ERC4626Upgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable, IERC4626Upgradeable {
    using MathUpgradeable for uint256;

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC4626
    struct ERC4626Storage {
        IERC20Upgradeable _asset;
        uint8 _underlyingDecimals;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC4626")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC4626StorageLocation = 0x0773e532dfede91f04b12a73d3d2acd361424f41f76b4fb79f090161e36b4e00;

    function _getERC4626Storage() private pure returns (ERC4626Storage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC4626StorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Attempted to deposit more assets than the max amount for `receiver`.
     */
    error ERC4626ExceededMaxDeposit(address receiver, uint256 assets, uint256 max);

    /**
     * @dev Attempted to mint more shares than the max amount for `receiver`.
     */
    error ERC4626ExceededMaxMint(address receiver, uint256 shares, uint256 max);

    /**
     * @dev Attempted to withdraw more assets than the max amount for `receiver`.
     */
    error ERC4626ExceededMaxWithdraw(address owner, uint256 assets, uint256 max);

    /**
     * @dev Attempted to redeem more shares than the max amount for `receiver`.
     */
    error ERC4626ExceededMaxRedeem(address owner, uint256 shares, uint256 max);

    /**
     * @dev Set the underlying asset contract. This must be an ERC20-compatible contract (ERC20 or ERC777).
     */
    function __ERC4626_init(IERC20Upgradeable asset_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC4626_init_unchained(asset_);
    }

    function __ERC4626_init_unchained(IERC20Upgradeable asset_) internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC4626Storage storage $ = _getERC4626Storage();
        (bool success, uint8 assetDecimals) = _tryGetAssetDecimals(asset_);
        $._underlyingDecimals = success ? assetDecimals : 18;
        $._asset = asset_;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Attempts to fetch the asset decimals. A return value of false indicates that the attempt failed in some way.
     */
    function _tryGetAssetDecimals(IERC20Upgradeable asset_) private view returns (bool, uint8) {
        (bool success, bytes memory encodedDecimals) = address(asset_).staticcall(
            abi.encodeCall(IERC20MetadataUpgradeable.decimals, ())
        );
        if (success && encodedDecimals.length >= 32) {
            uint256 returnedDecimals = abi.decode(encodedDecimals, (uint256));
            if (returnedDecimals <= type(uint8).max) {
                return (true, uint8(returnedDecimals));
            }
        }
        return (false, 0);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decimals are computed by adding the decimal offset on top of the underlying asset's decimals. This
     * "original" value is cached during construction of the vault contract. If this read operation fails (e.g., the
     * asset has not been created yet), a default of 18 is used to represent the underlying asset's decimals.
     *
     * See {IERC20Metadata-decimals}.
     */
    function decimals() public view virtual override(IERC20MetadataUpgradeable, ERC20Upgradeable) returns (uint8) {
        ERC4626Storage storage $ = _getERC4626Storage();
        return $._underlyingDecimals + _decimalsOffset();
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-asset}. */
    function asset() public view virtual returns (address) {
        ERC4626Storage storage $ = _getERC4626Storage();
        return address($._asset);
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-totalAssets}. */
    function totalAssets() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC4626Storage storage $ = _getERC4626Storage();
        return $._asset.balanceOf(address(this));
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-convertToShares}. */
    function convertToShares(uint256 assets) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _convertToShares(assets, MathUpgradeable.Rounding.Floor);
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-convertToAssets}. */
    function convertToAssets(uint256 shares) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _convertToAssets(shares, MathUpgradeable.Rounding.Floor);
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-maxDeposit}. */
    function maxDeposit(address) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return type(uint256).max;
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-maxMint}. */
    function maxMint(address) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return type(uint256).max;
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-maxWithdraw}. */
    function maxWithdraw(address owner) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _convertToAssets(balanceOf(owner), MathUpgradeable.Rounding.Floor);
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-maxRedeem}. */
    function maxRedeem(address owner) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return balanceOf(owner);
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-previewDeposit}. */
    function previewDeposit(uint256 assets) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _convertToShares(assets, MathUpgradeable.Rounding.Floor);
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-previewMint}. */
    function previewMint(uint256 shares) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _convertToAssets(shares, MathUpgradeable.Rounding.Ceil);
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-previewWithdraw}. */
    function previewWithdraw(uint256 assets) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _convertToShares(assets, MathUpgradeable.Rounding.Ceil);
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-previewRedeem}. */
    function previewRedeem(uint256 shares) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _convertToAssets(shares, MathUpgradeable.Rounding.Floor);
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-deposit}. */
    function deposit(uint256 assets, address receiver) public virtual returns (uint256) {
        uint256 maxAssets = maxDeposit(receiver);
        if (assets > maxAssets) {
            revert ERC4626ExceededMaxDeposit(receiver, assets, maxAssets);
        }

        uint256 shares = previewDeposit(assets);
        _deposit(_msgSender(), receiver, assets, shares);

        return shares;
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-mint}.
     *
     * As opposed to {deposit}, minting is allowed even if the vault is in a state where the price of a share is zero.
     * In this case, the shares will be minted without requiring any assets to be deposited.
     */
    function mint(uint256 shares, address receiver) public virtual returns (uint256) {
        uint256 maxShares = maxMint(receiver);
        if (shares > maxShares) {
            revert ERC4626ExceededMaxMint(receiver, shares, maxShares);
        }

        uint256 assets = previewMint(shares);
        _deposit(_msgSender(), receiver, assets, shares);

        return assets;
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-withdraw}. */
    function withdraw(uint256 assets, address receiver, address owner) public virtual returns (uint256) {
        uint256 maxAssets = maxWithdraw(owner);
        if (assets > maxAssets) {
            revert ERC4626ExceededMaxWithdraw(owner, assets, maxAssets);
        }

        uint256 shares = previewWithdraw(assets);
        _withdraw(_msgSender(), receiver, owner, assets, shares);

        return shares;
    }

    /** @dev See {IERC4626-redeem}. */
    function redeem(uint256 shares, address receiver, address owner) public virtual returns (uint256) {
        uint256 maxShares = maxRedeem(owner);
        if (shares > maxShares) {
            revert ERC4626ExceededMaxRedeem(owner, shares, maxShares);
        }

        uint256 assets = previewRedeem(shares);
        _withdraw(_msgSender(), receiver, owner, assets, shares);

        return assets;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal conversion function (from assets to shares) with support for rounding direction.
     */
    function _convertToShares(uint256 assets, MathUpgradeable.Rounding rounding) internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return assets.mulDiv(totalSupply() + 10 ** _decimalsOffset(), totalAssets() + 1, rounding);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal conversion function (from shares to assets) with support for rounding direction.
     */
    function _convertToAssets(uint256 shares, MathUpgradeable.Rounding rounding) internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return shares.mulDiv(totalAssets() + 1, totalSupply() + 10 ** _decimalsOffset(), rounding);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Deposit/mint common workflow.
     */
    function _deposit(address caller, address receiver, uint256 assets, uint256 shares) internal virtual {
        ERC4626Storage storage $ = _getERC4626Storage();
        // If _asset is ERC777, `transferFrom` can trigger a reentrancy BEFORE the transfer happens through the
        // `tokensToSend` hook. On the other hand, the `tokenReceived` hook, that is triggered after the transfer,
        // calls the vault, which is assumed not malicious.
        //
        // Conclusion: we need to do the transfer before we mint so that any reentrancy would happen before the
        // assets are transferred and before the shares are minted, which is a valid state.
        // slither-disable-next-line reentrancy-no-eth
        SafeERC20Upgradeable.safeTransferFrom($._asset, caller, address(this), assets);
        _mint(receiver, shares);

        emit Deposit(caller, receiver, assets, shares);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Withdraw/redeem common workflow.
     */
    function _withdraw(
        address caller,
        address receiver,
        address owner,
        uint256 assets,
        uint256 shares
    ) internal virtual {
        ERC4626Storage storage $ = _getERC4626Storage();
        if (caller != owner) {
            _spendAllowance(owner, caller, shares);
        }

        // If _asset is ERC777, `transfer` can trigger a reentrancy AFTER the transfer happens through the
        // `tokensReceived` hook. On the other hand, the `tokensToSend` hook, that is triggered before the transfer,
        // calls the vault, which is assumed not malicious.
        //
        // Conclusion: we need to do the transfer after the burn so that any reentrancy would happen after the
        // shares are burned and after the assets are transferred, which is a valid state.
        _burn(owner, shares);
        SafeERC20Upgradeable.safeTransfer($._asset, receiver, assets);

        emit Withdraw(caller, receiver, owner, assets, shares);
    }

    function _decimalsOffset() internal view virtual returns (uint8) {
        return 0;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Upgradeable } from "../IERC20Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for the optional metadata functions from the ERC20 standard.
 */
interface IERC20MetadataUpgradeable is IERC20Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the name of the token.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the symbol of the token.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the decimals places of the token.
     */
    function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Permit.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
 *
 * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
 * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on {IERC20-approve}, the token holder account doesn't
 * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
 *
 * ==== Security Considerations
 *
 * There are two important considerations concerning the use of `permit`. The first is that a valid permit signature
 * expresses an allowance, and it should not be assumed to convey additional meaning. In particular, it should not be
 * considered as an intention to spend the allowance in any specific way. The second is that because permits have
 * built-in replay protection and can be submitted by anyone, they can be frontrun. A protocol that uses permits should
 * take this into consideration and allow a `permit` call to fail. Combining these two aspects, a pattern that may be
 * generally recommended is:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function doThingWithPermit(..., uint256 value, uint256 deadline, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) public {
 *     try token.permit(msg.sender, address(this), value, deadline, v, r, s) {} catch {}
 *     doThing(..., value);
 * }
 *
 * function doThing(..., uint256 value) public {
 *     token.safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), value);
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Observe that: 1) `msg.sender` is used as the owner, leaving no ambiguity as to the signer intent, and 2) the use of
 * `try/catch` allows the permit to fail and makes the code tolerant to frontrunning. (See also
 * {SafeERC20-safeTransferFrom}).
 *
 * Additionally, note that smart contract wallets (such as Argent or Safe) are not able to produce permit signatures, so
 * contracts should have entry points that don't rely on permit.
 */
interface IERC20PermitUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over ``owner``'s tokens,
     * given ``owner``'s signed approval.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: The same issues {IERC20-approve} has related to transaction
     * ordering also apply here.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `deadline` must be a timestamp in the future.
     * - `v`, `r` and `s` must be a valid `secp256k1` signature from `owner`
     * over the EIP712-formatted function arguments.
     * - the signature must use ``owner``'s current nonce (see {nonces}).
     *
     * For more information on the signature format, see the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612#specification[relevant EIP
     * section].
     *
     * CAUTION: See Security Considerations above.
     */
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current nonce for `owner`. This value must be
     * included whenever a signature is generated for {permit}.
     *
     * Every successful call to {permit} increases ``owner``'s nonce by one. This
     * prevents a signature from being used multiple times.
     */
    function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator used in the encoding of the signature for {permit}, as defined by {EIP712}.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC20Upgradeable } from "../IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC20PermitUpgradeable } from "../extensions/IERC20PermitUpgradeable.sol";
import { AddressUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20Upgradeable {
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;

    /**
     * @dev An operation with an ERC20 token failed.
     */
    error SafeERC20FailedOperation(address token);

    /**
     * @dev Indicates a failed `decreaseAllowance` request.
     */
    error SafeERC20FailedDecreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 currentAllowance, uint256 requestedDecrease);

    /**
     * @dev Transfer `value` amount of `token` from the calling contract to `to`. If `token` returns no value,
     * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeTransfer(IERC20Upgradeable token, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeCall(token.transfer, (to, value)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfer `value` amount of `token` from `from` to `to`, spending the approval given by `from` to the
     * calling contract. If `token` returns no value, non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(IERC20Upgradeable token, address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeCall(token.transferFrom, (from, to, value)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Increase the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` by `value`. If `token` returns no value,
     * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeIncreaseAllowance(IERC20Upgradeable token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
        forceApprove(token, spender, oldAllowance + value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decrease the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` by `requestedDecrease`. If `token` returns no
     * value, non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful.
     */
    function safeDecreaseAllowance(IERC20Upgradeable token, address spender, uint256 requestedDecrease) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint256 currentAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
            if (currentAllowance < requestedDecrease) {
                revert SafeERC20FailedDecreaseAllowance(spender, currentAllowance, requestedDecrease);
            }
            forceApprove(token, spender, currentAllowance - requestedDecrease);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Set the calling contract's allowance toward `spender` to `value`. If `token` returns no value,
     * non-reverting calls are assumed to be successful. Meant to be used with tokens that require the approval
     * to be set to zero before setting it to a non-zero value, such as USDT.
     */
    function forceApprove(IERC20Upgradeable token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        bytes memory approvalCall = abi.encodeCall(token.approve, (spender, value));

        if (!_callOptionalReturnBool(token, approvalCall)) {
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeCall(token.approve, (spender, 0)));
            _callOptionalReturn(token, approvalCall);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20Upgradeable token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address-functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
        // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.

        bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data);
        if (returndata.length != 0 && !abi.decode(returndata, (bool))) {
            revert SafeERC20FailedOperation(address(token));
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     *
     * This is a variant of {_callOptionalReturn} that silents catches all reverts and returns a bool instead.
     */
    function _callOptionalReturnBool(IERC20Upgradeable token, bytes memory data) private returns (bool) {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We cannot use {Address-functionCall} here since this should return false
        // and not revert is the subcall reverts.

        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = address(token).call(data);
        return success && (returndata.length == 0 || abi.decode(returndata, (bool))) && address(token).code.length > 0;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC721/ERC721.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC721Upgradeable } from "./IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable } from "./IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC721MetadataUpgradeable } from "./extensions/IERC721MetadataUpgradeable.sol";
import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import { StringsUpgradeable } from "../../utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC165Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable } from "../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC721ErrorsUpgradeable } from "../../interfaces/draft-IERC6093Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension, but not including the Enumerable extension, which is available separately as
 * {ERC721Enumerable}.
 */
abstract contract ERC721Upgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC721Upgradeable, IERC721MetadataUpgradeable, IERC721ErrorsUpgradeable {
    using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC721
    struct ERC721Storage {
        // Token name
        string _name;

        // Token symbol
        string _symbol;

        mapping(uint256 tokenId => address) _owners;

        mapping(address owner => uint256) _balances;

        mapping(uint256 tokenId => address) _tokenApprovals;

        mapping(address owner => mapping(address operator => bool)) _operatorApprovals;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC721")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC721StorageLocation = 0x80bb2b638cc20bc4d0a60d66940f3ab4a00c1d7b313497ca82fb0b4ab0079300;

    function _getERC721Storage() private pure returns (ERC721Storage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC721StorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
     */
    function __ERC721_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }

    function __ERC721_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC721Storage storage $ = _getERC721Storage();
        $._name = name_;
        $._symbol = symbol_;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Upgradeable).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721MetadataUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC721Storage storage $ = _getERC721Storage();
        if (owner == address(0)) {
            revert ERC721InvalidOwner(address(0));
        }
        return $._balances[owner];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _requireOwned(tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        ERC721Storage storage $ = _getERC721Storage();
        return $._name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        ERC721Storage storage $ = _getERC721Storage();
        return $._symbol;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual returns (string memory) {
        _requireOwned(tokenId);

        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length > 0 ? string.concat(baseURI, tokenId.toString()) : "";
    }

    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual {
        _approve(to, tokenId, _msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual returns (address) {
        _requireOwned(tokenId);

        return _getApproved(tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual {
        _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        ERC721Storage storage $ = _getERC721Storage();
        return $._operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual {
        if (to == address(0)) {
            revert ERC721InvalidReceiver(address(0));
        }
        // Setting an "auth" arguments enables the `_isAuthorized` check which verifies that the token exists
        // (from != 0). Therefore, it is not needed to verify that the return value is not 0 here.
        address previousOwner = _update(to, tokenId, _msgSender());
        if (previousOwner != from) {
            revert ERC721IncorrectOwner(from, tokenId, previousOwner);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) public {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data) public virtual {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        _checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId`. Does NOT revert if token doesn't exist
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Any overrides to this function that add ownership of tokens not tracked by the
     * core ERC721 logic MUST be matched with the use of {_increaseBalance} to keep balances
     * consistent with ownership. The invariant to preserve is that for any address `a` the value returned by
     * `balanceOf(a)` must be equal to the number of tokens such that `_ownerOf(tokenId)` is `a`.
     */
    function _ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (address) {
        ERC721Storage storage $ = _getERC721Storage();
        return $._owners[tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the approved address for `tokenId`. Returns 0 if `tokenId` is not minted.
     */
    function _getApproved(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (address) {
        ERC721Storage storage $ = _getERC721Storage();
        return $._tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `owner`'s tokens, or `tokenId` in
     * particular (ignoring whether it is owned by `owner`).
     *
     * WARNING: This function assumes that `owner` is the actual owner of `tokenId` and does not verify this
     * assumption.
     */
    function _isAuthorized(address owner, address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            spender != address(0) &&
            (owner == spender || isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) || _getApproved(tokenId) == spender);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Checks if `spender` can operate on `tokenId`, assuming the provided `owner` is the actual owner.
     * Reverts if `spender` does not have approval from the provided `owner` for the given token or for all its assets
     * the `spender` for the specific `tokenId`.
     *
     * WARNING: This function assumes that `owner` is the actual owner of `tokenId` and does not verify this
     * assumption.
     */
    function _checkAuthorized(address owner, address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual {
        if (!_isAuthorized(owner, spender, tokenId)) {
            if (owner == address(0)) {
                revert ERC721NonexistentToken(tokenId);
            } else {
                revert ERC721InsufficientApproval(spender, tokenId);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Unsafe write access to the balances, used by extensions that "mint" tokens using an {ownerOf} override.
     *
     * NOTE: the value is limited to type(uint128).max. This protect against _balance overflow. It is unrealistic that
     * a uint256 would ever overflow from increments when these increments are bounded to uint128 values.
     *
     * WARNING: Increasing an account's balance using this function tends to be paired with an override of the
     * {_ownerOf} function to resolve the ownership of the corresponding tokens so that balances and ownership
     * remain consistent with one another.
     */
    function _increaseBalance(address account, uint128 value) internal virtual {
        ERC721Storage storage $ = _getERC721Storage();
        unchecked {
            $._balances[account] += value;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from its current owner to `to`, or alternatively mints (or burns) if the current owner
     * (or `to`) is the zero address. Returns the owner of the `tokenId` before the update.
     *
     * The `auth` argument is optional. If the value passed is non 0, then this function will check that
     * `auth` is either the owner of the token, or approved to operate on the token (by the owner).
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     *
     * NOTE: If overriding this function in a way that tracks balances, see also {_increaseBalance}.
     */
    function _update(address to, uint256 tokenId, address auth) internal virtual returns (address) {
        ERC721Storage storage $ = _getERC721Storage();
        address from = _ownerOf(tokenId);

        // Perform (optional) operator check
        if (auth != address(0)) {
            _checkAuthorized(from, auth, tokenId);
        }

        // Execute the update
        if (from != address(0)) {
            // Clear approval. No need to re-authorize or emit the Approval event
            _approve(address(0), tokenId, address(0), false);

            unchecked {
                $._balances[from] -= 1;
            }
        }

        if (to != address(0)) {
            unchecked {
                $._balances[to] += 1;
            }
        }

        $._owners[tokenId] = to;

        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);

        return from;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal {
        if (to == address(0)) {
            revert ERC721InvalidReceiver(address(0));
        }
        address previousOwner = _update(to, tokenId, address(0));
        if (previousOwner != address(0)) {
            revert ERC721InvalidSender(address(0));
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mints `tokenId`, transfers it to `to` and checks for `to` acceptance.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, tokenId);
        _checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     * This is an internal function that does not check if the sender is authorized to operate on the token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal {
        address previousOwner = _update(address(0), tokenId, address(0));
        if (previousOwner == address(0)) {
            revert ERC721NonexistentToken(tokenId);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) internal {
        if (to == address(0)) {
            revert ERC721InvalidReceiver(address(0));
        }
        address previousOwner = _update(to, tokenId, address(0));
        if (previousOwner == address(0)) {
            revert ERC721NonexistentToken(tokenId);
        } else if (previousOwner != from) {
            revert ERC721IncorrectOwner(from, tokenId, previousOwner);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 standard to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * `data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is like {safeTransferFrom} in the sense that it invokes
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on the receiver, and can be used to e.g.
     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) internal {
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeTransfer-address-address-uint256-}[`_safeTransfer`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data) internal virtual {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * The `auth` argument is optional. If the value passed is non 0, then this function will check that `auth` is
     * either the owner of the token, or approved to operate on all tokens held by this owner.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Overrides to this logic should be done to the variant with an additional `bool emitEvent` argument.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId, address auth) internal {
        _approve(to, tokenId, auth, true);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Variant of `_approve` with an optional flag to enable or disable the {Approval} event. The event is not
     * emitted in the context of transfers.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId, address auth, bool emitEvent) internal virtual {
        ERC721Storage storage $ = _getERC721Storage();
        // Avoid reading the owner unless necessary
        if (emitEvent || auth != address(0)) {
            address owner = _requireOwned(tokenId);

            // We do not use _isAuthorized because single-token approvals should not be able to call approve
            if (auth != address(0) && owner != auth && !isApprovedForAll(owner, auth)) {
                revert ERC721InvalidApprover(auth);
            }

            if (emitEvent) {
                emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
            }
        }

        $._tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Requirements:
     * - operator can't be the address zero.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(address owner, address operator, bool approved) internal virtual {
        ERC721Storage storage $ = _getERC721Storage();
        if (operator == address(0)) {
            revert ERC721InvalidOperator(operator);
        }
        $._operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the `tokenId` doesn't have a current owner (it hasn't been minted, or it has been burned).
     * Returns the owner.
     *
     * Overrides to ownership logic should be done to {_ownerOf}.
     */
    function _requireOwned(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (address) {
        address owner = _ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (owner == address(0)) {
            revert ERC721NonexistentToken(tokenId);
        }
        return owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address. This will revert if the
     * recipient doesn't accept the token transfer. The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     */
    function _checkOnERC721Received(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory data) private {
        if (to.code.length > 0) {
            try IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
                if (retval != IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.onERC721Received.selector) {
                    revert ERC721InvalidReceiver(to);
                }
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert ERC721InvalidReceiver(to);
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be
     * reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon
     *   a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes calldata data) external;

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or
     *   {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon
     *   a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Note that the caller is responsible to confirm that the recipient is capable of receiving ERC721
     * or else they may be permanently lost. Usage of {safeTransferFrom} prevents loss, though the caller must
     * understand this adds an external call which potentially creates a reentrancy vulnerability.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the address zero.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Burnable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC721Upgradeable } from "../ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @title ERC721 Burnable Token
 * @dev ERC721 Token that can be burned (destroyed).
 */
abstract contract ERC721BurnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC721Upgradeable {
    function __ERC721Burnable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC721Burnable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Burns `tokenId`. See {ERC721-_burn}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own `tokenId` or be an approved operator.
     */
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) public virtual {
        // Setting an "auth" arguments enables the `_isAuthorized` check which verifies that the token exists
        // (from != 0). Therefore, it is not needed to verify that the return value is not 0 here.
        _update(address(0), tokenId, _msgSender());
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Consecutive.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC721Upgradeable } from "../ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC2309Upgradeable } from "../../../interfaces/IERC2309Upgradeable.sol";
import { BitMapsUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/structs/BitMapsUpgradeable.sol";
import { CheckpointsUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/structs/CheckpointsUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the ERC2309 "Consecutive Transfer Extension" as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309[EIP-2309].
 *
 * This extension allows the minting of large batches of tokens, during contract construction only. For upgradeable
 * contracts this implies that batch minting is only available during proxy deployment, and not in subsequent upgrades.
 * These batches are limited to 5000 tokens at a time by default to accommodate off-chain indexers.
 *
 * Using this extension removes the ability to mint single tokens during contract construction. This ability is
 * regained after construction. During construction, only batch minting is allowed.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: This extension does not call the {_update} function for tokens minted in batch. Any logic added to this
 * function through overrides will not be triggered when token are minted in batch. You may want to also override
 * {_increaseBalance} or {_mintConsecutive} to account for these mints.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: When overriding {_mintConsecutive}, be careful about call ordering. {ownerOf} may return invalid
 * values during the {_mintConsecutive} execution if the super call is not called first. To be safe, execute the
 * super call before your custom logic.
 */
abstract contract ERC721ConsecutiveUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC2309Upgradeable, ERC721Upgradeable {
    using BitMapsUpgradeable for BitMapsUpgradeable.BitMap;
    using CheckpointsUpgradeable for CheckpointsUpgradeable.Trace160;

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC721Consecutive
    struct ERC721ConsecutiveStorage {
        CheckpointsUpgradeable.Trace160 _sequentialOwnership;
        BitMapsUpgradeable.BitMap _sequentialBurn;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC721Consecutive")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC721ConsecutiveStorageLocation = 0x24de1071a22e1e6f709b09cc0dadb696f919b85b456665cd36195df4bc89ff00;

    function _getERC721ConsecutiveStorage() private pure returns (ERC721ConsecutiveStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC721ConsecutiveStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Batch mint is restricted to the constructor.
     * Any batch mint not emitting the {IERC721-Transfer} event outside of the constructor
     * is non-ERC721 compliant.
     */
    error ERC721ForbiddenBatchMint();

    /**
     * @dev Exceeds the max amount of mints per batch.
     */
    error ERC721ExceededMaxBatchMint(uint256 batchSize, uint256 maxBatch);

    /**
     * @dev Individual minting is not allowed.
     */
    error ERC721ForbiddenMint();

    /**
     * @dev Batch burn is not supported.
     */
    error ERC721ForbiddenBatchBurn();

    function __ERC721Consecutive_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC721Consecutive_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Maximum size of a batch of consecutive tokens. This is designed to limit stress on off-chain indexing
     * services that have to record one entry per token, and have protections against "unreasonably large" batches of
     * tokens.
     *
     * NOTE: Overriding the default value of 5000 will not cause on-chain issues, but may result in the asset not being
     * correctly supported by off-chain indexing services (including marketplaces).
     */
    function _maxBatchSize() internal view virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 5000;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_ownerOf}. Override that checks the sequential ownership structure for tokens that have
     * been minted as part of a batch, and not yet transferred.
     */
    function _ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual override returns (address) {
        ERC721ConsecutiveStorage storage $ = _getERC721ConsecutiveStorage();
        address owner = super._ownerOf(tokenId);

        // If token is owned by the core, or beyond consecutive range, return base value
        if (owner != address(0) || tokenId > type(uint96).max || tokenId < _firstConsecutiveId()) {
            return owner;
        }

        // Otherwise, check the token was not burned, and fetch ownership from the anchors
        // Note: no need for safe cast, we know that tokenId <= type(uint96).max
        return $._sequentialBurn.get(tokenId) ? address(0) : address($._sequentialOwnership.lowerLookup(uint96(tokenId)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mint a batch of tokens of length `batchSize` for `to`. Returns the token id of the first token minted in the
     * batch; if `batchSize` is 0, returns the number of consecutive ids minted so far.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `batchSize` must not be greater than {_maxBatchSize}.
     * - The function is called in the constructor of the contract (directly or indirectly).
     *
     * CAUTION: Does not emit a `Transfer` event. This is ERC721 compliant as long as it is done inside of the
     * constructor, which is enforced by this function.
     *
     * CAUTION: Does not invoke `onERC721Received` on the receiver.
     *
     * Emits a {IERC2309-ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintConsecutive(address to, uint96 batchSize) internal virtual returns (uint96) {
        ERC721ConsecutiveStorage storage $ = _getERC721ConsecutiveStorage();
        uint96 next = _nextConsecutiveId();

        // minting a batch of size 0 is a no-op
        if (batchSize > 0) {
            if (address(this).code.length > 0) {
                revert ERC721ForbiddenBatchMint();
            }
            if (to == address(0)) {
                revert ERC721InvalidReceiver(address(0));
            }

            uint256 maxBatchSize = _maxBatchSize();
            if (batchSize > maxBatchSize) {
                revert ERC721ExceededMaxBatchMint(batchSize, maxBatchSize);
            }

            // push an ownership checkpoint & emit event
            uint96 last = next + batchSize - 1;
            $._sequentialOwnership.push(last, uint160(to));

            // The invariant required by this function is preserved because the new sequentialOwnership checkpoint
            // is attributing ownership of `batchSize` new tokens to account `to`.
            _increaseBalance(to, batchSize);

            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(next, last, address(0), to);
        }

        return next;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_update}. Override version that restricts normal minting to after construction.
     *
     * WARNING: Using {ERC721Consecutive} prevents minting during construction in favor of {_mintConsecutive}.
     * After construction, {_mintConsecutive} is no longer available and minting through {_update} becomes available.
     */
    function _update(address to, uint256 tokenId, address auth) internal virtual override returns (address) {
        ERC721ConsecutiveStorage storage $ = _getERC721ConsecutiveStorage();
        address previousOwner = super._update(to, tokenId, auth);

        // only mint after construction
        if (previousOwner == address(0) && address(this).code.length == 0) {
            revert ERC721ForbiddenMint();
        }

        // record burn
        if (
            to == address(0) && // if we burn
            tokenId < _nextConsecutiveId() && // and the tokenId was minted in a batch
            !$._sequentialBurn.get(tokenId) // and the token was never marked as burnt
        ) {
            $._sequentialBurn.set(tokenId);
        }

        return previousOwner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Used to offset the first token id in {_nextConsecutiveId}
     */
    function _firstConsecutiveId() internal view virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the next tokenId to mint using {_mintConsecutive}. It will return {_firstConsecutiveId}
     * if no consecutive tokenId has been minted before.
     */
    function _nextConsecutiveId() private view returns (uint96) {
        ERC721ConsecutiveStorage storage $ = _getERC721ConsecutiveStorage();
        (bool exists, uint96 latestId, ) = $._sequentialOwnership.latestCheckpoint();
        return exists ? latestId + 1 : _firstConsecutiveId();
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC721Upgradeable } from "../ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC721EnumerableUpgradeable } from "./IERC721EnumerableUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "../../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This implements an optional extension of {ERC721} defined in the EIP that adds enumerability
 * of all the token ids in the contract as well as all token ids owned by each account.
 *
 * CAUTION: `ERC721` extensions that implement custom `balanceOf` logic, such as `ERC721Consecutive`,
 * interfere with enumerability and should not be used together with `ERC721Enumerable`.
 */
abstract contract ERC721EnumerableUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC721Upgradeable, IERC721EnumerableUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC721Enumerable
    struct ERC721EnumerableStorage {
        mapping(address owner => mapping(uint256 index => uint256)) _ownedTokens;
        mapping(uint256 tokenId => uint256) _ownedTokensIndex;

        uint256[] _allTokens;
        mapping(uint256 tokenId => uint256) _allTokensIndex;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC721Enumerable")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC721EnumerableStorageLocation = 0x645e039705490088daad89bae25049a34f4a9072d398537b1ab2425f24cbed00;

    function _getERC721EnumerableStorage() private pure returns (ERC721EnumerableStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC721EnumerableStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev An `owner`'s token query was out of bounds for `index`.
     *
     * NOTE: The owner being `address(0)` indicates a global out of bounds index.
     */
    error ERC721OutOfBoundsIndex(address owner, uint256 index);

    /**
     * @dev Batch mint is not allowed.
     */
    error ERC721EnumerableForbiddenBatchMint();

    function __ERC721Enumerable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC721Enumerable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165Upgradeable, ERC721Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC721EnumerableUpgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenOfOwnerByIndex}.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC721EnumerableStorage storage $ = _getERC721EnumerableStorage();
        if (index >= balanceOf(owner)) {
            revert ERC721OutOfBoundsIndex(owner, index);
        }
        return $._ownedTokens[owner][index];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-totalSupply}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC721EnumerableStorage storage $ = _getERC721EnumerableStorage();
        return $._allTokens.length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenByIndex}.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        ERC721EnumerableStorage storage $ = _getERC721EnumerableStorage();
        if (index >= totalSupply()) {
            revert ERC721OutOfBoundsIndex(address(0), index);
        }
        return $._allTokens[index];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_update}.
     */
    function _update(address to, uint256 tokenId, address auth) internal virtual override returns (address) {
        address previousOwner = super._update(to, tokenId, auth);

        if (previousOwner == address(0)) {
            _addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId);
        } else if (previousOwner != to) {
            _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(previousOwner, tokenId);
        }
        if (to == address(0)) {
            _removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId);
        } else if (previousOwner != to) {
            _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(to, tokenId);
        }

        return previousOwner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's ownership-tracking data structures.
     * @param to address representing the new owner of the given token ID
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list of the given address
     */
    function _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(address to, uint256 tokenId) private {
        ERC721EnumerableStorage storage $ = _getERC721EnumerableStorage();
        uint256 length = balanceOf(to) - 1;
        $._ownedTokens[to][length] = tokenId;
        $._ownedTokensIndex[tokenId] = length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's token tracking data structures.
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list
     */
    function _addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private {
        ERC721EnumerableStorage storage $ = _getERC721EnumerableStorage();
        $._allTokensIndex[tokenId] = $._allTokens.length;
        $._allTokens.push(tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's ownership-tracking data structures. Note that
     * while the token is not assigned a new owner, the `_ownedTokensIndex` mapping is _not_ updated: this allows for
     * gas optimizations e.g. when performing a transfer operation (avoiding double writes).
     * This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _ownedTokens array.
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list of the given address
     */
    function _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(address from, uint256 tokenId) private {
        ERC721EnumerableStorage storage $ = _getERC721EnumerableStorage();
        // To prevent a gap in from's tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and
        // then delete the last slot (swap and pop).

        uint256 lastTokenIndex = balanceOf(from);
        uint256 tokenIndex = $._ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];

        // When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary
        if (tokenIndex != lastTokenIndex) {
            uint256 lastTokenId = $._ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];

            $._ownedTokens[from][tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token
            $._ownedTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index
        }

        // This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array
        delete $._ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];
        delete $._ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's token tracking data structures.
     * This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _allTokens array.
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list
     */
    function _removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private {
        ERC721EnumerableStorage storage $ = _getERC721EnumerableStorage();
        // To prevent a gap in the tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and
        // then delete the last slot (swap and pop).

        uint256 lastTokenIndex = $._allTokens.length - 1;
        uint256 tokenIndex = $._allTokensIndex[tokenId];

        // When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary. However, since this occurs so
        // rarely (when the last minted token is burnt) that we still do the swap here to avoid the gas cost of adding
        // an 'if' statement (like in _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration)
        uint256 lastTokenId = $._allTokens[lastTokenIndex];

        $._allTokens[tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token
        $._allTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index

        // This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array
        delete $._allTokensIndex[tokenId];
        $._allTokens.pop();
    }

    /**
     * See {ERC721-_increaseBalance}. We need that to account tokens that were minted in batch
     */
    function _increaseBalance(address account, uint128 amount) internal virtual override {
        if (amount > 0) {
            revert ERC721EnumerableForbiddenBatchMint();
        }
        super._increaseBalance(account, amount);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.2) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC721Upgradeable } from "../ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import { PausableUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev ERC721 token with pausable token transfers, minting and burning.
 *
 * Useful for scenarios such as preventing trades until the end of an evaluation
 * period, or having an emergency switch for freezing all token transfers in the
 * event of a large bug.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: This contract does not include public pause and unpause functions. In
 * addition to inheriting this contract, you must define both functions, invoking the
 * {Pausable-_pause} and {Pausable-_unpause} internal functions, with appropriate
 * access control, e.g. using {AccessControl} or {Ownable}. Not doing so will
 * make the contract pause mechanism of the contract unreachable, and thus unusable.
 */
abstract contract ERC721PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC721Upgradeable, PausableUpgradeable {
    function __ERC721Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Pausable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ERC721Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_update}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _update(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        address auth
    ) internal virtual override whenNotPaused returns (address) {
        return super._update(to, tokenId, auth);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Royalty.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC721Upgradeable } from "../ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import { ERC2981Upgradeable } from "../../common/ERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of ERC721 with the ERC2981 NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment
 * information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {ERC2981-_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually
 * for specific token ids via {ERC2981-_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 */
abstract contract ERC721RoyaltyUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC2981Upgradeable, ERC721Upgradeable {
    function __ERC721Royalty_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC721Royalty_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC721Upgradeable, ERC2981Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721URIStorage.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC721Upgradeable } from "../ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import { StringsUpgradeable } from "../../../utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC4906Upgradeable } from "../../../interfaces/IERC4906Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "../../../interfaces/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev ERC721 token with storage based token URI management.
 */
abstract contract ERC721URIStorageUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC4906Upgradeable, ERC721Upgradeable {
    using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;

    // Interface ID as defined in ERC-4906. This does not correspond to a traditional interface ID as ERC-4906 only
    // defines events and does not include any external function.
    bytes4 private constant ERC4906_INTERFACE_ID = bytes4(0x49064906);

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC721URIStorage
    struct ERC721URIStorageStorage {
        // Optional mapping for token URIs
        mapping(uint256 tokenId => string) _tokenURIs;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC721URIStorage")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC721URIStorageStorageLocation = 0x0542a41881ee128a365a727b282c86fa859579490b9bb45aab8503648c8e7900;

    function _getERC721URIStorageStorage() private pure returns (ERC721URIStorageStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC721URIStorageStorageLocation
        }
    }

    function __ERC721URIStorage_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC721URIStorage_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC721Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == ERC4906_INTERFACE_ID || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        ERC721URIStorageStorage storage $ = _getERC721URIStorageStorage();
        _requireOwned(tokenId);

        string memory _tokenURI = $._tokenURIs[tokenId];
        string memory base = _baseURI();

        // If there is no base URI, return the token URI.
        if (bytes(base).length == 0) {
            return _tokenURI;
        }
        // If both are set, concatenate the baseURI and tokenURI (via string.concat).
        if (bytes(_tokenURI).length > 0) {
            return string.concat(base, _tokenURI);
        }

        return super.tokenURI(tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets `_tokenURI` as the tokenURI of `tokenId`.
     *
     * Emits {MetadataUpdate}.
     */
    function _setTokenURI(uint256 tokenId, string memory _tokenURI) internal virtual {
        ERC721URIStorageStorage storage $ = _getERC721URIStorageStorage();
        $._tokenURIs[tokenId] = _tokenURI;
        emit MetadataUpdate(tokenId);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Votes.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ERC721Upgradeable } from "../ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import { VotesUpgradeable } from "../../../governance/utils/VotesUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of ERC721 to support voting and delegation as implemented by {Votes}, where each individual NFT counts
 * as 1 vote unit.
 *
 * Tokens do not count as votes until they are delegated, because votes must be tracked which incurs an additional cost
 * on every transfer. Token holders can either delegate to a trusted representative who will decide how to make use of
 * the votes in governance decisions, or they can delegate to themselves to be their own representative.
 */
abstract contract ERC721VotesUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC721Upgradeable, VotesUpgradeable {
    function __ERC721Votes_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC721Votes_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_update}. Adjusts votes when tokens are transferred.
     *
     * Emits a {IVotes-DelegateVotesChanged} event.
     */
    function _update(address to, uint256 tokenId, address auth) internal virtual override returns (address) {
        address previousOwner = super._update(to, tokenId, auth);

        _transferVotingUnits(previousOwner, to, 1);

        return previousOwner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the balance of `account`.
     *
     * WARNING: Overriding this function will likely result in incorrect vote tracking.
     */
    function _getVotingUnits(address account) internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return balanceOf(account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_increaseBalance}. We need that to account tokens that were minted in batch.
     */
    function _increaseBalance(address account, uint128 amount) internal virtual override {
        super._increaseBalance(account, amount);
        _transferVotingUnits(address(0), account, amount);
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Wrapper.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC721Upgradeable, ERC721Upgradeable } from "../ERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable } from "../IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of the ERC721 token contract to support token wrapping.
 *
 * Users can deposit and withdraw an "underlying token" and receive a "wrapped token" with a matching tokenId. This is
 * useful in conjunction with other modules. For example, combining this wrapping mechanism with {ERC721Votes} will allow
 * the wrapping of an existing "basic" ERC721 into a governance token.
 */
abstract contract ERC721WrapperUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC721Upgradeable, IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC721Wrapper
    struct ERC721WrapperStorage {
        IERC721Upgradeable _underlying;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC721Wrapper")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC721WrapperStorageLocation = 0xa27ade666fc2e768f0cfbad659dfd6a7039cae52f9274d2ab808f70dce364400;

    function _getERC721WrapperStorage() private pure returns (ERC721WrapperStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC721WrapperStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev The received ERC721 token couldn't be wrapped.
     */
    error ERC721UnsupportedToken(address token);

    function __ERC721Wrapper_init(IERC721Upgradeable underlyingToken) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721Wrapper_init_unchained(underlyingToken);
    }

    function __ERC721Wrapper_init_unchained(IERC721Upgradeable underlyingToken) internal onlyInitializing {
        ERC721WrapperStorage storage $ = _getERC721WrapperStorage();
        $._underlying = underlyingToken;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Allow a user to deposit underlying tokens and mint the corresponding tokenIds.
     */
    function depositFor(address account, uint256[] memory tokenIds) public virtual returns (bool) {
        uint256 length = tokenIds.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; ++i) {
            uint256 tokenId = tokenIds[i];

            // This is an "unsafe" transfer that doesn't call any hook on the receiver. With underlying() being trusted
            // (by design of this contract) and no other contracts expected to be called from there, we are safe.
            // slither-disable-next-line reentrancy-no-eth
            underlying().transferFrom(_msgSender(), address(this), tokenId);
            _safeMint(account, tokenId);
        }

        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Allow a user to burn wrapped tokens and withdraw the corresponding tokenIds of the underlying tokens.
     */
    function withdrawTo(address account, uint256[] memory tokenIds) public virtual returns (bool) {
        uint256 length = tokenIds.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; ++i) {
            uint256 tokenId = tokenIds[i];
            // Setting an "auth" arguments enables the `_isAuthorized` check which verifies that the token exists
            // (from != 0). Therefore, it is not needed to verify that the return value is not 0 here.
            _update(address(0), tokenId, _msgSender());
            // Checks were already performed at this point, and there's no way to retake ownership or approval from
            // the wrapped tokenId after this point, so it's safe to remove the reentrancy check for the next line.
            // slither-disable-next-line reentrancy-no-eth
            underlying().safeTransferFrom(address(this), account, tokenId);
        }

        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overrides {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to allow minting on direct ERC721 transfers to
     * this contract.
     *
     * In case there's data attached, it validates that the operator is this contract, so only trusted data
     * is accepted from {depositFor}.
     *
     * WARNING: Doesn't work with unsafe transfers (eg. {IERC721-transferFrom}). Use {ERC721Wrapper-_recover}
     * for recovering in that scenario.
     */
    function onERC721Received(address, address from, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory) public virtual returns (bytes4) {
        if (address(underlying()) != _msgSender()) {
            revert ERC721UnsupportedToken(_msgSender());
        }
        _safeMint(from, tokenId);
        return IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.onERC721Received.selector;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mint a wrapped token to cover any underlyingToken that would have been transferred by mistake. Internal
     * function that can be exposed with access control if desired.
     */
    function _recover(address account, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual returns (uint256) {
        address owner = underlying().ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (owner != address(this)) {
            revert ERC721IncorrectOwner(address(this), tokenId, owner);
        }
        _safeMint(account, tokenId);
        return tokenId;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the underlying token.
     */
    function underlying() public view virtual returns (IERC721Upgradeable) {
        ERC721WrapperStorage storage $ = _getERC721WrapperStorage();
        return $._underlying;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC721Upgradeable } from "../IERC721Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721EnumerableUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list.
     * Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract.
     * Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC721Upgradeable } from "../IERC721Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721MetadataUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/ERC721/utils/ERC721Holder.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable } from "../IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC721Receiver} interface.
 *
 * Accepts all token transfers.
 * Make sure the contract is able to use its token with {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}, {IERC721-approve} or
 * {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
 */
abstract contract ERC721HolderUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    function __ERC721Holder_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC721Holder_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}.
     *
     * Always returns `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(address, address, uint256, bytes memory) public virtual returns (bytes4) {
        return this.onERC721Received.selector;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (token/common/ERC2981.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC2981Upgradeable } from "../../interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import { IERC165Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable } from "../../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the NFT Royalty Standard, a standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information.
 *
 * Royalty information can be specified globally for all token ids via {_setDefaultRoyalty}, and/or individually for
 * specific token ids via {_setTokenRoyalty}. The latter takes precedence over the first.
 *
 * Royalty is specified as a fraction of sale price. {_feeDenominator} is overridable but defaults to 10000, meaning the
 * fee is specified in basis points by default.
 *
 * IMPORTANT: ERC-2981 only specifies a way to signal royalty information and does not enforce its payment. See
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2981#optional-royalty-payments[Rationale] in the EIP. Marketplaces are expected to
 * voluntarily pay royalties together with sales, but note that this standard is not yet widely supported.
 */
abstract contract ERC2981Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC2981Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable {
    struct RoyaltyInfo {
        address receiver;
        uint96 royaltyFraction;
    }

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ERC2981
    struct ERC2981Storage {
        RoyaltyInfo _defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        mapping(uint256 tokenId => RoyaltyInfo) _tokenRoyaltyInfo;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ERC2981")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ERC2981StorageLocation = 0xdaedc9ab023613a7caf35e703657e986ccfad7e3eb0af93a2853f8d65dd86b00;

    function _getERC2981Storage() private pure returns (ERC2981Storage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ERC2981StorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev The default royalty set is invalid (eg. (numerator / denominator) >= 1).
     */
    error ERC2981InvalidDefaultRoyalty(uint256 numerator, uint256 denominator);

    /**
     * @dev The default royalty receiver is invalid.
     */
    error ERC2981InvalidDefaultRoyaltyReceiver(address receiver);

    /**
     * @dev The royalty set for an specific `tokenId` is invalid (eg. (numerator / denominator) >= 1).
     */
    error ERC2981InvalidTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId, uint256 numerator, uint256 denominator);

    /**
     * @dev The royalty receiver for `tokenId` is invalid.
     */
    error ERC2981InvalidTokenRoyaltyReceiver(uint256 tokenId, address receiver);

    function __ERC2981_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC2981_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165Upgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @inheritdoc IERC2981Upgradeable
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice) public view virtual returns (address, uint256) {
        ERC2981Storage storage $ = _getERC2981Storage();
        RoyaltyInfo memory royalty = $._tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];

        if (royalty.receiver == address(0)) {
            royalty = $._defaultRoyaltyInfo;
        }

        uint256 royaltyAmount = (salePrice * royalty.royaltyFraction) / _feeDenominator();

        return (royalty.receiver, royaltyAmount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev The denominator with which to interpret the fee set in {_setTokenRoyalty} and {_setDefaultRoyalty} as a
     * fraction of the sale price. Defaults to 10000 so fees are expressed in basis points, but may be customized by an
     * override.
     */
    function _feeDenominator() internal pure virtual returns (uint96) {
        return 10000;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information that all ids in this contract will default to.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setDefaultRoyalty(address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        ERC2981Storage storage $ = _getERC2981Storage();
        uint256 denominator = _feeDenominator();
        if (feeNumerator > denominator) {
            // Royalty fee will exceed the sale price
            revert ERC2981InvalidDefaultRoyalty(feeNumerator, denominator);
        }
        if (receiver == address(0)) {
            revert ERC2981InvalidDefaultRoyaltyReceiver(address(0));
        }

        $._defaultRoyaltyInfo = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes default royalty information.
     */
    function _deleteDefaultRoyalty() internal virtual {
        ERC2981Storage storage $ = _getERC2981Storage();
        delete $._defaultRoyaltyInfo;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the royalty information for a specific token id, overriding the global default.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `receiver` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `feeNumerator` cannot be greater than the fee denominator.
     */
    function _setTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId, address receiver, uint96 feeNumerator) internal virtual {
        ERC2981Storage storage $ = _getERC2981Storage();
        uint256 denominator = _feeDenominator();
        if (feeNumerator > denominator) {
            // Royalty fee will exceed the sale price
            revert ERC2981InvalidTokenRoyalty(tokenId, feeNumerator, denominator);
        }
        if (receiver == address(0)) {
            revert ERC2981InvalidTokenRoyaltyReceiver(tokenId, address(0));
        }

        $._tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId] = RoyaltyInfo(receiver, feeNumerator);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Resets royalty information for the token id back to the global default.
     */
    function _resetTokenRoyalty(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        ERC2981Storage storage $ = _getERC2981Storage();
        delete $._tokenRoyaltyInfo[tokenId];
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Address.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev The ETH balance of the account is not enough to perform the operation.
     */
    error AddressInsufficientBalance(address account);

    /**
     * @dev There's no code at `target` (it is not a contract).
     */
    error AddressEmptyCode(address target);

    /**
     * @dev A call to an address target failed. The target may have reverted.
     */
    error FailedInnerCall();

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.20/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        if (address(this).balance < amount) {
            revert AddressInsufficientBalance(address(this));
        }

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        if (!success) {
            revert FailedInnerCall();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason or custom error, it is bubbled
     * up by this function (like regular Solidity function calls). However, if
     * the call reverted with no returned reason, this function reverts with a
     * {FailedInnerCall} error.
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        if (address(this).balance < value) {
            revert AddressInsufficientBalance(address(this));
        }
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and reverts if the target
     * was not a contract or bubbling up the revert reason (falling back to {FailedInnerCall}) in case of an
     * unsuccessful call.
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (!success) {
            _revert(returndata);
        } else {
            // only check if target is a contract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
            // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
            if (returndata.length == 0 && target.code.length == 0) {
                revert AddressEmptyCode(target);
            }
            return returndata;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and reverts if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or with a default {FailedInnerCall} error.
     */
    function verifyCallResult(bool success, bytes memory returndata) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (!success) {
            _revert(returndata);
        } else {
            return returndata;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts with returndata if present. Otherwise reverts with {FailedInnerCall}.
     */
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert FailedInnerCall();
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Arrays.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { StorageSlotUpgradeable } from "./StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol";
import { MathUpgradeable } from "./math/MathUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to array types.
 */
library ArraysUpgradeable {
    using StorageSlotUpgradeable for bytes32;

    /**
     * @dev Searches a sorted `array` and returns the first index that contains
     * a value greater or equal to `element`. If no such index exists (i.e. all
     * values in the array are strictly less than `element`), the array length is
     * returned. Time complexity O(log n).
     *
     * `array` is expected to be sorted in ascending order, and to contain no
     * repeated elements.
     */
    function findUpperBound(uint256[] storage array, uint256 element) internal view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 low = 0;
        uint256 high = array.length;

        if (high == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        while (low < high) {
            uint256 mid = MathUpgradeable.average(low, high);

            // Note that mid will always be strictly less than high (i.e. it will be a valid array index)
            // because Math.average rounds towards zero (it does integer division with truncation).
            if (unsafeAccess(array, mid).value > element) {
                high = mid;
            } else {
                low = mid + 1;
            }
        }

        // At this point `low` is the exclusive upper bound. We will return the inclusive upper bound.
        if (low > 0 && unsafeAccess(array, low - 1).value == element) {
            return low - 1;
        } else {
            return low;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Access an array in an "unsafe" way. Skips solidity "index-out-of-range" check.
     *
     * WARNING: Only use if you are certain `pos` is lower than the array length.
     */
    function unsafeAccess(address[] storage arr, uint256 pos) internal pure returns (StorageSlotUpgradeable.AddressSlot storage) {
        bytes32 slot;
        // We use assembly to calculate the storage slot of the element at index `pos` of the dynamic array `arr`
        // following https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.20/internals/layout_in_storage.html#mappings-and-dynamic-arrays.

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0, arr.slot)
            slot := add(keccak256(0, 0x20), pos)
        }
        return slot.getAddressSlot();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Access an array in an "unsafe" way. Skips solidity "index-out-of-range" check.
     *
     * WARNING: Only use if you are certain `pos` is lower than the array length.
     */
    function unsafeAccess(bytes32[] storage arr, uint256 pos) internal pure returns (StorageSlotUpgradeable.Bytes32Slot storage) {
        bytes32 slot;
        // We use assembly to calculate the storage slot of the element at index `pos` of the dynamic array `arr`
        // following https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.20/internals/layout_in_storage.html#mappings-and-dynamic-arrays.

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0, arr.slot)
            slot := add(keccak256(0, 0x20), pos)
        }
        return slot.getBytes32Slot();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Access an array in an "unsafe" way. Skips solidity "index-out-of-range" check.
     *
     * WARNING: Only use if you are certain `pos` is lower than the array length.
     */
    function unsafeAccess(uint256[] storage arr, uint256 pos) internal pure returns (StorageSlotUpgradeable.Uint256Slot storage) {
        bytes32 slot;
        // We use assembly to calculate the storage slot of the element at index `pos` of the dynamic array `arr`
        // following https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.20/internals/layout_in_storage.html#mappings-and-dynamic-arrays.

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0, arr.slot)
            slot := add(keccak256(0, 0x20), pos)
        }
        return slot.getUint256Slot();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Access an array in an "unsafe" way. Skips solidity "index-out-of-range" check.
     *
     * WARNING: Only use if you are certain `pos` is lower than the array length.
     */
    function unsafeMemoryAccess(uint256[] memory arr, uint256 pos) internal pure returns (uint256 res) {
        assembly {
            res := mload(add(add(arr, 0x20), mul(pos, 0x20)))
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Access an array in an "unsafe" way. Skips solidity "index-out-of-range" check.
     *
     * WARNING: Only use if you are certain `pos` is lower than the array length.
     */
    function unsafeMemoryAccess(address[] memory arr, uint256 pos) internal pure returns (address res) {
        assembly {
            res := mload(add(add(arr, 0x20), mul(pos, 0x20)))
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Base64.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Provides a set of functions to operate with Base64 strings.
 */
library Base64Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Base64 Encoding/Decoding Table
     */
    string internal constant _TABLE = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789+/";

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `bytes` to its Bytes64 `string` representation.
     */
    function encode(bytes memory data) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        /**
         * Inspired by Brecht Devos (Brechtpd) implementation - MIT licence
         * https://github.com/Brechtpd/base64/blob/e78d9fd951e7b0977ddca77d92dc85183770daf4/base64.sol
         */
        if (data.length == 0) return "";

        // Loads the table into memory
        string memory table = _TABLE;

        // Encoding takes 3 bytes chunks of binary data from `bytes` data parameter
        // and split into 4 numbers of 6 bits.
        // The final Base64 length should be `bytes` data length multiplied by 4/3 rounded up
        // - `data.length + 2`  -> Round up
        // - `/ 3`              -> Number of 3-bytes chunks
        // - `4 *`              -> 4 characters for each chunk
        string memory result = new string(4 * ((data.length + 2) / 3));

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            // Prepare the lookup table (skip the first "length" byte)
            let tablePtr := add(table, 1)

            // Prepare result pointer, jump over length
            let resultPtr := add(result, 32)

            // Run over the input, 3 bytes at a time
            for {
                let dataPtr := data
                let endPtr := add(data, mload(data))
            } lt(dataPtr, endPtr) {

            } {
                // Advance 3 bytes
                dataPtr := add(dataPtr, 3)
                let input := mload(dataPtr)

                // To write each character, shift the 3 bytes (18 bits) chunk
                // 4 times in blocks of 6 bits for each character (18, 12, 6, 0)
                // and apply logical AND with 0x3F which is the number of
                // the previous character in the ASCII table prior to the Base64 Table
                // The result is then added to the table to get the character to write,
                // and finally write it in the result pointer but with a left shift
                // of 256 (1 byte) - 8 (1 ASCII char) = 248 bits

                mstore8(resultPtr, mload(add(tablePtr, and(shr(18, input), 0x3F))))
                resultPtr := add(resultPtr, 1) // Advance

                mstore8(resultPtr, mload(add(tablePtr, and(shr(12, input), 0x3F))))
                resultPtr := add(resultPtr, 1) // Advance

                mstore8(resultPtr, mload(add(tablePtr, and(shr(6, input), 0x3F))))
                resultPtr := add(resultPtr, 1) // Advance

                mstore8(resultPtr, mload(add(tablePtr, and(input, 0x3F))))
                resultPtr := add(resultPtr, 1) // Advance
            }

            // When data `bytes` is not exactly 3 bytes long
            // it is padded with `=` characters at the end
            switch mod(mload(data), 3)
            case 1 {
                mstore8(sub(resultPtr, 1), 0x3d)
                mstore8(sub(resultPtr, 2), 0x3d)
            }
            case 2 {
                mstore8(sub(resultPtr, 1), 0x3d)
            }
        }

        return result;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Create2.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Helper to make usage of the `CREATE2` EVM opcode easier and safer.
 * `CREATE2` can be used to compute in advance the address where a smart
 * contract will be deployed, which allows for interesting new mechanisms known
 * as 'counterfactual interactions'.
 *
 * See the https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1014#motivation[EIP] for more
 * information.
 */
library Create2Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Not enough balance for performing a CREATE2 deploy.
     */
    error Create2InsufficientBalance(uint256 balance, uint256 needed);

    /**
     * @dev There's no code to deploy.
     */
    error Create2EmptyBytecode();

    /**
     * @dev The deployment failed.
     */
    error Create2FailedDeployment();

    /**
     * @dev Deploys a contract using `CREATE2`. The address where the contract
     * will be deployed can be known in advance via {computeAddress}.
     *
     * The bytecode for a contract can be obtained from Solidity with
     * `type(contractName).creationCode`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `bytecode` must not be empty.
     * - `salt` must have not been used for `bytecode` already.
     * - the factory must have a balance of at least `amount`.
     * - if `amount` is non-zero, `bytecode` must have a `payable` constructor.
     */
    function deploy(uint256 amount, bytes32 salt, bytes memory bytecode) internal returns (address addr) {
        if (address(this).balance < amount) {
            revert Create2InsufficientBalance(address(this).balance, amount);
        }
        if (bytecode.length == 0) {
            revert Create2EmptyBytecode();
        }
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            addr := create2(amount, add(bytecode, 0x20), mload(bytecode), salt)
        }
        if (addr == address(0)) {
            revert Create2FailedDeployment();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address where a contract will be stored if deployed via {deploy}. Any change in the
     * `bytecodeHash` or `salt` will result in a new destination address.
     */
    function computeAddress(bytes32 salt, bytes32 bytecodeHash) internal view returns (address) {
        return computeAddress(salt, bytecodeHash, address(this));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address where a contract will be stored if deployed via {deploy} from a contract located at
     * `deployer`. If `deployer` is this contract's address, returns the same value as {computeAddress}.
     */
    function computeAddress(bytes32 salt, bytes32 bytecodeHash, address deployer) internal pure returns (address addr) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40) // Get free memory pointer

            // |                   | ↓ ptr ...  ↓ ptr + 0x0B (start) ...  ↓ ptr + 0x20 ...  ↓ ptr + 0x40 ...   |
            // |-------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
            // | bytecodeHash      |                                                        CCCCCCCCCCCCC...CC |
            // | salt              |                                      BBBBBBBBBBBBB...BB                   |
            // | deployer          | 000000...0000AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA...AA                                     |
            // | 0xFF              |            FF                                                             |
            // |-------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
            // | memory            | 000000...00FFAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA...AABBBBBBBBBBBBB...BBCCCCCCCCCCCCC...CC |
            // | keccak(start, 85) |            ↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑↑ |

            mstore(add(ptr, 0x40), bytecodeHash)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x20), salt)
            mstore(ptr, deployer) // Right-aligned with 12 preceding garbage bytes
            let start := add(ptr, 0x0b) // The hashed data starts at the final garbage byte which we will set to 0xff
            mstore8(start, 0xff)
            addr := keccak256(start, 85)
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Multicall.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { AddressUpgradeable } from "./AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Provides a function to batch together multiple calls in a single external call.
 */
abstract contract MulticallUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Multicall_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __Multicall_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow-reachable delegatecall
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) external virtual returns (bytes[] memory results) {
        results = new bytes[](data.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.length; i++) {
            results[i] = AddressUpgradeable.functionDelegateCall(address(this), data[i]);
        }
        return results;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Provides tracking nonces for addresses. Nonces will only increment.
 */
abstract contract NoncesUpgradeable is Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev The nonce used for an `account` is not the expected current nonce.
     */
    error InvalidAccountNonce(address account, uint256 currentNonce);

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.Nonces
    struct NoncesStorage {
        mapping(address account => uint256) _nonces;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.Nonces")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant NoncesStorageLocation = 0x5ab42ced628888259c08ac98db1eb0cf702fc1501344311d8b100cd1bfe4bb00;

    function _getNoncesStorage() private pure returns (NoncesStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := NoncesStorageLocation
        }
    }

    function __Nonces_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __Nonces_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next unused nonce for an address.
     */
    function nonces(address owner) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        NoncesStorage storage $ = _getNoncesStorage();
        return $._nonces[owner];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Consumes a nonce.
     *
     * Returns the current value and increments nonce.
     */
    function _useNonce(address owner) internal virtual returns (uint256) {
        NoncesStorage storage $ = _getNoncesStorage();
        // For each account, the nonce has an initial value of 0, can only be incremented by one, and cannot be
        // decremented or reset. This guarantees that the nonce never overflows.
        unchecked {
            // It is important to do x++ and not ++x here.
            return $._nonces[owner]++;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {_useNonce} but checking that `nonce` is the next valid for `owner`.
     */
    function _useCheckedNonce(address owner, uint256 nonce) internal virtual {
        uint256 current = _useNonce(owner);
        if (nonce != current) {
            revert InvalidAccountNonce(owner, current);
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ContextUpgradeable } from "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.Pausable
    struct PausableStorage {
        bool _paused;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.Pausable")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant PausableStorageLocation = 0xcd5ed15c6e187e77e9aee88184c21f4f2182ab5827cb3b7e07fbedcd63f03300;

    function _getPausableStorage() private pure returns (PausableStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := PausableStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);

    /**
     * @dev The operation failed because the contract is paused.
     */
    error EnforcedPause();

    /**
     * @dev The operation failed because the contract is not paused.
     */
    error ExpectedPause();

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    function __Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Pausable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        PausableStorage storage $ = _getPausableStorage();
        $._paused = false;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _requireNotPaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        _requirePaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        PausableStorage storage $ = _getPausableStorage();
        return $._paused;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
        if (paused()) {
            revert EnforcedPause();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
        if (!paused()) {
            revert ExpectedPause();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        PausableStorage storage $ = _getPausableStorage();
        $._paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        PausableStorage storage $ = _getPausableStorage();
        $._paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable is Initializable {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.

    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant ENTERED = 2;

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.ReentrancyGuard
    struct ReentrancyGuardStorage {
        uint256 _status;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.ReentrancyGuard")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant ReentrancyGuardStorageLocation = 0x9b779b17422d0df92223018b32b4d1fa46e071723d6817e2486d003becc55f00;

    function _getReentrancyGuardStorage() private pure returns (ReentrancyGuardStorage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := ReentrancyGuardStorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Unauthorized reentrant call.
     */
    error ReentrancyGuardReentrantCall();

    function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained();
    }

    function __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        ReentrancyGuardStorage storage $ = _getReentrancyGuardStorage();
        $._status = NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        _nonReentrantBefore();
        _;
        _nonReentrantAfter();
    }

    function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
        ReentrancyGuardStorage storage $ = _getReentrancyGuardStorage();
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be NOT_ENTERED
        if ($._status == ENTERED) {
            revert ReentrancyGuardReentrantCall();
        }

        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        $._status = ENTERED;
    }

    function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
        ReentrancyGuardStorage storage $ = _getReentrancyGuardStorage();
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        $._status = NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the reentrancy guard is currently set to "entered", which indicates there is a
     * `nonReentrant` function in the call stack.
     */
    function _reentrancyGuardEntered() internal view returns (bool) {
        ReentrancyGuardStorage storage $ = _getReentrancyGuardStorage();
        return $._status == ENTERED;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/ShortStrings.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { StorageSlotUpgradeable } from "./StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol";

// | string  | 0xAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA   |
// | length  | 0x                                                              BB |
type ShortString is bytes32;

/**
 * @dev This library provides functions to convert short memory strings
 * into a `ShortString` type that can be used as an immutable variable.
 *
 * Strings of arbitrary length can be optimized using this library if
 * they are short enough (up to 31 bytes) by packing them with their
 * length (1 byte) in a single EVM word (32 bytes). Additionally, a
 * fallback mechanism can be used for every other case.
 *
 * Usage example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * contract Named {
 *     using ShortStrings for *;
 *
 *     ShortString private immutable _name;
 *     string private _nameFallback;
 *
 *     constructor(string memory contractName) {
 *         _name = contractName.toShortStringWithFallback(_nameFallback);
 *     }
 *
 *     function name() external view returns (string memory) {
 *         return _name.toStringWithFallback(_nameFallback);
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 */
library ShortStringsUpgradeable {
    // Used as an identifier for strings longer than 31 bytes.
    bytes32 private constant FALLBACK_SENTINEL = 0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000FF;

    error StringTooLong(string str);
    error InvalidShortString();

    /**
     * @dev Encode a string of at most 31 chars into a `ShortString`.
     *
     * This will trigger a `StringTooLong` error is the input string is too long.
     */
    function toShortString(string memory str) internal pure returns (ShortString) {
        bytes memory bstr = bytes(str);
        if (bstr.length > 31) {
            revert StringTooLong(str);
        }
        return ShortString.wrap(bytes32(uint256(bytes32(bstr)) | bstr.length));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decode a `ShortString` back to a "normal" string.
     */
    function toString(ShortString sstr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        uint256 len = byteLength(sstr);
        // using `new string(len)` would work locally but is not memory safe.
        string memory str = new string(32);
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(str, len)
            mstore(add(str, 0x20), sstr)
        }
        return str;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the length of a `ShortString`.
     */
    function byteLength(ShortString sstr) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = uint256(ShortString.unwrap(sstr)) & 0xFF;
        if (result > 31) {
            revert InvalidShortString();
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Encode a string into a `ShortString`, or write it to storage if it is too long.
     */
    function toShortStringWithFallback(string memory value, string storage store) internal returns (ShortString) {
        if (bytes(value).length < 32) {
            return toShortString(value);
        } else {
            StorageSlotUpgradeable.getStringSlot(store).value = value;
            return ShortString.wrap(FALLBACK_SENTINEL);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decode a string that was encoded to `ShortString` or written to storage using {setWithFallback}.
     */
    function toStringWithFallback(ShortString value, string storage store) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (ShortString.unwrap(value) != FALLBACK_SENTINEL) {
            return toString(value);
        } else {
            return store;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the length of a string that was encoded to `ShortString` or written to storage using
     * {setWithFallback}.
     *
     * WARNING: This will return the "byte length" of the string. This may not reflect the actual length in terms of
     * actual characters as the UTF-8 encoding of a single character can span over multiple bytes.
     */
    function byteLengthWithFallback(ShortString value, string storage store) internal view returns (uint256) {
        if (ShortString.unwrap(value) != FALLBACK_SENTINEL) {
            return byteLength(value);
        } else {
            return bytes(store).length;
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/StorageSlot.js.

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```solidity
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(newImplementation.code.length > 0);
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 */
library StorageSlotUpgradeable {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }

    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }

    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }

    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }

    struct StringSlot {
        string value;
    }

    struct BytesSlot {
        bytes value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `StringSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getStringSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (StringSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `StringSlot` representation of the string storage pointer `store`.
     */
    function getStringSlot(string storage store) internal pure returns (StringSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := store.slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BytesSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytesSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BytesSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BytesSlot` representation of the bytes storage pointer `store`.
     */
    function getBytesSlot(bytes storage store) internal pure returns (BytesSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := store.slot
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Strings.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { MathUpgradeable } from "./math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
import { SignedMathUpgradeable } from "./math/SignedMathUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library StringsUpgradeable {
    bytes16 private constant HEX_DIGITS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;

    /**
     * @dev The `value` string doesn't fit in the specified `length`.
     */
    error StringsInsufficientHexLength(uint256 value, uint256 length);

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = MathUpgradeable.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), HEX_DIGITS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `int256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toStringSigned(int256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return string.concat(value < 0 ? "-" : "", toString(SignedMathUpgradeable.abs(value)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, MathUpgradeable.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        uint256 localValue = value;
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = HEX_DIGITS[localValue & 0xf];
            localValue >>= 4;
        }
        if (localValue != 0) {
            revert StringsInsufficientHexLength(value, length);
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal
     * representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the two strings are equal.
     */
    function equal(string memory a, string memory b) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return bytes(a).length == bytes(b).length && keccak256(bytes(a)) == keccak256(bytes(b));
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/cryptography/ECDSA.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) operations.
 *
 * These functions can be used to verify that a message was signed by the holder
 * of the private keys of a given address.
 */
library ECDSAUpgradeable {
    enum RecoverError {
        NoError,
        InvalidSignature,
        InvalidSignatureLength,
        InvalidSignatureS
    }

    /**
     * @dev The signature derives the `address(0)`.
     */
    error ECDSAInvalidSignature();

    /**
     * @dev The signature has an invalid length.
     */
    error ECDSAInvalidSignatureLength(uint256 length);

    /**
     * @dev The signature has an S value that is in the upper half order.
     */
    error ECDSAInvalidSignatureS(bytes32 s);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with `signature` or an error. This will not
     * return address(0) without also returning an error description. Errors are documented using an enum (error type)
     * and a bytes32 providing additional information about the error.
     *
     * If no error is returned, then the address can be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM precompile allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {MessageHashUtils-toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     *
     * Documentation for signature generation:
     * - with https://web3js.readthedocs.io/en/v1.3.4/web3-eth-accounts.html#sign[Web3.js]
     * - with https://docs.ethers.io/v5/api/signer/#Signer-signMessage[ethers]
     */
    function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
        if (signature.length == 65) {
            bytes32 r;
            bytes32 s;
            uint8 v;
            // ecrecover takes the signature parameters, and the only way to get them
            // currently is to use assembly.
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                r := mload(add(signature, 0x20))
                s := mload(add(signature, 0x40))
                v := byte(0, mload(add(signature, 0x60)))
            }
            return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        } else {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength, bytes32(signature.length));
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address that signed a hashed message (`hash`) with
     * `signature`. This address can then be used for verification purposes.
     *
     * The `ecrecover` EVM precompile allows for malleable (non-unique) signatures:
     * this function rejects them by requiring the `s` value to be in the lower
     * half order, and the `v` value to be either 27 or 28.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: `hash` _must_ be the result of a hash operation for the
     * verification to be secure: it is possible to craft signatures that
     * recover to arbitrary addresses for non-hashed data. A safe way to ensure
     * this is by receiving a hash of the original message (which may otherwise
     * be too long), and then calling {MessageHashUtils-toEthSignedMessageHash} on it.
     */
    function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(hash, signature);
        _throwError(error, errorArg);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `r` and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     *
     * See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2098[EIP-2098 short signatures]
     */
    function tryRecover(bytes32 hash, bytes32 r, bytes32 vs) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
        unchecked {
            bytes32 s = vs & bytes32(0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff);
            // We do not check for an overflow here since the shift operation results in 0 or 1.
            uint8 v = uint8((uint256(vs) >> 255) + 27);
            return tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `r and `vs` short-signature fields separately.
     */
    function recover(bytes32 hash, bytes32 r, bytes32 vs) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(hash, r, vs);
        _throwError(error, errorArg);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-tryRecover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     */
    function tryRecover(
        bytes32 hash,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal pure returns (address, RecoverError, bytes32) {
        // EIP-2 still allows signature malleability for ecrecover(). Remove this possibility and make the signature
        // unique. Appendix F in the Ethereum Yellow paper (https://ethereum.github.io/yellowpaper/paper.pdf), defines
        // the valid range for s in (301): 0 < s < secp256k1n ÷ 2 + 1, and for v in (302): v ∈ {27, 28}. Most
        // signatures from current libraries generate a unique signature with an s-value in the lower half order.
        //
        // If your library generates malleable signatures, such as s-values in the upper range, calculate a new s-value
        // with 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFEBAAEDCE6AF48A03BBFD25E8CD0364141 - s1 and flip v from 27 to 28 or
        // vice versa. If your library also generates signatures with 0/1 for v instead 27/28, add 27 to v to accept
        // these malleable signatures as well.
        if (uint256(s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS, s);
        }

        // If the signature is valid (and not malleable), return the signer address
        address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
        if (signer == address(0)) {
            return (address(0), RecoverError.InvalidSignature, bytes32(0));
        }

        return (signer, RecoverError.NoError, bytes32(0));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload of {ECDSA-recover} that receives the `v`,
     * `r` and `s` signature fields separately.
     */
    function recover(bytes32 hash, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) internal pure returns (address) {
        (address recovered, RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) = tryRecover(hash, v, r, s);
        _throwError(error, errorArg);
        return recovered;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Optionally reverts with the corresponding custom error according to the `error` argument provided.
     */
    function _throwError(RecoverError error, bytes32 errorArg) private pure {
        if (error == RecoverError.NoError) {
            return; // no error: do nothing
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignature) {
            revert ECDSAInvalidSignature();
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureLength) {
            revert ECDSAInvalidSignatureLength(uint256(errorArg));
        } else if (error == RecoverError.InvalidSignatureS) {
            revert ECDSAInvalidSignatureS(errorArg);
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/cryptography/EIP712.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { MessageHashUtilsUpgradeable } from "./MessageHashUtilsUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC5267Upgradeable } from "../../interfaces/IERC5267Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[EIP 712] is a standard for hashing and signing of typed structured data.
 *
 * The encoding scheme specified in the EIP requires a domain separator and a hash of the typed structured data, whose
 * encoding is very generic and therefore its implementation in Solidity is not feasible, thus this contract
 * does not implement the encoding itself. Protocols need to implement the type-specific encoding they need in order to
 * produce the hash of their typed data using a combination of `abi.encode` and `keccak256`.
 *
 * This contract implements the EIP 712 domain separator ({_domainSeparatorV4}) that is used as part of the encoding
 * scheme, and the final step of the encoding to obtain the message digest that is then signed via ECDSA
 * ({_hashTypedDataV4}).
 *
 * The implementation of the domain separator was designed to be as efficient as possible while still properly updating
 * the chain id to protect against replay attacks on an eventual fork of the chain.
 *
 * NOTE: This contract implements the version of the encoding known as "v4", as implemented by the JSON RPC method
 * https://docs.metamask.io/guide/signing-data.html[`eth_signTypedDataV4` in MetaMask].
 *
 * NOTE: In the upgradeable version of this contract, the cached values will correspond to the address, and the domain
 * separator of the implementation contract. This will cause the {_domainSeparatorV4} function to always rebuild the
 * separator from the immutable values, which is cheaper than accessing a cached version in cold storage.
 */
abstract contract EIP712Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC5267Upgradeable {
    bytes32 private constant TYPE_HASH =
        keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)");

    /// @custom:storage-location erc7201:openzeppelin.storage.EIP712
    struct EIP712Storage {
        /// @custom:oz-renamed-from _HASHED_NAME
        bytes32 _hashedName;
        /// @custom:oz-renamed-from _HASHED_VERSION
        bytes32 _hashedVersion;

        string _name;
        string _version;
    }

    // keccak256(abi.encode(uint256(keccak256("openzeppelin.storage.EIP712")) - 1)) & ~bytes32(uint256(0xff))
    bytes32 private constant EIP712StorageLocation = 0xa16a46d94261c7517cc8ff89f61c0ce93598e3c849801011dee649a6a557d100;

    function _getEIP712Storage() private pure returns (EIP712Storage storage $) {
        assembly {
            $.slot := EIP712StorageLocation
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the domain separator and parameter caches.
     *
     * The meaning of `name` and `version` is specified in
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-domainseparator[EIP 712]:
     *
     * - `name`: the user readable name of the signing domain, i.e. the name of the DApp or the protocol.
     * - `version`: the current major version of the signing domain.
     *
     * NOTE: These parameters cannot be changed except through a xref:learn::upgrading-smart-contracts.adoc[smart
     * contract upgrade].
     */
    function __EIP712_init(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
        __EIP712_init_unchained(name, version);
    }

    function __EIP712_init_unchained(string memory name, string memory version) internal onlyInitializing {
        EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
        $._name = name;
        $._version = version;

        // Reset prior values in storage if upgrading
        $._hashedName = 0;
        $._hashedVersion = 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator for the current chain.
     */
    function _domainSeparatorV4() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _buildDomainSeparator();
    }

    function _buildDomainSeparator() private view returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encode(TYPE_HASH, _EIP712NameHash(), _EIP712VersionHash(), block.chainid, address(this)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Given an already https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-hashstruct[hashed struct], this
     * function returns the hash of the fully encoded EIP712 message for this domain.
     *
     * This hash can be used together with {ECDSA-recover} to obtain the signer of a message. For example:
     *
     * ```solidity
     * bytes32 digest = _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(abi.encode(
     *     keccak256("Mail(address to,string contents)"),
     *     mailTo,
     *     keccak256(bytes(mailContents))
     * )));
     * address signer = ECDSA.recover(digest, signature);
     * ```
     */
    function _hashTypedDataV4(bytes32 structHash) internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return MessageHashUtilsUpgradeable.toTypedDataHash(_domainSeparatorV4(), structHash);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC-5267}.
     */
    function eip712Domain()
        public
        view
        virtual
        returns (
            bytes1 fields,
            string memory name,
            string memory version,
            uint256 chainId,
            address verifyingContract,
            bytes32 salt,
            uint256[] memory extensions
        )
    {
        EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
        // If the hashed name and version in storage are non-zero, the contract hasn't been properly initialized
        // and the EIP712 domain is not reliable, as it will be missing name and version.
        require($._hashedName == 0 && $._hashedVersion == 0, "EIP712: Uninitialized");

        return (
            hex"0f", // 01111
            _EIP712Name(),
            _EIP712Version(),
            block.chainid,
            address(this),
            bytes32(0),
            new uint256[](0)
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev The name parameter for the EIP712 domain.
     *
     * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
     * are a concern.
     */
    function _EIP712Name() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
        return $._name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev The version parameter for the EIP712 domain.
     *
     * NOTE: This function reads from storage by default, but can be redefined to return a constant value if gas costs
     * are a concern.
     */
    function _EIP712Version() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
        return $._version;
    }

    /**
     * @dev The hash of the name parameter for the EIP712 domain.
     *
     * NOTE: In previous versions this function was virtual. In this version you should override `_EIP712Name` instead.
     */
    function _EIP712NameHash() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
        string memory name = _EIP712Name();
        if (bytes(name).length > 0) {
            return keccak256(bytes(name));
        } else {
            // If the name is empty, the contract may have been upgraded without initializing the new storage.
            // We return the name hash in storage if non-zero, otherwise we assume the name is empty by design.
            bytes32 hashedName = $._hashedName;
            if (hashedName != 0) {
                return hashedName;
            } else {
                return keccak256("");
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev The hash of the version parameter for the EIP712 domain.
     *
     * NOTE: In previous versions this function was virtual. In this version you should override `_EIP712Version` instead.
     */
    function _EIP712VersionHash() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        EIP712Storage storage $ = _getEIP712Storage();
        string memory version = _EIP712Version();
        if (bytes(version).length > 0) {
            return keccak256(bytes(version));
        } else {
            // If the version is empty, the contract may have been upgraded without initializing the new storage.
            // We return the version hash in storage if non-zero, otherwise we assume the version is empty by design.
            bytes32 hashedVersion = $._hashedVersion;
            if (hashedVersion != 0) {
                return hashedVersion;
            } else {
                return keccak256("");
            }
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.2) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Tree proofs.
 *
 * The tree and the proofs can be generated using our
 * https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/merkle-tree[JavaScript library].
 * You will find a quickstart guide in the readme.
 *
 * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
 * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
 * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
 * the Merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
 * OpenZeppelin's JavaScript library generates Merkle trees that are safe
 * against this attack out of the box.
 */
library MerkleProofUpgradeable {
    /**
     *@dev The multiproof provided is not valid.
     */
    error MerkleProofInvalidMultiproof();

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
     * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
     * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
     * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function verify(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 root, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {verify}
     */
    function verifyCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 root, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProofCalldata(proof, leaf) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
     * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
     * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
     * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processProof}
     */
    function processProofCalldata(bytes32[] calldata proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            computedHash = _hashPair(computedHash, proof[i]);
        }
        return computedHash;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the `leaves` can be simultaneously proven to be a part of a Merkle tree defined by
     * `root`, according to `proof` and `proofFlags` as described in {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all Merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     */
    function multiProofVerify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProof(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {multiProofVerify}
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all Merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     */
    function multiProofVerifyCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processMultiProofCalldata(proof, proofFlags, leaves) == root;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the root of a tree reconstructed from `leaves` and sibling nodes in `proof`. The reconstruction
     * proceeds by incrementally reconstructing all inner nodes by combining a leaf/inner node with either another
     * leaf/inner node or a proof sibling node, depending on whether each `proofFlags` item is true or false
     * respectively.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all Merkle trees admit multiproofs. To use multiproofs, it is sufficient to ensure that: 1) the tree
     * is complete (but not necessarily perfect), 2) the leaves to be proven are in the opposite order they are in the
     * tree (i.e., as seen from right to left starting at the deepest layer and continuing at the next layer).
     */
    function processMultiProof(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bool[] memory proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuilds the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the Merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 proofLen = proof.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;

        // Check proof validity.
        if (leavesLen + proofLen != totalHashes + 1) {
            revert MerkleProofInvalidMultiproof();
        }

        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value from the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i]
                ? (leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++])
                : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }

        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            if (proofPos != proofLen) {
                revert MerkleProofInvalidMultiproof();
            }
            unchecked {
                return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
            }
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Calldata version of {processMultiProof}.
     *
     * CAUTION: Not all Merkle trees admit multiproofs. See {processMultiProof} for details.
     */
    function processMultiProofCalldata(
        bytes32[] calldata proof,
        bool[] calldata proofFlags,
        bytes32[] memory leaves
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32 merkleRoot) {
        // This function rebuilds the root hash by traversing the tree up from the leaves. The root is rebuilt by
        // consuming and producing values on a queue. The queue starts with the `leaves` array, then goes onto the
        // `hashes` array. At the end of the process, the last hash in the `hashes` array should contain the root of
        // the Merkle tree.
        uint256 leavesLen = leaves.length;
        uint256 proofLen = proof.length;
        uint256 totalHashes = proofFlags.length;

        // Check proof validity.
        if (leavesLen + proofLen != totalHashes + 1) {
            revert MerkleProofInvalidMultiproof();
        }

        // The xxxPos values are "pointers" to the next value to consume in each array. All accesses are done using
        // `xxx[xxxPos++]`, which return the current value and increment the pointer, thus mimicking a queue's "pop".
        bytes32[] memory hashes = new bytes32[](totalHashes);
        uint256 leafPos = 0;
        uint256 hashPos = 0;
        uint256 proofPos = 0;
        // At each step, we compute the next hash using two values:
        // - a value from the "main queue". If not all leaves have been consumed, we get the next leaf, otherwise we
        //   get the next hash.
        // - depending on the flag, either another value from the "main queue" (merging branches) or an element from the
        //   `proof` array.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalHashes; i++) {
            bytes32 a = leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++];
            bytes32 b = proofFlags[i]
                ? (leafPos < leavesLen ? leaves[leafPos++] : hashes[hashPos++])
                : proof[proofPos++];
            hashes[i] = _hashPair(a, b);
        }

        if (totalHashes > 0) {
            if (proofPos != proofLen) {
                revert MerkleProofInvalidMultiproof();
            }
            unchecked {
                return hashes[totalHashes - 1];
            }
        } else if (leavesLen > 0) {
            return leaves[0];
        } else {
            return proof[0];
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sorts the pair (a, b) and hashes the result.
     */
    function _hashPair(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32) {
        return a < b ? _efficientHash(a, b) : _efficientHash(b, a);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Implementation of keccak256(abi.encode(a, b)) that doesn't allocate or expand memory.
     */
    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { StringsUpgradeable } from "../StringsUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Signature message hash utilities for producing digests to be consumed by {ECDSA} recovery or signing.
 *
 * The library provides methods for generating a hash of a message that conforms to the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-191[EIP 191] and https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[EIP 712]
 * specifications.
 */
library MessageHashUtilsUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-191 signed data with version
     * `0x45` (`personal_sign` messages).
     *
     * The digest is calculated by prefixing a bytes32 `messageHash` with
     * `"\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n32"` and hashing the result. It corresponds with the
     * hash signed when using the https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`] JSON-RPC method.
     *
     * NOTE: The `messageHash` parameter is intended to be the result of hashing a raw message with
     * keccak256, although any bytes32 value can be safely used because the final digest will
     * be re-hashed.
     *
     * See {ECDSA-recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes32 messageHash) internal pure returns (bytes32 digest) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, "\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n32") // 32 is the bytes-length of messageHash
            mstore(0x1c, messageHash) // 0x1c (28) is the length of the prefix
            digest := keccak256(0x00, 0x3c) // 0x3c is the length of the prefix (0x1c) + messageHash (0x20)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-191 signed data with version
     * `0x45` (`personal_sign` messages).
     *
     * The digest is calculated by prefixing an arbitrary `message` with
     * `"\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n" + len(message)` and hashing the result. It corresponds with the
     * hash signed when using the https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_sign[`eth_sign`] JSON-RPC method.
     *
     * See {ECDSA-recover}.
     */
    function toEthSignedMessageHash(bytes memory message) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return
            keccak256(bytes.concat("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n", bytes(StringsUpgradeable.toString(message.length)), message));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-191 signed data with version
     * `0x00` (data with intended validator).
     *
     * The digest is calculated by prefixing an arbitrary `data` with `"\x19\x00"` and the intended
     * `validator` address. Then hashing the result.
     *
     * See {ECDSA-recover}.
     */
    function toDataWithIntendedValidatorHash(address validator, bytes memory data) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked(hex"19_00", validator, data));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the keccak256 digest of an EIP-712 typed data (EIP-191 version `0x01`).
     *
     * The digest is calculated from a `domainSeparator` and a `structHash`, by prefixing them with
     * `\x19\x01` and hashing the result. It corresponds to the hash signed by the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[`eth_signTypedData`] JSON-RPC method as part of EIP-712.
     *
     * See {ECDSA-recover}.
     */
    function toTypedDataHash(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 structHash) internal pure returns (bytes32 digest) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            mstore(ptr, hex"19_01")
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x02), domainSeparator)
            mstore(add(ptr, 0x22), structHash)
            digest := keccak256(ptr, 0x42)
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/cryptography/SignatureChecker.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { ECDSAUpgradeable } from "./ECDSAUpgradeable.sol";
import { IERC1271Upgradeable } from "../../interfaces/IERC1271Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Signature verification helper that can be used instead of `ECDSA.recover` to seamlessly support both ECDSA
 * signatures from externally owned accounts (EOAs) as well as ERC1271 signatures from smart contract wallets like
 * Argent and Safe Wallet (previously Gnosis Safe).
 */
library SignatureCheckerUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Checks if a signature is valid for a given signer and data hash. If the signer is a smart contract, the
     * signature is validated against that smart contract using ERC1271, otherwise it's validated using `ECDSA.recover`.
     *
     * NOTE: Unlike ECDSA signatures, contract signatures are revocable, and the outcome of this function can thus
     * change through time. It could return true at block N and false at block N+1 (or the opposite).
     */
    function isValidSignatureNow(address signer, bytes32 hash, bytes memory signature) internal view returns (bool) {
        (address recovered, ECDSAUpgradeable.RecoverError error, ) = ECDSAUpgradeable.tryRecover(hash, signature);
        return
            (error == ECDSAUpgradeable.RecoverError.NoError && recovered == signer) ||
            isValidERC1271SignatureNow(signer, hash, signature);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Checks if a signature is valid for a given signer and data hash. The signature is validated
     * against the signer smart contract using ERC1271.
     *
     * NOTE: Unlike ECDSA signatures, contract signatures are revocable, and the outcome of this function can thus
     * change through time. It could return true at block N and false at block N+1 (or the opposite).
     */
    function isValidERC1271SignatureNow(
        address signer,
        bytes32 hash,
        bytes memory signature
    ) internal view returns (bool) {
        (bool success, bytes memory result) = signer.staticcall(
            abi.encodeCall(IERC1271Upgradeable.isValidSignature, (hash, signature))
        );
        return (success &&
            result.length >= 32 &&
            abi.decode(result, (bytes32)) == bytes32(IERC1271Upgradeable.isValidSignature.selector));
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { IERC165Upgradeable } from "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 */
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library MathUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Muldiv operation overflow.
     */
    error MathOverflowedMulDiv();

    enum Rounding {
        Floor, // Toward negative infinity
        Ceil, // Toward positive infinity
        Trunc, // Toward zero
        Expand // Away from zero
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     */
    function tryAdd(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 c = a + b;
            if (c < a) return (false, 0);
            return (true, c);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     */
    function trySub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b > a) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a - b);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the multiplication of two unsigned integers, with an overflow flag.
     */
    function tryMul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
            // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
            // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/pull/522
            if (a == 0) return (true, 0);
            uint256 c = a * b;
            if (c / a != b) return (false, 0);
            return (true, c);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the division of two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     */
    function tryDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a / b);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the remainder of dividing two unsigned integers, with a division by zero flag.
     */
    function tryMod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (bool, uint256) {
        unchecked {
            if (b == 0) return (false, 0);
            return (true, a % b);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds towards infinity instead
     * of rounding towards zero.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (b == 0) {
            // Guarantee the same behavior as in a regular Solidity division.
            return a / b;
        }

        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or
     * denominator == 0.
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv) with further edits by
     * Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0 = x * y; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }

            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                // Solidity will revert if denominator == 0, unlike the div opcode on its own.
                // The surrounding unchecked block does not change this fact.
                // See https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/latest/control-structures.html#checked-or-unchecked-arithmetic.
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }

            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            if (denominator <= prod1) {
                revert MathOverflowedMulDiv();
            }

            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////

            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)

                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }

            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator.
            // Always >= 1. See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.

            uint256 twos = denominator & (0 - denominator);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)

                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)

                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }

            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;

            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;

            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also
            // works in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256

            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded
     * towards zero.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);

        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2 of a positive value rounded towards zero.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10 of a positive value rounded towards zero.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10 ** 64) {
                value /= 10 ** 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 32) {
                value /= 10 ** 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 16) {
                value /= 10 ** 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 8) {
                value /= 10 ** 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 4) {
                value /= 10 ** 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 2) {
                value /= 10 ** 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && 10 ** result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256 of a positive value rounded towards zero.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (unsignedRoundsUp(rounding) && 1 << (result << 3) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether a provided rounding mode is considered rounding up for unsigned integers.
     */
    function unsignedRoundsUp(Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return uint8(rounding) % 2 == 1;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/SignedMath.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Standard signed math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library SignedMathUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two signed numbers.
     */
    function max(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two signed numbers.
     */
    function min(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two signed numbers without overflow.
     * The result is rounded towards zero.
     */
    function average(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        // Formula from the book "Hacker's Delight"
        int256 x = (a & b) + ((a ^ b) >> 1);
        return x + (int256(uint256(x) >> 255) & (a ^ b));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the absolute unsigned value of a signed value.
     */
    function abs(int256 n) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            // must be unchecked in order to support `n = type(int256).min`
            return uint256(n >= 0 ? n : -n);
        }
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/structs/BitMaps.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Library for managing uint256 to bool mapping in a compact and efficient way, provided the keys are sequential.
 * Largely inspired by Uniswap's https://github.com/Uniswap/merkle-distributor/blob/master/contracts/MerkleDistributor.sol[merkle-distributor].
 *
 * BitMaps pack 256 booleans across each bit of a single 256-bit slot of `uint256` type.
 * Hence booleans corresponding to 256 _sequential_ indices would only consume a single slot,
 * unlike the regular `bool` which would consume an entire slot for a single value.
 *
 * This results in gas savings in two ways:
 *
 * - Setting a zero value to non-zero only once every 256 times
 * - Accessing the same warm slot for every 256 _sequential_ indices
 */
library BitMapsUpgradeable {
    struct BitMap {
        mapping(uint256 bucket => uint256) _data;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether the bit at `index` is set.
     */
    function get(BitMap storage bitmap, uint256 index) internal view returns (bool) {
        uint256 bucket = index >> 8;
        uint256 mask = 1 << (index & 0xff);
        return bitmap._data[bucket] & mask != 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the bit at `index` to the boolean `value`.
     */
    function setTo(BitMap storage bitmap, uint256 index, bool value) internal {
        if (value) {
            set(bitmap, index);
        } else {
            unset(bitmap, index);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the bit at `index`.
     */
    function set(BitMap storage bitmap, uint256 index) internal {
        uint256 bucket = index >> 8;
        uint256 mask = 1 << (index & 0xff);
        bitmap._data[bucket] |= mask;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Unsets the bit at `index`.
     */
    function unset(BitMap storage bitmap, uint256 index) internal {
        uint256 bucket = index >> 8;
        uint256 mask = 1 << (index & 0xff);
        bitmap._data[bucket] &= ~mask;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/structs/DoubleEndedQueue.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev A sequence of items with the ability to efficiently push and pop items (i.e. insert and remove) on both ends of
 * the sequence (called front and back). Among other access patterns, it can be used to implement efficient LIFO and
 * FIFO queues. Storage use is optimized, and all operations are O(1) constant time. This includes {clear}, given that
 * the existing queue contents are left in storage.
 *
 * The struct is called `Bytes32Deque`. Other types can be cast to and from `bytes32`. This data structure can only be
 * used in storage, and not in memory.
 * ```solidity
 * DoubleEndedQueue.Bytes32Deque queue;
 * ```
 */
library DoubleEndedQueueUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev An operation (e.g. {front}) couldn't be completed due to the queue being empty.
     */
    error QueueEmpty();

    /**
     * @dev A push operation couldn't be completed due to the queue being full.
     */
    error QueueFull();

    /**
     * @dev An operation (e.g. {at}) couldn't be completed due to an index being out of bounds.
     */
    error QueueOutOfBounds();

    /**
     * @dev Indices are 128 bits so begin and end are packed in a single storage slot for efficient access.
     *
     * Struct members have an underscore prefix indicating that they are "private" and should not be read or written to
     * directly. Use the functions provided below instead. Modifying the struct manually may violate assumptions and
     * lead to unexpected behavior.
     *
     * The first item is at data[begin] and the last item is at data[end - 1]. This range can wrap around.
     */
    struct Bytes32Deque {
        uint128 _begin;
        uint128 _end;
        mapping(uint128 index => bytes32) _data;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Inserts an item at the end of the queue.
     *
     * Reverts with {QueueFull} if the queue is full.
     */
    function pushBack(Bytes32Deque storage deque, bytes32 value) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint128 backIndex = deque._end;
            if (backIndex + 1 == deque._begin) revert QueueFull();
            deque._data[backIndex] = value;
            deque._end = backIndex + 1;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes the item at the end of the queue and returns it.
     *
     * Reverts with {QueueEmpty} if the queue is empty.
     */
    function popBack(Bytes32Deque storage deque) internal returns (bytes32 value) {
        unchecked {
            uint128 backIndex = deque._end;
            if (backIndex == deque._begin) revert QueueEmpty();
            --backIndex;
            value = deque._data[backIndex];
            delete deque._data[backIndex];
            deque._end = backIndex;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Inserts an item at the beginning of the queue.
     *
     * Reverts with {QueueFull} if the queue is full.
     */
    function pushFront(Bytes32Deque storage deque, bytes32 value) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint128 frontIndex = deque._begin - 1;
            if (frontIndex == deque._end) revert QueueFull();
            deque._data[frontIndex] = value;
            deque._begin = frontIndex;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes the item at the beginning of the queue and returns it.
     *
     * Reverts with `QueueEmpty` if the queue is empty.
     */
    function popFront(Bytes32Deque storage deque) internal returns (bytes32 value) {
        unchecked {
            uint128 frontIndex = deque._begin;
            if (frontIndex == deque._end) revert QueueEmpty();
            value = deque._data[frontIndex];
            delete deque._data[frontIndex];
            deque._begin = frontIndex + 1;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the item at the beginning of the queue.
     *
     * Reverts with `QueueEmpty` if the queue is empty.
     */
    function front(Bytes32Deque storage deque) internal view returns (bytes32 value) {
        if (empty(deque)) revert QueueEmpty();
        return deque._data[deque._begin];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the item at the end of the queue.
     *
     * Reverts with `QueueEmpty` if the queue is empty.
     */
    function back(Bytes32Deque storage deque) internal view returns (bytes32 value) {
        if (empty(deque)) revert QueueEmpty();
        unchecked {
            return deque._data[deque._end - 1];
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the item at a position in the queue given by `index`, with the first item at 0 and last item at
     * `length(deque) - 1`.
     *
     * Reverts with `QueueOutOfBounds` if the index is out of bounds.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Deque storage deque, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32 value) {
        if (index >= length(deque)) revert QueueOutOfBounds();
        // By construction, length is a uint128, so the check above ensures that index can be safely downcast to uint128
        unchecked {
            return deque._data[deque._begin + uint128(index)];
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Resets the queue back to being empty.
     *
     * NOTE: The current items are left behind in storage. This does not affect the functioning of the queue, but misses
     * out on potential gas refunds.
     */
    function clear(Bytes32Deque storage deque) internal {
        deque._begin = 0;
        deque._end = 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of items in the queue.
     */
    function length(Bytes32Deque storage deque) internal view returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            return uint256(deque._end - deque._begin);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the queue is empty.
     */
    function empty(Bytes32Deque storage deque) internal view returns (bool) {
        return deque._end == deque._begin;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableMap.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableMap.js.

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { EnumerableSetUpgradeable } from "./EnumerableSetUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Library for managing an enumerable variant of Solidity's
 * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/types.html#mapping-types[`mapping`]
 * type.
 *
 * Maps have the following properties:
 *
 * - Entries are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Entries are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```solidity
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableMap for EnumerableMap.UintToAddressMap;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableMap.UintToAddressMap private myMap;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * The following map types are supported:
 *
 * - `uint256 -> address` (`UintToAddressMap`) since v3.0.0
 * - `address -> uint256` (`AddressToUintMap`) since v4.6.0
 * - `bytes32 -> bytes32` (`Bytes32ToBytes32Map`) since v4.6.0
 * - `uint256 -> uint256` (`UintToUintMap`) since v4.7.0
 * - `bytes32 -> uint256` (`Bytes32ToUintMap`) since v4.7.0
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableMap, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableMap.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableMapUpgradeable {
    using EnumerableSetUpgradeable for EnumerableSetUpgradeable.Bytes32Set;

    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code repetition as possible, we write it in
    // terms of a generic Map type with bytes32 keys and values. The Map implementation uses private functions,
    // and user-facing implementations such as `UintToAddressMap` are just wrappers around the underlying Map.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableMaps for types that fit in bytes32.

    /**
     * @dev Query for a nonexistent map key.
     */
    error EnumerableMapNonexistentKey(bytes32 key);

    struct Bytes32ToBytes32Map {
        // Storage of keys
        EnumerableSetUpgradeable.Bytes32Set _keys;
        mapping(bytes32 key => bytes32) _values;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Adds a key-value pair to a map, or updates the value for an existing
     * key. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was added to the map, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function set(Bytes32ToBytes32Map storage map, bytes32 key, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        map._values[key] = value;
        return map._keys.add(key);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a key-value pair from a map. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was removed from the map, that is if it was present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32ToBytes32Map storage map, bytes32 key) internal returns (bool) {
        delete map._values[key];
        return map._keys.remove(key);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the key is in the map. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32ToBytes32Map storage map, bytes32 key) internal view returns (bool) {
        return map._keys.contains(key);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of key-value pairs in the map. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32ToBytes32Map storage map) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return map._keys.length();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the key-value pair stored at position `index` in the map. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of entries inside the
     * array, and it may change when more entries are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32ToBytes32Map storage map, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32, bytes32) {
        bytes32 key = map._keys.at(index);
        return (key, map._values[key]);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tries to returns the value associated with `key`. O(1).
     * Does not revert if `key` is not in the map.
     */
    function tryGet(Bytes32ToBytes32Map storage map, bytes32 key) internal view returns (bool, bytes32) {
        bytes32 value = map._values[key];
        if (value == bytes32(0)) {
            return (contains(map, key), bytes32(0));
        } else {
            return (true, value);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value associated with `key`. O(1).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `key` must be in the map.
     */
    function get(Bytes32ToBytes32Map storage map, bytes32 key) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 value = map._values[key];
        if (value == 0 && !contains(map, key)) {
            revert EnumerableMapNonexistentKey(key);
        }
        return value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the an array containing all the keys
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the map grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function keys(Bytes32ToBytes32Map storage map) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return map._keys.values();
    }

    // UintToUintMap

    struct UintToUintMap {
        Bytes32ToBytes32Map _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Adds a key-value pair to a map, or updates the value for an existing
     * key. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was added to the map, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function set(UintToUintMap storage map, uint256 key, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return set(map._inner, bytes32(key), bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a map. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was removed from the map, that is if it was present.
     */
    function remove(UintToUintMap storage map, uint256 key) internal returns (bool) {
        return remove(map._inner, bytes32(key));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the key is in the map. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintToUintMap storage map, uint256 key) internal view returns (bool) {
        return contains(map._inner, bytes32(key));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of elements in the map. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintToUintMap storage map) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return length(map._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the element stored at position `index` in the map. O(1).
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintToUintMap storage map, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256, uint256) {
        (bytes32 key, bytes32 value) = at(map._inner, index);
        return (uint256(key), uint256(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tries to returns the value associated with `key`. O(1).
     * Does not revert if `key` is not in the map.
     */
    function tryGet(UintToUintMap storage map, uint256 key) internal view returns (bool, uint256) {
        (bool success, bytes32 value) = tryGet(map._inner, bytes32(key));
        return (success, uint256(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value associated with `key`. O(1).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `key` must be in the map.
     */
    function get(UintToUintMap storage map, uint256 key) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(get(map._inner, bytes32(key)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the an array containing all the keys
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the map grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function keys(UintToUintMap storage map) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = keys(map._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }

    // UintToAddressMap

    struct UintToAddressMap {
        Bytes32ToBytes32Map _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Adds a key-value pair to a map, or updates the value for an existing
     * key. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was added to the map, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function set(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return set(map._inner, bytes32(key), bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a map. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was removed from the map, that is if it was present.
     */
    function remove(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key) internal returns (bool) {
        return remove(map._inner, bytes32(key));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the key is in the map. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key) internal view returns (bool) {
        return contains(map._inner, bytes32(key));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of elements in the map. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintToAddressMap storage map) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return length(map._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the element stored at position `index` in the map. O(1).
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256, address) {
        (bytes32 key, bytes32 value) = at(map._inner, index);
        return (uint256(key), address(uint160(uint256(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tries to returns the value associated with `key`. O(1).
     * Does not revert if `key` is not in the map.
     */
    function tryGet(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key) internal view returns (bool, address) {
        (bool success, bytes32 value) = tryGet(map._inner, bytes32(key));
        return (success, address(uint160(uint256(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value associated with `key`. O(1).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `key` must be in the map.
     */
    function get(UintToAddressMap storage map, uint256 key) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(get(map._inner, bytes32(key)))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the an array containing all the keys
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the map grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function keys(UintToAddressMap storage map) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = keys(map._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }

    // AddressToUintMap

    struct AddressToUintMap {
        Bytes32ToBytes32Map _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Adds a key-value pair to a map, or updates the value for an existing
     * key. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was added to the map, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function set(AddressToUintMap storage map, address key, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return set(map._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(key))), bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a map. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was removed from the map, that is if it was present.
     */
    function remove(AddressToUintMap storage map, address key) internal returns (bool) {
        return remove(map._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(key))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the key is in the map. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressToUintMap storage map, address key) internal view returns (bool) {
        return contains(map._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(key))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of elements in the map. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressToUintMap storage map) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return length(map._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the element stored at position `index` in the map. O(1).
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressToUintMap storage map, uint256 index) internal view returns (address, uint256) {
        (bytes32 key, bytes32 value) = at(map._inner, index);
        return (address(uint160(uint256(key))), uint256(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tries to returns the value associated with `key`. O(1).
     * Does not revert if `key` is not in the map.
     */
    function tryGet(AddressToUintMap storage map, address key) internal view returns (bool, uint256) {
        (bool success, bytes32 value) = tryGet(map._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(key))));
        return (success, uint256(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value associated with `key`. O(1).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `key` must be in the map.
     */
    function get(AddressToUintMap storage map, address key) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(get(map._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(key)))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the an array containing all the keys
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the map grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function keys(AddressToUintMap storage map) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = keys(map._inner);
        address[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }

    // Bytes32ToUintMap

    struct Bytes32ToUintMap {
        Bytes32ToBytes32Map _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Adds a key-value pair to a map, or updates the value for an existing
     * key. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was added to the map, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function set(Bytes32ToUintMap storage map, bytes32 key, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return set(map._inner, key, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a map. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the key was removed from the map, that is if it was present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32ToUintMap storage map, bytes32 key) internal returns (bool) {
        return remove(map._inner, key);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the key is in the map. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32ToUintMap storage map, bytes32 key) internal view returns (bool) {
        return contains(map._inner, key);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of elements in the map. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32ToUintMap storage map) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return length(map._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the element stored at position `index` in the map. O(1).
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32ToUintMap storage map, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32, uint256) {
        (bytes32 key, bytes32 value) = at(map._inner, index);
        return (key, uint256(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tries to returns the value associated with `key`. O(1).
     * Does not revert if `key` is not in the map.
     */
    function tryGet(Bytes32ToUintMap storage map, bytes32 key) internal view returns (bool, uint256) {
        (bool success, bytes32 value) = tryGet(map._inner, key);
        return (success, uint256(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value associated with `key`. O(1).
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `key` must be in the map.
     */
    function get(Bytes32ToUintMap storage map, bytes32 key) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(get(map._inner, key));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the an array containing all the keys
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the map grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function keys(Bytes32ToUintMap storage map) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = keys(map._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```solidity
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableSet.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableSetUpgradeable {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.

    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position is the index of the value in the `values` array plus 1.
        // Position 0 is used to mean a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 value => uint256) _positions;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._positions[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We cache the value's position to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 position = set._positions[value];

        if (position != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.

            uint256 valueIndex = position - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;

            if (valueIndex != lastIndex) {
                bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];

                // Move the lastValue to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[valueIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the tracked position of the lastValue (that was just moved)
                set._positions[lastValue] = position;
            }

            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();

            // Delete the tracked position for the deleted slot
            delete set._positions[value];

            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._positions[value] != 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }

    // Bytes32Set

    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }

    // AddressSet

    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }

    // UintSet

    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

import { MathUpgradeable } from "../math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
import { SafeCastUpgradeable } from "../math/SafeCastUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This library provides helpers for manipulating time-related objects.
 *
 * It uses the following types:
 * - `uint48` for timepoints
 * - `uint32` for durations
 *
 * While the library doesn't provide specific types for timepoints and duration, it does provide:
 * - a `Delay` type to represent duration that can be programmed to change value automatically at a given point
 * - additional helper functions
 */
library TimeUpgradeable {
    using TimeUpgradeable for *;

    /**
     * @dev Get the block timestamp as a Timepoint.
     */
    function timestamp() internal view returns (uint48) {
        return SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint48(block.timestamp);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Get the block number as a Timepoint.
     */
    function blockNumber() internal view returns (uint48) {
        return SafeCastUpgradeable.toUint48(block.number);
    }

    // ==================================================== Delay =====================================================
    /**
     * @dev A `Delay` is a uint32 duration that can be programmed to change value automatically at a given point in the
     * future. The "effect" timepoint describes when the transitions happens from the "old" value to the "new" value.
     * This allows updating the delay applied to some operation while keeping some guarantees.
     *
     * In particular, the {update} function guarantees that if the delay is reduced, the old delay still applies for
     * some time. For example if the delay is currently 7 days to do an upgrade, the admin should not be able to set
     * the delay to 0 and upgrade immediately. If the admin wants to reduce the delay, the old delay (7 days) should
     * still apply for some time.
     *
     *
     * The `Delay` type is 112 bits long, and packs the following:
     *
     * ```
     *   | [uint48]: effect date (timepoint)
     *   |           | [uint32]: value before (duration)
     *   ↓           ↓       ↓ [uint32]: value after (duration)
     * 0xAAAAAAAAAAAABBBBBBBBCCCCCCCC
     * ```
     *
     * NOTE: The {get} and {withUpdate} functions operate using timestamps. Block number based delays are not currently
     * supported.
     */
    type Delay is uint112;

    /**
     * @dev Wrap a duration into a Delay to add the one-step "update in the future" feature
     */
    function toDelay(uint32 duration) internal pure returns (Delay) {
        return Delay.wrap(duration);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Get the value at a given timepoint plus the pending value and effect timepoint if there is a scheduled
     * change after this timepoint. If the effect timepoint is 0, then the pending value should not be considered.
     */
    function _getFullAt(Delay self, uint48 timepoint) private pure returns (uint32, uint32, uint48) {
        (uint32 valueBefore, uint32 valueAfter, uint48 effect) = self.unpack();
        return effect <= timepoint ? (valueAfter, 0, 0) : (valueBefore, valueAfter, effect);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Get the current value plus the pending value and effect timepoint if there is a scheduled change. If the
     * effect timepoint is 0, then the pending value should not be considered.
     */
    function getFull(Delay self) internal view returns (uint32, uint32, uint48) {
        return _getFullAt(self, timestamp());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Get the current value.
     */
    function get(Delay self) internal view returns (uint32) {
        (uint32 delay, , ) = self.getFull();
        return delay;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Update a Delay object so that it takes a new duration after a timepoint that is automatically computed to
     * enforce the old delay at the moment of the update. Returns the updated Delay object and the timestamp when the
     * new delay becomes effective.
     */
    function withUpdate(Delay self, uint32 newValue, uint32 minSetback) internal view returns (Delay, uint48) {
        uint32 value = self.get();
        uint32 setback = uint32(MathUpgradeable.max(minSetback, value > newValue ? value - newValue : 0));
        uint48 effect = timestamp() + setback;
        return (pack(value, newValue, effect), effect);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Split a delay into its components: valueBefore, valueAfter and effect (transition timepoint).
     */
    function unpack(Delay self) internal pure returns (uint32, uint32, uint48) {
        uint112 raw = Delay.unwrap(self);

        uint32 valueAfter = uint32(raw);
        uint32 valueBefore = uint32(raw >> 32);
        uint48 effect = uint48(raw >> 64);

        return (valueBefore, valueAfter, effect);
    }

    /**
     * @dev pack the components into a Delay object.
     */
    function pack(uint32 valueBefore, uint32 valueAfter, uint48 effect) internal pure returns (Delay) {
        return Delay.wrap((uint112(effect) << 64) | (uint112(valueBefore) << 32) | uint112(valueAfter));
    }
}


// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (vendor/compound/ICompoundTimelock.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.20;

/**
 * https://github.com/compound-finance/compound-protocol/blob/master/contracts/Timelock.sol[Compound timelock] interface
 */
interface ICompoundTimelockUpgradeable {
    event NewAdmin(address indexed newAdmin);
    event NewPendingAdmin(address indexed newPendingAdmin);
    event NewDelay(uint256 indexed newDelay);
    event CancelTransaction(
        bytes32 indexed txHash,
        address indexed target,
        uint256 value,
        string signature,
        bytes data,
        uint256 eta
    );
    event ExecuteTransaction(
        bytes32 indexed txHash,
        address indexed target,
        uint256 value,
        string signature,
        bytes data,
        uint256 eta
    );
    event QueueTransaction(
        bytes32 indexed txHash,
        address indexed target,
        uint256 value,
        string signature,
        bytes data,
        uint256 eta
    );

    receive() external payable;

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function GRACE_PERIOD() external view returns (uint256);

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function MINIMUM_DELAY() external view returns (uint256);

    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function MAXIMUM_DELAY() external view returns (uint256);

    function admin() external view returns (address);

    function pendingAdmin() external view returns (address);

    function delay() external view returns (uint256);

    function queuedTransactions(bytes32) external view returns (bool);

    function setDelay(uint256) external;

    function acceptAdmin() external;

    function setPendingAdmin(address) external;

    function queueTransaction(
        address target,
        uint256 value,
        string memory signature,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 eta
    ) external returns (bytes32);

    function cancelTransaction(
        address target,
        uint256 value,
        string memory signature,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 eta
    ) external;

    function executeTransaction(
        address target,
        uint256 value,
        string memory signature,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 eta
    ) external payable returns (bytes memory);
}
